Andover Controls

1999 PeripheralProducts Catalog

Andover Controls Corporation • 300 Brickstone Square • Andover, MA 01810 • Tel 978-470-0555 • Fax 978-470-0946

TABLE OF CONTENTS I

Temperature

Andover Wall Mount Temperature Sensors 1Andover Sensor Plus Temperature Sensor 3Andover Smart Sensor Temperature Sensor 5Andover Stainless Steel Temperature Sensor 7Andover Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module 8Andover Duct & Immersion Temperature Sensors 10Andover Duct Averaging Temperature Sensors 13MAMAC Systems TE-205 Duct Averaging Sensor 14Andover Bead & Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor 15

Humidity

General Eastern Microline Relative Humidity Sensors 17General Eastern Easycal Plus 21General Eastern EHRH Transmitter 22General Eastern HUMISCAN 24Veris HX & HV Series Relative Humidity Sensors 26MAMAC Systems HU-224/225 & HU-226 RH Sensors 32

CO/CO2

Veris GX Series CO Sensor 33Veris CX Series CO2 Sensors 35

Power Monitoring

Veris Current Status Switches 37Veris Motor Control Switches 47Veris Analog Current Sensors 57Veris Power Transducers 65Veris Current Transformers 77Veris Enspector Energy & Environmental Auditing Controls 79Veris Potential Transformers 85

Pressure

MAMAC Systems High Pressure Transducers 87MAMAC Systems Low Pressure Transducers 88MAMAC Systems Duct Static Pressure Probes 91MAMAC Systems Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters 92MAMAC Systems Electro-Pneumatic Transducers 93Modus Low Air Differential Pressure Transmitters 94Modus Wet/Wet Differential Pressure Transmitters 99Modus Pressure Indication Devices 102

Relays

IDEC RH & SH Series Relays 107Core Components Relays 109

Transformers

Core Components Isolation Transformers 117Core Components Control Transformers 118

Power Supplies

MAMAC Systems PS-200 127

Tank Probes

Andover Infinity RS-485 Tank Probes 129

Access Cards and Readers

HID Wiegand-Effect Readers 131HID Wiegand-Effect Access Cards 136HID Proximity Readers 142HID Proximity Cards 149Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Readers 154Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity Cards 165Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Readers 169Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity Cards 173Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers 177Dorado Magnetic Stripe Cards & Encoding Systems 181Essex Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypads 183Andover EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board 185

Damper Actuators

Belimo Spring Return Air Damper Actuators 187Belimo Non-Spring Return Air Damper Actuators 195Siemens Spring Return Air Damper Actuators 206Siemens Non-Spring Return Air Damper Actuators 207Siemens Electric Damper Actuators 210Siemens Pneumatic Damper Actuators 213

Valves & Actuators

Siemens Powermite 599 MZ Series 219Siemens Powermite 599 MT Series 221Siemens Flowrite 599 Series Valve Bodies 224Siemens Flowrite 599 Series Pneumatic Valve Actuators 226Siemens Flowrite 599 Series Electronic Valve Actuators 227Siemens Flowrite Series Valve Actuators 228Siemens Powermite 656 Series 231Siemens Powertop 658 Series 232Siemens MTE/MVE/MXE Zone Valves 233

Temperature Controls

Siemens Pneumatic Thermostats & Hygrostats 235Siemens Electric Thermostats & Hygrostats 242Siemens Controllers & Transmitters 245Siemens Switches & Relays 253Siemens Auxiliary Equipment 262

Terms & Conditions 265


TABLE OF CONTENTSII


TEMPERATURE 1

DescriptionAndover Controls Wall Mount Temperature Sensor provides accurate, reliablemeasurement of interior room temperature for use in an Andover Controls buildingautomation system. The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor,accurate to within + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C). The sensor has an operating range of 32°F to105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing).

The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass, high-conductivity thermal compoundfor good heat transfer characteristics. It is housed in an attractive, well-ventilated plasticenclosure. The unique two-piece design permits changeout of the thermistor material,which is located in the cover, without rewiring or removal of the baseplate. The cover issecurely attached to the backplate via two allen screws.

The sensor may be mounted directly on dry wall, cement or on any electrical outlet boxwith no adapters required. The sensor is for interior use only, and is not suitable for usewhere condensation may occur.

SpecificationsGeneral:

Sensing Element: ................................................................................................................................................................ Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°F (25°C)Wiring Connections: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2P Terminal BlockWire Specifications: ........................................................................................................................................................... 18, 20, 22 or 24 gauge, 2 conductor, unshieldedMax. Distance to Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................... 490 ft. (24 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error

850 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error1,200 ft. (20 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error2.000 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error

Performance:Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C)(non-condensing)Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C)Stability: .......................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years

Mechanical:Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 4.50” H x 3.50” W x 1.06” D (11.4 cm x 8.9 cm x 2.7 cm)Color: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-white

Wall Mount Temperature SensorModel TTS-S

Ordering InformationItem Part #

Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo ......................................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-1Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo (10 Pack) ....................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-10Wall Mount Sensor, ACC Logo (25 Pack) ....................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-25Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo ....................................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-1Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo (10 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-10Wall Mount Sensor, No Logo (25 Pack) ..................................................................................................................................... TTS-S-B-25

Avail.Mid-Summer

1999


TEMPERATURE2

Dimensional Drawing

4.50(114)

3.50(89)

1.05(27)


TEMPERATURE 3


Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, Slider ....................................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-1Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, Slider (10 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-10Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, Slider (25 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-25Sensor Plus, No Logo, Slider ...................................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-B-1Sensor Plus, No Logo, Slider (10 Pack) .................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-B-10Sensor Plus, No Logo, Slider (25 Pack) .................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-B-25Sensor Plus, No Logo, No Slider ........................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-BNS-1Sensor Plus, No Logo, No Slider (10 Pack) .......................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-BNS-10Sensor Plus, No Logo, No Slider (25 Pack) .......................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-BNS-25Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, No Slider ........................................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-NS-1Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, No Slider (10 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-NS-10Sensor Plus, ACC Logo, No Slider (25 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... TTS-SE-NS-25Laptop Service Tool Cable ........................................................................................................................................................ 01-0100-435

DescriptionAndover Controls Sensor Plus provides accurate, reliable measurement of interior roomtemperature for use in an Andover Controls building automation system. In addition, it isequipped with a setpoint adjustment slider control, an override pushbutton, andprogrammable LED indicator.

The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor, accurate to within+0.36°F. The sensor has an operating range of 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing).The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass, high-conductivity thermal compound forgood heat transfer characteristics.

The Sensor Plus utilizes an attractive, well-ventilated plastic enclosure. The housing issecurely attached to the backplate via two allen screws. The sensor may be mounteddirectly on dry wall, cement, or on any electrical outlet box with no adapters required. Thesensor is for interior use only, and is not suitable for use where condensation may occur.Models include a connection for the Andover Controls’ Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool.


Sensing Element: ................................................................................................................................................................ Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°F (25°C)Wire Specification: .................................................................................................................................................... 18, 20, 22 or 24 gauge, 6 conductor, unshielded wire

An additional single pair twisted shielded is required for Lap-Top Service Tool connectionWiring Connections: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... (2) 4P Terminal BlocksMax. Distance to Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................. 490 ft. (24 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error

850 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error1,200 ft (20 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error2,000 ft (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error

Performance:Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................... 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing)Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C)Stability: .......................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years

Mechanical:Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 4.50” H x 3.50” W x 1.06” D (11.4 cm x 8.9 cm x 2.7 cm)Color: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-whiteSlider Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 200 to 2,000 ohms, +-20%LED: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-5VDC @7 mA

Sensor Plus Temperature SensorModel TTS-SE

Avail.Mid-Summer

1999


TEMPERATURE4

4.50(114)

3.50(89)

1.05(27)

Dimensional Drawings

4.50(114)

3.50(89)

1.05(27)Avail.

Mid-Summer1999


TEMPERATURE 5

Smart Sensor Temperature SensorModel TTS-SD

DescriptionAndover Controls Smart Sensor combines an attractive display with a room temperaturesensor to provide users with a cost effective way to view or modify VAV box operation. It isdesigned for use with the Andover Controls TCX 866 VAV controller and can also accomplishmany local control and monitoring tasks.

The standard Smart Sensor provides a two character LED display and a 6 button programmablekeypad that enables operators and occupants to change setpoints, monitor occupancy statusand turn equipment on and off. An enhanced version of the Smart Sensor is also availablewith a 4-digit custom LCD that provides the following icons: PM, %, °, Setpoint, Cool, Heat,CFM, Fan, OA, and SP.

The function keys can be custom programmed to perform a wide variety of functions, includingswitching a specific zone to occupied mode, signaling an alarm condition, adjusting theamount of override time, arming or disarming a security system, and enforcing passwordsecurity. Programming the display and function keys is done with Andover Controls' PlainEnglish® programming language.

The Smart Sensor comes in a well-ventilated plastic enclosure. The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor, accurate towithin ± 0.36°F (+0.2°C). The sensor has an operating range of 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C) (non-condensing). Both versions of the Smart Sensorprovide a connection for the Andover Controls Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool.


Sensing Element: ................................................................................................................................................................ Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°F (25°C)Wire Specifications: ................................................................................................................................................... 18, 20, 22 or 24 gauge, 3 conductor, unshielded wire

An additional single pair twisted shielded is required for Lap-Top Service Tool ConnectionWiring Connections: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 4P Connector + 2P ConnectorMax. Distance to Sensor: ............................................................................................................................. 300 ft. (24 gauge wire) with less than 0.18°F (-17.67°C) error

500 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.18°F (-17.67°C) error790 ft. (20 gauge wire) with less than 0.18°F (-17.67°C) error

1,200 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.18°F (-17.67°C) error

Performance:Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 32°F to 105°F (0°C to 40°C)(non-condensing)Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................... + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C) @ 25 feet of 22 gauge wireStability: .......................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years

Mechanical:Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 4.50” H x 3.50” W x 1.06” D (11.4 cm x 8.9 cm x 2.7 cm)Color: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-whitePower: ........................................................................................................................................... One Smart Sensor is powered directly from Andover Controls’ TCX 866


Smart Sensor, ACC Logo w/LED Display ................................................................................................................................ TTS-SD-LED-1Smart Sensor, ACC Logo w/LCD Display ...............................................................................................................................TTS-SD-LCD-1Smart Sensor, No Logo w/LED Display .............................................................................................................................. TTS-SD-LED-B-1Smart Sensor, No Logo w/LCD Display .............................................................................................................................. TTS-SD-LCD-B-1Buffer Board for Smart Sensor LED and LCD ...................................................................................................................... TTS-SD-INFBUFLaptop Service Tool Cable ........................................................................................................................................................ 01-0100-435Screwdriver for use with Smart Sensor, Flathead, 3/32” Tip .................................................................................................. 30-3001-709

Avail.Mid-Summer

1999


TEMPERATURE6

Dimensional Diagram

4.50(114)

3.50(89)

1.05(27)


TEMPERATURE 7

DescriptionAndover Controls Stainless Steel Room Temperature Sensor provides rugged, reliablemeasurement of indoor temperatures for use in an Andover Controls building automationsystem. The sensor consists of a precision thermistor bonded to a stainless steel plate,insulated with foil-backed foam to reduce the effect of wall temperature. The sensoraccurately monitors temperatures within a range of -30°F to 122°F (-34°C to 50°C) withan accuracy of + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C). The high thermal mass of the plate provides an extremelystable temperature reading. The low temperature range of the sensor permits installationin freezers and cold storage lockers.

The sensor is ideal for manufacturing areas and processing plants where conventionalwall sensors are subject to damage. The sensor is available with tamper-proof screws,providing additional security for prisons, hospitals, schools and other areas prone tovandalism. The sensor may be mounted directly on a wall or directly over a standardsingle-gang utility box with the screws provided. An 8 foot lead is included for wiringterminations. The sensor is intended for interior use only.


Sensing Element: ....................................................................................................................................................... Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°F, RuggedizedWiring Connections: ............................................................................ 8ft., 22 gauge wire leads provided. Crimp-type butt splices or solder connections recommended.Wire Size (sensor to controller): ............................................................................................................................................... 18, 20 or 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshieldedMax. Distance to Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................... 850 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error

2000 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than .1°F error

Performance:Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -30°F to 122°F (-34°C to 50°C)Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C)Stability: .......................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 years

Mechanical:Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 1/2” H x 2 3/4” WHousing: ..................................................................................................................................................... 403 Stainless Steel wall plate, insulated with foil-backed foam


St/Stl. Wallplate Sensor .......................................................................................................................................................... 01-0100-295St/Stl. Wallplate Sensor w/ Security Screws ........................................................................................................................ 01-0100-296

Stainless Steel Room Temperature Sensor


TEMPERATURE8

SpecificationsElectrical:

Power: ......................................................................................................................... .................. One EMX 170 maximum is powered directly from the Infinet controller

Mechanical:Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................... 40°F to 100°F (4.4°C to 37.8°C), 10 to 95% RH (non-condensing)Dimensions:

Standard Wall Unit: .......................................................................................................................... 4 1/2” H x 2 7/8” W x 1 5/16” D (114.4 mm x 73.0 mm x 33.3 mm)Industrial Version: ........................................................................................................................................ 3 ½” H x 3 ½” W x 3 ¼” D (88.9 mm x 88.9 mm x 82.5 mm)Buffer Board: .................................................................................................................. ...................... 1 5/8” H x 6 1/8” W x 11/2”D (41.2 mm x 155.5 mm x 38.1 mm)

Color:Standard Wall Unit: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Off-white (custom colors available)Industrial Version: ................................................................................................................................................................ Black trim ring, off-white and gray faceplate

Enclosure Type:Standard Wall Unit: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wall-mountedIndustrial Version: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ NEMA 4X, ¼ DIN

Communications:Communications Interface: .......................................................................... Through expansion serial port of the local Infinet controller, via the EMX 170 Buffer Board.Bus Length: .................................................................................................................................................. 180 feet maximum from the EMX 170 to the Infinet controllerBus Media: ................................................................................................................................................................. For the sensor: 6-conductor, 24-gauge, overall shield

For the Infinet Lap-Top Service Port: single twisted shielded pair, 24 gauge

Connections:Infinet: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Screw terminalsBuffer Board: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Screw terminals

DescriptionAndover Controls Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module combines a true interactivedisplay with a room temperature sensor to provide users with a cost effective way to view ormodify facility operation. The 8-character LCD display and six programmable function keys enableoperators and occupants to change setpoints, monitor occupancy counts, turn equipment on andoff, air balance VAV boxes, arm or disarm high security areas, or perform virtually any buildingautomation or security function within the Andover Infinity System. The six function keys can beprogrammed to perform a wide variety of operations, including password security.

Programming the display and function keys of the EMX 170 is done using Andover Controls’powerful Plain English® programming language. Standard library programs include scheduling,tenant override, setpoint adjustment, airflow balancing, and password protection. The PlainEnglish® programs are stored in, and executed by, the local Infinet controller connected to theEMX 170.

The EMX 170 provides a connection for the Andover Infinity Lap-Top Service Tool. By plugginginto the EMX 170 on the Infinet bus, a service technician can view data, change setpoints andtimes, and even modify control programs throughout the entire system.

Wall Mount UnitThe standard wall mount unit comes in an attractive, well-ventilated plastic enclosure and includes a thermistor sensor. The enclosure, whichis styled to match the other Infinity room sensors, is secured with tamper-resistant screws.

The keys on the standard wall mount unit are hidden from view by a flip-down cover on the front of the sensor. The keys can be programmed toswitch the space to occupied mode, adjust the amount of override time, adjust the temperature setpoint, arm or disarm a security system, oreven request a car from the building’s garage. A blank overlay is provided with each unit for custom labeling of the function keys.

Industrial VersionThe industrial version comes in a NEMA 4X, ¼ DIN package. The keys are membrane-type with tactile feedback. A custom legend kit isavailable for the keys. Typical uses include equipment on/off control, setpoint changes, override time, and PID tuning constants adjustment.Two of the wiring terminals are reversed for a thermistor (not included).

Infinity EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module


TEMPERATURE 9

Specifications ContinuedSensing Element (included with the Standard Wall Unit only):

Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Type III thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°FRange: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40°F to 100°F (4.4°C to 37.8°C)Thermistor Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ +0.36°F (+0.2°C)Total Accuracy, End-To-End: ..................................................................................................................................................................... +0.7°F (+0.4°C) from 40°F to 70°F

+0.75°F (+0.42°C) from 70°F to 90°F+0.85°F (+0.47°C) from 90°F to 100°F

Stability: ....................................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy spec for minimum of 5 yearsThermal Epoxy: .......................................................................................................................................... High resistivity epoxy, completely encapsulating the thermistor

Display:Standard Wall Unit: ......................................................... 8-character liquid crystal display, ¼” character height, programmable using Andover Controls Plain English®Industrial Version: ............................................................ 8-character liquid crystal display ½” character height, programmable using Andover Controls Plain English®

Function Keys:Standard Wall Unit: ................................................................................. 6 momentary rectangular push buttons, programmable using Andover Controls Plain English®Industrial Version: ............................................................................................... 6 square push buttons with tactile feedback sealed within a membrane, programmable

using Andover Controls Plain English®

Agency Listings:Listings: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL 916, FCC, CE


Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, ACC Logo ................................................................................................................................ 01-0008-766Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, Blank Cover ............................................................................................................................. 01-0008-765Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, w/out Buffer Board, ACC Logo ............................................................................................... 01-0008-767Std. Wall Unit, Blank Overlay, w/out Buffer Board, Blank Cover ........................................................................................... 01-0008-764Industrial Version ...................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0008-096Industrial Ver.,w/out Buffer Board ........................................................................................................................................... 01-0008-094EMX 170 Button Overlay, Blank ............................................................................................................................................... 01-1000-636EMX 170 Button Overlay, Standard .................................................................................................................................. 01-1000-636-01Stick-on Label Set for EMX 170 Industrial Ver. (125 char/symbols) ....................................................................................... 01-3002-185Input Interface Module ..........................................................................................................................................................01-0100-472-A

InstallationThe EMX 170 Buffer Board, included with the EMX 170, attaches to the expansion port of the local Infinet controller (SCX 920, LCX 810, TCX850, TCX 853 or TCX 855), with one EMX 170 Programmable Interface Module maximum per each controller.

Screw terminals are provided for a six-conductor, shielded cable to be wired a maximum of 180 feet from the Buffer Board to the programmableinterface unit. Because the LCX Lighting Controller family and the TCX 860 and TCX 870 have the buffer board built-in, the EMX 170 is alsoavailable for ordering with a “no Buffer Board” option.

A two-conductor Infinet cable may also be run to connect the LSX 280 Lap-Top Service Tool Jack.

The EMX 170 standard wall unit may be mounted directly on a wall, or over a single gang utility box. Screw terminals and a two-piece enclosureensure easy installation and wiring.

The EMX industrial version is designed for flush panel mounting (¼ DIN). Screw terminals and the LSX 280 Lap-Top Service Tool Jack arelocated at the rear of the device for easy installation and wiring.


TEMPERATURE10

DescriptionAndover Controls Duct and Immersion Sensors provide accurate, reliablemeasurement of air temperature and fluid as part of an Andover Controls buildingautomation system. Both the duct and immersion sensors have a wide operating rangeof 30°F to 230°F (-34°C to 110°C), making them suitable for all types of duct, pipe andtank temperature applications

The sensor’s design completely seals the sensing element, a precision 10K thermistor,within a stainless steel tube. The tube is filled with thermal epoxy, making it immuneto moisture and condensation. The sensor’s housing is a two-piece, plenum-ratedplastic enclosure designed so that the sensor can be replaced without having to removethe housing. Simply take off the cover, withdraw the existing sensing element, andreplace with a new sensor.

Duct SensorFour lengths of duct sensor are available: 4”, 6”, 9” and 15.75” (400mm). An optional O-Ring/Gasket kit is available if the sensor is beingmounted outside or in a high moisture environment. Also available is a Duct-to-Immersion Conversion kit that allows you to easily convert allof part of your duct sensor inventory for immersion applications.

Immersion SensorBrass of Type 304 stainless steel thermowells are available in 4” and 6” immersion lengths. They are available with either a 1/2” or 3/4”threaded NPT connection. To utilize existing Andover Controls 1/2” or 3/4” NPT thermowells with the immersion sensor, an optional adapteris available.

Strap-On SensorThe strap-on sensor is designed for direct application to pipe surfaces for chilled or hot water measurement. It uses the same housing as boththe duct and immersion sensors, but includes a strap for pipes 2” to 6” in diameter.


Sensing Element: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°FRange: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ -30° to 230°F (-34.4° to 110°C)Accuracy: ............................................................................................................... + 0.36°F from 32°F to 158°F (+ 0.2°C from 0° to 70°C);+ .90°F (+0.5°C) over full rangeStability: .......................................................................................................................... Thermistor will not deviate from accuracy specification for minimum of 5 yearsThermal Epoxy: ........................................................................................................................................................................... High resistivity epoxy filling probe’s lengthHousing: ...................................................................................................................... Two piece Polylac, Grade PA765; Plenum-rated (UL-94-5V Flame Retardant Rating)Wiring Connections: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Wire nutsWire Size: ..................................................................................................................... ............................................................................ 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshieldedMax. Distance to Sensor: (with less than .1°F error)

Temps Below 75°F: ...................................................................................................................................................... 1550 ft. (22 gauge wire); 3900 ft. (18 gauge wire)Temps Above 160°F: ........................................................................................................................................................ 125 ft. (22 gauge wire); 310 ft. (18 gauge wire)

Duct Sensor:Probe Diameter: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.25” (.635 cm)Probe Lengths: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 4”, 6”, 9” and 15.75” (400 mm)Probe Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Stainless Steel, type 316Electrical Piping Connection: .................................................................................................................................................................................. ½” NPSM Female Thread

Immersion Sensor:Thermowell Material: ................................................................................................................................................................................ Brass or Type 304 Stainless SteelThermowell Piping Connection: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... ½” or ¾” Male NPTThermowell Dimensions:

Diameter: ......................................................................................................................... ¾” (1.9 cm) shank diameter (¾” NPT); 5/8” (1.6 cm) shank diameter (½” NPT)Overall Length: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 4” (10.16 cm), 6” (15.24 cm)Insertion Length: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5” (6.35 cm), 4.5” (11.43 cm)

Strap-On Sensor:Strap Length: ................................................................................................................................................................................... Appropriate for 2” to 6” diameter pipesProbe Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum

Duct and Immersion Temperature SensorsModels TT-D, TT-I, and TT-ST


TEMPERATURE 11


Duct Temperature SensorsDuct Temperature Sensor, 4” Probe ................................................................................................................................................ TT-D-4-1Duct Temperature Sensor, 4” Probe (4 Pack) .................................................................................................................................. TT-D-4-4Duct Temperature Sensor, 4” Probe (12 Pack) .............................................................................................................................. TT-D-4-12Duct Temperature Sensor, 4” Probe (16 Pack) .............................................................................................................................. TT-D-4-16Duct Temperature Sensor, 6” Probe ................................................................................................................................................ TT-D-6-1Duct Temperature Sensor, 6” Probe (4 Pack) .................................................................................................................................. TT-D-6-4Duct Temperature Sensor, 6” Probe (12 Pack) .............................................................................................................................. TT-D-6-12Duct Temperature Sensor, 6” Probe (16 Pack) .............................................................................................................................. TT-D-6-16Duct Temperature Sensor, 9” Probe ................................................................................................................................................ TT-D-9-1Duct Temperature Sensor, 9” Probe (4 Pack) .................................................................................................................................. TT-D-9-4Duct Temperature Sensor, 9” Probe (12 Pack) .............................................................................................................................. TT-D-9-12Duct Temperature Sensor, 9” Probe (16 Pack) .............................................................................................................................. TT-D-9-16Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75” Probe .................................................................................................................................. TT-D-15.75-1Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75” Probe (4 Pack) .................................................................................................................... TT-D-15.75-4Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75” Probe (12 Pack) ................................................................................................................ TT-D-15.75-12Duct Temperature Sensor, 15.75” Probe (16 Pack) ................................................................................................................ TT-D-15.75-16Immersion Temperature Sensors (Order Well Separately)Immersion Sensor, 4” ....................................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-4-1Immersion Sensor, 4” (4 Pack) .......................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-4-4Immersion Sensor, 4” (12 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-4-12Immersion Sensor, 4” (16 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-4-16Immersion Sensor, 6” ....................................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-6-1Immersion Sensor, 6” (4 Pack) .......................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-6-4Immersion Sensor, 6” (12 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-6-12Immersion Sensor, 6” (16 Pack) ...................................................................................................................................................... TT-I-6-16Strap On SensorStrap On Sensor ................................................................................................................................................................................... TT-ST


TEMPERATURE12Ordering Information Continued

Item Part #Brass Thermowells4” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-1/2-14” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................................. W-B-4-1/2-44” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-1/2-124” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-1/2-166” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-1/2-16” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................................. W-B-6-1/2-46” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-1/2-126” Well Brass, 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-1/2-164” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-3/4-14” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................................. W-B-4-3/4-44” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-3/4-124” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-4-3/4-166” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT .......................................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-3/4-16” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................................. W-B-6-3/4-46” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-3/4-126” Well Brass, 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................................... W-B-6-3/4-16Stainless Steel Thermowells4” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT ........................................................................................................................................... W-S-4-1/2-14” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................. W-S-4-1/2-44” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-4-1/2-124” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-4-1/2-166” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT ........................................................................................................................................... W-S-6-1/2-16” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................. W-S-6-1/2-46” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-6-1/2-126” Well Stainless Steel, 1/2” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-6-1/2-164” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT ........................................................................................................................................... W-S-4-3/4-14” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................. W-S-4-3/4-44” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-4-3/4-124” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-4-3/4-166” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT ........................................................................................................................................... W-S-6-3/4-16” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT (4 Pack) ............................................................................................................................. W-S-6-3/4-46” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT (12 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-6-3/4-126” Well Stainless Steel, 3/4” NPT (16 Pack) ......................................................................................................................... W-S-6-3/4-16AccessoriesDuct-to-Immersion Conversion Kit ................................................................................................................................... TT-CONVRSN-KIT3/4” Stainless Steel Well Adapter Kit ............................................................................................................................. W-Adaptor-3/4SS3/4” Brass Well Adapter Kit ............................................................................................................................................. W-Adaptor-3/4-B4” Replacement Sensor Probe ..................................................................................................................................................... TT-RPLC-46” Replacement Sensor Probe ..................................................................................................................................................... TT-RPLC-69” Replacement Sensor Probe ..................................................................................................................................................... TT-RPLC-915.75” Replacement Sensor Probe ....................................................................................................................................... TT-RPLC-15.75O-Ring/Gasket Kit .................................................................................................................................................................. TT-O-RING-KIT


TEMPERATURE 13

DescriptionAndover Controls Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor affords easy installation while atthe same time providing accurate, reliable measurement of temperatures for use in anAndover Controls building automation system. Each sensor is composed of a long, flexibleplenum-rated cable, with a total of four or nine thermistor sensing elements encapsulatedat equal distances along the length of the assembly. The complete array acts as a singlesensor, averaging any temperature change across all four or nine sensors. The responsetime of any temperature change will be less than 20 seconds.

The sensor has a wide operating range of -30°F to 230°F (-34.4°C to 110°C), making itsuitable for all types of duct temperature measurement.

The flexible cable assembly allows for easy installation in any size duct. Four lengths ofprobe are available: 12, 16, 20 and 24 feet. Each probe comes with 6” wire leads and asingle-gang utility box for wiring terminations.


Sensing Element: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°FNumber of Elements: ................................................................................................................................................... 4 (12ft. and 20ft. sensors) 9 (16ft. and 24ft. sensors)Wiring Connections: ..................................................................................................... 6” lead furnished with sensor. Use crimp-type butt splices or solder connections.Wire Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18, 20 or 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshieldedMax. Distance to Sensor:

Temps Below 75°F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 1550 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error3900 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error

Temps Above 160°F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 125 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error310 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error

Performance:Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ -30°F to 230°F (-34.4°C to 110°C)Accuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ + 0.36°F (+ 0.2°C)Response Time: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Maximum of 20 seconds

Mechanical:Probe Lengths: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12, 16, 20 and 24 ft.


12’, 4 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-03916’, 9 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-03520’, 4 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-04024’, 9 Elements ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-6013-036

Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor


TEMPERATURE14

Duct Averaging Temperature SensorModel TE-205

DescriptionMAMAC Systems TE-205 Duct Averaging Temperature Sensor is available with a10K ohm thermistor, offering high accuracy, long term stability, low hysteresis, fastresponse times and a wide operating range. The TE-205 is available in a bendablealuminium 3/8 inch OD extra long probe for averaging duct air temperature. Theprobe incorporates 4 or 9 sensor elements encapsulated at equal distances acrossthe length of the probe. The complete assembly acts as a single sensor and anytemperature change is averaged across the sensors.

4 element versions are available in 6 foot and 12 foot probe lengths while 9 sensorelement versions are available in 16 foot and 24 foot probe lengths. All models carrythe Andover Controls logo.


Sensing Element: .................................................................................................................................................................. Type 7 Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @77°F (25°C)Number of Elements: ................................................................................................................................................ 4 (6 ft. and 12 ft. sensors); 9 (16 ft. and 24 ft. sensors)Wiring Connections: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Screw terminal blockWire Size: ..................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................... 12 gauge maximum

Performance:Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ -30°F to 230°F (-34.4°C to 110°C)Accuracy: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.36°F (+0.2°C)Response Time: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3 Minutes

Mechanical:Probe Lengths: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6, 12, 16, and 24 ft.


6ft. Sensor w/4 Elements .................................................................................................................................................... ZATE-205-D7F112ft. Sensor w/4 Elements ................................................................................................................................................. ZATE-205-D7G116ft. Sensor w/9 Elements ................................................................................................................................................ ZATE-205-D7J9124ft. Sensor w/9 Elements ............................................................................................................................................... ZATE-205-D7H91

Dimensional Diagram


TEMPERATURE 15

DescriptionAndover Controls Bead and Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor provides accurate,reliable measurement of temperature for use in an Andover Controls building automationsystem. The active sensing element is a highly stable, precision thermistor, accurate towithin +36°F. Both the bead and ruggedized bead sensors have a wide operating range of-30°F to 230°F (-34.4°C to 110°C), making them suitable for a variety of situations andinstallations.

The thermistor is encapsulated with a low mass, high-conductivity compound for good heattransfer characteristics. It is enclosed in a rugged, miniature cylinder .17” in diameter, whichis small enough to be installed in most thermostat applications. An 8 foot length of zip cordis supplied with each sensor.

Bead SensorThe Bead Sensor is for use in indoor installations where moisture or condensation will not be encountered, and where temperatures will notfall below 35°F. The sensor operating range is 35°F to 140°F (1.7°C to 60°C).Ruggedized Bead SensorThe Ruggedized Bead Sensor is suitable for temperature extremes, and is immune to moisture or condensation. The sensor operating range is-30°F to 230°F (-34.4°C to 110°C).


Sensing Element: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Type III Thermistor, 10,000 ohms @ 77°FWiring Connections: ............................................................................................................................... Crimp-type butt splices or solder connections are recommended.

Do not use wire nut connections. Use the full 8ft. zip cord furnished with the sensor to prevent condensation.Wire Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 18, 20 or 22 gauge, 2 conductor, unshieldedMax. Distance to Sensor:

Temps Below 75°F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 1550 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error3900 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error

Temps Above 160°F: ..................................................................................................................................................... 125 ft. (22 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error310 ft. (18 gauge wire) with less than 0.1°F error

Performance:Range:

Bead Sensor: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35° to 140°F (1.7° to 60°C)Ruggedized Bead Sensor: .......................................................................................................................................................................... -30° to 230°F (-34.4° to 110°C)

Accuracy: ............................................................................................................... +0.36°F from 32°F to 122°F (+ 0.2°C from 0° to 50°C) + .90°F (+ 0.5°C) over full rangeStability: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24°F (-4.4°C) over 5 years

Mechanical:Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................... .17” diameter, .5” long, with attached 8 ft. zip cord


Bead Temp Sensor ................................................................................................................................................................... 01-2085-001Ruggedized Bead Temp Sensor....... ...................................................................................................................................... 01-2085-001-R

Bead & Ruggedized Bead Temperature Sensor


TEMPERATURE16


HUMIDITY 17

DescriptionAndover Controls has private labeled the General Eastern Microline Series ofRH Sensors. The Microline RH Sensors provide durable, accurate measurementof relative humidity for use in Andover Controls building automation systems. Thehumidity sensing element is a precision bulk polymer resistance sensor, highlyimmune to surface contamination and adverse environments.

The sensor exhibits excellent long-term stability with minimal hysteresis. It isfactory calibrated at ten different humidity points — compare this to most otherunits which are calibrated at three points or less.

Because every system has different requirements and cost constraints, the RHsensors are available in three different accuracy levels — 2%, 3%, and 5% —and three different mounting configurations — wall mount, duct mount, and outsideair. Also available in three different mounting configurations are combinationtemperature/humidity sensors with a 10K thermistor.

The sensor output signal is field-selectable from 0-5 or 0-10 volt to 4-20 mA currentin the RH-only version. The combination RH and temperature units are availablein voltage or current outputs.

Every sensor has a built-in phone jack to connect the EasyCal Plus handheld humidity calibration tool for quick, easy, and uninterrupted singlepoint calibration. (See page 20 for more details on the EasyCal Plus.)

Wall MountThe wall mount version features an elegant ABS plastic housing which separates the sensing element from the heat-generating electronics.The prewired base, with electronics in the cover, simplifies installation — just wire into the screw terminals and snap in the cover. The wallmount version works with handy box hole patterns. A built-in phone jack offers easy connection of the EasyCal Plus humidity calibration tool.Duct MountThe rugged duct mount version includes a 6-inch (15.2 cm) stainless steel sensing probe mounting on a 4” x 4.5” (10.1cm x 11.4cm) ABS plastichandy box. Like the wall mount unit, the duct mount offers a prewired base with electronics in the cover/probe and a built-in phone jack forconnecting the EasyCal Plus humidity calibration tool.Outside AirThe outside air unit is housed in an ABS plastic enclosure. The sensing element is protected with a ventilated solar shield.


Sensing Element: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Resistive change of bulk polymer sensorOutput Signal: .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-20 mA, 0-5 Volts, 0-10 Volts (0% to 100% RH linear)Power:

Supply Voltage: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 to 36 VDCMaximum Load (ohms): ........................................................................................................................................................................... (Supply Voltage - 10 VDC) /.02A

Operating Range:RH Sensor: ............................................................................................................................................ 0% to 99% RH (non-condensing) -40°F to 170°F (-40°C to 77°C)Electronics: ........................................................................................................................................... 0% to 95% RH (non-condensing) -20°F to 140°F (-29°C to 60°C)Storage Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... -85°F to 158°F (-65°C to 70°C)Wiring Connections: ....................................................................................................................................................... Screw terminals, 16-22 AWG, (1.3mm to .6mm)

Relative Humidity SensorsMicroline Series


HUMIDITY18

Specifications ContinuedPerformance:

Accuracy, 2% Models: ................................................................................................ +2% at 77°F (25°C), 20 to 95% RH including hysteresis, linearity and repeatabilityAccuracy, 3% Models: ................................................................................................ +3% at 77°F (25°C), 20 to 95% RH including hysteresis, linearity and repeatabilityAccuracy, 5% Models: ................................................................................................ +5% at 77°F (25°C), 20 to 95% RH including hysteresis, linearity and repeatabilityTemperature Effect: .......................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 0.06% per °F (0.11% per °C)Sensitivity: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.1% RHRepeatability: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5% RHHysteresis: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 1% RHLong Term Stability: ................................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 1% drift per year, typicalSensor Interchangeability: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ +3% nominal

Mechanical:Wall Mount Unit:

Housing: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS PlasticColor: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-WhiteDimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................. 4.9”H x 3.1”W x 1.0”D (12.5cm x 7.9cm x 2.54cm)

Duct Mount Unit:Housing: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS PlasticColor: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Cloud Grey, Stainless Steel ProbeDimensions, Housing: ................................................................................................................................................ 4.0”H x 4.5”W x 2.35”D (10.2cm x 11.4cm x 6.0cm)Dimensions, Probe: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 6”, 0.5” diameter (15.2cm, 1.3cm)

Outside Air Unit:Housing: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS PlasticColor: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... GreyDimensions, Housing: ................................................................................................................................................ 4.0”H x 4.5”W x 2.35”D (10.5cm x 11.4cm x 6.0cm)Dimensions, Overall: .............................................................................................................................................. 6.75”H x 4.5”W x 2.35”D (17.14cm x 11.4cm x 6.0cm)


Room RH2% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-S) ............................................... 01-6013-0572% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-I-S) ............................................................. 01-6013-1032% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-V-S) ...................................................... 01-6013-1043% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-S) ............................................... 01-6013-0583% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-I-S) .............................................................. 01-6013-0593% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-V-S) ...................................................... 01-6013-1055% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-S) ............................................... 01-6013-0605% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-I-S) .............................................................. 01-6013-1065% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-V-S) ...................................................... 01-6013-107Duct RH2% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-D) ............................................... 01-6013-0612% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-I-D) .............................................................. 01-6013-1082% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-2-V-D) ....................................................... 01-6013-1093% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-D) ............................................... 01-6013-0623% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-I-D) .............................................................. 01-6013-0633% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-3-V-D) ....................................................... 01-6013-1105% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-D) ............................................... 01-6013-0645% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-I-D) .............................................................. 01-6013-1115% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRHT1-5-V-D) ....................................................... 01-6013-112Outside Air RH2% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-OA) ............................................. 01-6013-0652% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-I-OA) .............................................................. 01-6013-1132% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-2-V-OA) ........................................................ 01-6013-1143% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-OA) ............................................. 01-6013-0663% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA RH Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-I-OA) ......................................................... 01-6013-0673% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-3-V-OA) ........................................................ 01-6013-1155% Accuracy, Field Selectable Output 0-5V/0-10V or 4-20mA, ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-OA) ............................................. 01-6013-0685% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA RH Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-I-OA) ......................................................... 01-6013-1165% Accuracy w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output, ACC Logo (Model MRH-5-V-OA) ........................................................ 01-6013-117


HUMIDITY 19

Applications/Wiring Diagram


HUMIDITY20

Dimensions Diagram


HUMIDITY 21

DescriptionGeneral Eastern’s battery powered Easycal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicatormakes it easy to perform quick, on-site, one-point offset adjustment of thetransmitter without interrupting operation.

No tools or disassembly are required —just plug the Easycal Plus into the phonejack connector located on the General Eastern Microline RH Sensors. The EasycalPlus displays values for both the transmitter and the environment, eliminating theneed for additional reference devices. A user can check the transmitter’s operationand, if necessary, perform a one-point offset adjustment in about 60 seconds.


Sensing Element: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Resistive change of bulk polymer sensorOperating Range:

RH Sensor: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 99% RH (non-condensing) -40 to 170°F (-40 to 77°C)Electronics: ...................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 99% RH (non-condensing) -20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C)

Storate Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ -85 to 158°F (-65 to 70°C)Performance:

Single Point Calibration Accuracy: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... +2%RHSingle Point Calibration Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 to 90% RHReference Probe Accuracy: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... +2%RH (20 to 95% RH)Temperature Effect: .......................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 0.06% per °F (0.11% per °C)Long Term Stability: ................................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 1% drift per year, typical

Mechanical:Probe Dimensions:

Diameter ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5”Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3.0”

Power Supply: .................................................................................................................................... 9 VDC alkaline battery, continuous use for 40 hours, Auto power-off

Easycal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator


EasyCal Plus Handheld Calibrator/RH Indicator (For use with General Eastern Microline RH Sensors) ................................ 01-6013-069


HUMIDITY22

DescriptionGeneral Eastern’s EHRH transmitter is designed for the monitoring of relativehumidity and temperature in applications where washdowns or saturationfrequently occurs. The EHRH is ideally suited for high humidity applications suchas pharmaceuticals, hospitals and laboratories, animal rooms, swimming pools,supermarket produce sections, and food processing plants.

The EHRH features a completely waterproof design that offers reliable operationin saturated environments. All of the electronics in the EHRH are contained in anepoxy-hardened enclosure. The EHRH sensor is protected by a water-tight, yetbreathable membrane filter which permits the sensor to withstand 100%saturation. A stainless steel protective cover is also available.

Offering an accuracy of +2% RH, the EHRH employs a bulk polymer resistive sensor and a hysteresis of less than 1%. It also incorporatescircuitry for continuous temperature compensation, which makes it accurate over its entire operating range.


Sensing Element:Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Resistive change of bulk polymer sensor

Temperature - Direct Connection: ................................................................................................................................. Thermistor, 10k ohm at 25°C, 2-wire measurementTemperture - w/Signal Conditioning: ................................................................................................................................................. 100 ohm platinum RTD (.00385 alpha)Output Signal - RH Only: ........................................................................................................................................... 4-20 mA, 2-wire, loop-powered for 0-100% RH linearOutput SIgnal - Temperature: .............................................................................................................................. 4-20 mA, 2-wire, loop-powered for the following ranges:

-20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C)0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C)32 to 132°F (0 to 57°C)

50 to 130°F (10 to 54°C)-40 to 140°F (-40 to 60°C)Power:

Supply Voltage: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 to 36 VDCMaximum Load (ohms): ............................................................................................................................................................................ (Supply Voltage - 10 VDC)/.02A

(Note: Minimum supply voltage of 15 VDC is required for 10 volt output units)Wiring Connections: ................................................................................................ Deutsch 4-position waterproof connector (front-wiring); Flying leads (back-wiring)

Performance:Accuracy-Humidity: ................................................................................................ +2%RH @ 77°F (25°C), 30 to 95% RH including hysteresis, linearity and repeatabilityAccuracy-Thermistor: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... +2°F (+1.2°C) @ 77°F (25°C)Accuracy-RTD: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.5°F (+0.3°C) @ 77°F (25°C)Temperature Effect: .......................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 0.06% per °F (0.11% per °C)Sensitivity: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.1% RHRepeatability: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5% RHHysteresis: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 1%Operating Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................... 0% to 100% RH, -4 to 129°F (-20 to 54°C)Maximum Air Velocity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10,000 ft/minLong Term Stability: ................................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 1% drift per year, typical

Mechanical:Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................. 5.0” H x 2.5” W x .66” D (12.7 cm H x 6.35 cm W x 1.68 cm D)

Waterproof Relative Humidity SensorEHRH Transmitter

NEW!


HUMIDITY 23


2% RH, 10K Therm, 4-20mA Output, Waterproof Connector ................................................................................................. 01-6013-0742% RH, 10K Therm, 4-20mA Output, Flying Leads .................................................................................................................. 01-6013-0752% RH, 10K Therm, 0-5V Output, Waterproof Connector ....................................................................................................... 01-6013-0762% RH, 10K Therm, 0-5V Output, Flying Leads ....................................................................................................................... 01-6013-0772% RH, 10K Therm, 0-10V Output, Waterproof Connector ..................................................................................................... 01-6013-0782% RH, 10K Therm, 0-10V Output, Flying Leads ..................................................................................................................... 01-6013-0792% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -20°F to 140°F, Waterproof Connector ............................................ 01-6013-0802% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -20°F to 140°F, Flying Leads ............................................................ 01-6013-0812% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0°F to 150°F, Waterproof Connector ............................................... 01-6013-0822% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0°F to 150°F, Flying Leads ................................................................ 01-6013-0832% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0°F to 100°F, Waterproof Connector ............................................... 01-6013-0842% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 0°F to 100°F, Flying Leads ................................................................ 01-6013-0852% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 32°F to 132°F, Waterproof Connector ............................................. 01-6013-0862% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 32°F to 132°F, Flying Leads ............................................................. 01-6013-0872% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 50°F to 130°F, Waterproof Connector ............................................. 01-6013-0882% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, 50°F to 130°F, Flying Leads ............................................................. 01-6013-0892% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -40°F to 140°F, Waterproof Connector ............................................ 01-6013-0902% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, -40°F to 140°F, Flying Leads ............................................................ 01-6013-0912% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, Custom Temp Range (Must Specify), Waterproof Connector ......... 01-6013-0922% RH, 100 ohm RTD w/4-20mA RH & Temp Outputs, Custom Temp Range (Must Specify), Flying Leads .......................... 01-6013-093Stainless Steel 300 Series for EHTH and EHRHT .................................................................................................................... 01-6013-094

Dimensional Drawing


HUMIDITY24

DescriptionGeneral Eastern’s HUMISCAN® for Humidity/Dew Point Measurement is idealfor industrial applications such as clean rooms, pharmaceuticals, automotive, processcontrol, HVAC, and hospitals/laboratories.

The HUMISCAN uses proven technology to measure relative humidity andtemperature. The HUMISCAN’s built-in microprocessor calculates dew pointtemperature, absolute humidity, mixing ratio, and wet bulb temperature. All ofthese measurements are available as user-selectable and scaleable analog outputsand can be simultaneously viewed on the unit’s digital display.

The design of the HUMISCAN provides reliable dewpoint measurements withoutthe need for a chilled mirror. This approach provides distinct advantages for industrialapplications, including faster response times, greater resistance to contamination,and no uncertainty between dew and frost points.

The HUMISCAN housing features a small size (5.5”L x 5.5”W x 2.8”D), and the choice of duct/remote or wall-mounted configurations. Theelectronics are housed in a rugged, aluminum, NEMA-4X/IP-65 rated enclosure for maximum protection in harsh or condensing environments.


Sensing Element:Relative Humidity: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... CapacitiveTemperature: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ Hermetically Sealed Thermistor

Outputs:Analog: ................................................................................................................................................................. 3 Simultaneous Channels: 4-20mA, 0-5 Volt, 0-10 VoltDigital: ............................................................................................................................................. 1 Channel: RS-232 or RS-485 /422 Digital Current Loop (Optional)Relay: .................................................................................................................................................................. SPDT, Form C, 250VAC/30VDC@5A; TTL: Alarm Trigger

Power Inputs:Standard: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 VAC/VDC +20%Optional: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 115/230 VAC/VDC +10%/50/60Hz

Storage Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C)Data Logging: ........................................................................................................................... Maximum of 700 points of humidity and temperature (selectable interval)

Performance:Accuracy:

Relative Humidity: .................................................................................................................................. +1% @ 77°F (25°C) at 0.5 to 90% RH; +2% at 90 to 100% RHTemperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +0.36°F (0.20°C)

Long Term Stability: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Less than 0.5% drift per year typicalTemperature Effect: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Temperature CompensatedResponse Time: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 15 sec.Hysteresis: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 1% RHOperating Range:

Relative Humidity: ................................................................................................................................. 0% to 100% RH (non-condensing); 32°F to 150°F (0°C to 70°C)Electronics: .............................................................................................................................................. 0% to 95% RH (non-condensing); 32°F to 150°F (0°C to 70°C)

Measurement Range-Temperature: ................................................................................................................................................................. +32°F to 150°F (0°C to 70°C)

Mechanical:Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................ 5.5”H x 5.5”W x 2.8”D (13.97cm x 13.97cm x 7.1cm)Enclosure Material: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ AluminumEnclosure Rating: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA-4X (IP-65)Mounting: .......................................................................................................................................... Wall, Duct/Remote Configurations (Includes Duct Mount Hardware)Remote Cable Lengths: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3, 5, and 10 meters

Humidity/Dewpoint SensorHUMISCAN

NEW!


HUMIDITY 25


HUMISCAN®, No Display, Space, 24VAC/DC, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ..................................... 01-6013-095HUMISCAN®, w/Display, Space, 24VAC/DC, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ...................................... 01-6013-096HUMISCAN®, No Display, Space, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ................... 01-6013-097HUMISCAN®, w/Display, Space, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 3m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter .................... 01-6013-098HUMISCAN®, No Display, Duct, 24VAC/DC, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ........................................ 01-6013-099HUMISCAN®, w/Display, Duct, 24VAC/DC, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ......................................... 01-6013-100HUMISCAN®, No Display, Duct, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ..................... 01-6013-101HUMISCAN®, w/Display, Duct, 100-230VAC, 50/60Hz, 5m Cable Length, RS232, Plastic Open Frame Filter ...................... 01-6013-102

Dimensional Drawing


HUMIDITY26

Relative Humidity SensorsModels HX & HV SeriesDescriptionThe Veris Alta Labs HX & HV Series of relative humidity sensors are cost effectivedevices for energy management and HVAC control applications. The humiditysensing element, the H2 Sensor, uses a digitally profiled thin-film capacitancetechnology for superior accuracy over a wide range and exceptional resistance tocontaminants. The units are factory calibrated at four points using N.I.S.T. referencestandards.

The sensors feature a fully interchangeable element that allows for quick andeasy replacement of the digital sensor — without calibration. Power to the sensorcan vary from 12-30VDC. Non polarity two wire 4-20 mA and 3-wire 0-10 VDCversions are available.

The sensors are available in 2%, 3% and 5% accuracy levels and 4 different mounting configurations — wall, recessed, duct and outsideair. An optional LCD display is offered for the wall mount versions. All designs are available with an optional 10K thermistor ortemperature transmitter.

SpecificationsRoom RH:

H2 Sensor: ...................................................................................................................................... Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) Patent PendingAccuracy:

HXW/HXL/HXR: ........................................................................................................... +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH; Four-point calibration, N.I.S.T. traceableHVW: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +5% @ 0 to 90% RH

Stability: .................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% @ 20°C (68°F) annually, for two yearsOperating Humidity Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 100% RHTemperature Coefficient: ....................................................................................................... .................................................. +0.04% RH/°C over 0 to 60°C (32° to 140°F)Analog Output: ........................................................................................ 4-20 mA version; 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive, 0-5V/0-10V versions; 3-wire, observe polarityScaling: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RHInput Power: .................................................... 4-20 mA version; loop powered 12-30 VDC only, 30 mA max., 0-5V/0-10V versions; 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*, 15 mA max.Optional Temperature Output:

HXW/HVW: ........................................................................ Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25°C (+0.45°F) Jumper Selectable RangeHXL/HXR: .......................................................................... Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25°C (+0.45°F) Range specified on sensor

Duct RHH2 Sensor: ...................................................................................................................................... Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) Patent PendingAccuracy:

HXD: ............................................................................................................................. +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH; Four-point calibration, N.I.S.T. traceableHVD: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +5% @ 0 to 90% RH

Stability: .................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% @ 20°C (68°F) annually, for two yearsOperating Humidity Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 100% RHTemperature Coefficient: ....................................................................................................... .................................................. +0.04% RH/°C over 0 to 60°C (32° to 140°F)Analog Output: ........................................................................................ 4-20 mA version; 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive, 0-5V/0-10V versions; 3-wire, observe polarityScaling: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RHInput Power: .................................................... 4-20 mA version; loop powered 12-30 VDC only, 30 mA max., 0-5V/0-10V versions; 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*, 15 mA max.Optional Temperature Output: .............................................. Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25°C (+0.45°F) Range Specified on Sensor


HUMIDITY 27

Specifications ContinuedOutside Air RH

H2 Sensor: ...................................................................................................................................... Digitally profiled thin-film capacitive (32 bit mathematics) Patent PendingAccuracy: .......................................................................................................................... +2% or +3% (specify) @ 0 to 90% RH; Four-point calibration, N.I.S.T. traceableStability: .................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% @ 20°C (68°F) annually, for two yearsOperating Humidity Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 100% RHTemperature Coefficient: ....................................................................................................... .................................................. +0.03% RH/°C over 0 to 60°C (32° to 140°F)Analog Output: .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20 mA version; 2-wire, non-polarity sensitive

0-5V/0-10V versions; 3-wire, observe polarityScaling: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RHInput Power: .................................................................................................................................................. 4-20 mA version; loop powered 12-30 VDC only, 30 mA max.

0-5V/0-10V versions; 12-30 VDC or 24 VAC*, 15 mA max.Optional Temperature Output: .............................................. Digital, 4-20 mA or 0-5 V/0-10V output; resolution/accuracy +0.25°C (+0.45°F) Range Specified on Sensor


Room RH2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................................................ ZVHXW2RH4202% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................................. ZVHXW2RHVDC2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................. ZVHXW2RH/RTD4202% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................................... ZVHXW2RH/RTDVDC2% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................ ZVHXW2RH/T4202% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output .......................................................................... ZVHXW2RH/TVDC3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................................................ ZVHXW3RH4203% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 3% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output .......................................................................................... ZVHXW3RHVDC3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................... ZVHXW3RH/RTD4203% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................................... ZVHXW3RH/RTDVDC3% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................ ZVHXW3RH/T4203% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXW3RH/TVDC5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ....................................................................................................................... ZVHVW5RH4205% Accuracy, Wall Mount, 5% Accuracy, 0-5/0-10V Output .......................................................................................... ZVHVW5RHVDC5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................. ZVHVW5RH/RTD4205% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................................... ZVHVW5RH/RTDVDC5% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mAOutput ................................................................................. ZVHVW5RH/T4205% Accuracy, Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output .......................................................................... ZVHVW5RH/TVDC2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................... ZVHXL2RH4202% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 2% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXL2RHVDC2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ................................................................. ZVHXL2RH/RTD4202% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................. ZVHXL2RH/RTDVC2% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................... ZVHXL2RH/T4202% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................. ZVHXL2RH/TVDC3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................... ZVHXL3RH4203% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, 3% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXL3RHVDC3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ................................................................. ZVHXL3RH/RTD4203% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................ ZVHXL3RH/RTDVC3% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................... ZVHXL3RH/T4203% Accuracy, Wall Mount W/ LCD, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................. ZVHXL3RH/TVDC2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................................ ZVHXR2RH4202% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................. ZVHXR2RHVDC2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................. ZVHXR2RH/RTD4202% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ....................................................... ZVHXR2RH/RTDVDC2% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................ ZVHXR2RH/T4202% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................... ZVHXR2RH/TVDC


HUMIDITY28

Ordering Information ContinuedItem Part #

Room RH Continued3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 4-20mA Output ........................................................................................................ ZVHXR3RH4203% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................. ZVHXR3RHVDC3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ 10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................. ZVHXR3RH/RTD4203% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................ ZVHXR3RH/RTDVDC3% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................ ZVHXR3RH/T4203% Accuracy, Recessed Wall Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................... ZVHXR3RH/TVDCRemote LCD Digital Display ............................................................................................................................................................... ZVRD1Duct RH2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 4-20mA Output ......................................................................................................................... ZVHXD2RH4202% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 2% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................................... ZVHXD2RHVDC2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................... ZVHXD2RH/RTD4202% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................ ZVHXD2RH/RTDVDC2% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHXD2RH/T4202% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXD2RH/TVDC3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 4-20mA Output ......................................................................................................................... ZVHXD3RH4203% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 3% Accuracy, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................................... ZVHXD3RHVDC3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................. ZVHXD3RH/RTD4203% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................ ZVHXD3RH/RTDVDC3% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHXD3RH/T4203% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHXD3RH/TVDC5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 4-20mA Output ......................................................................................................................... ZVHVD5RH4205% Accuracy, Duct Mount, 0-5V/0-10V Output .................................................................................................................. ZVHVD5RHVDC5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................... ZVHVD5RH/RTD4205% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................ ZVHVD5RH/RTDVDC5% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHVD5RH/T4205% Accuracy, Duct Mount, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ........................................................................... ZVHVD5RH/TVDCOutside Air RH2% Accuracy, Outside Air, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................... ZVHXO2RH4202% Accuracy, Outside Air, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................................... ZVHXO2RHVDC2% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................ ZVHXO2RH/RTD4202% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ 10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................... ZVHXO2RH/RTDVDC2% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................... ZVHXO2RH/T4202% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................................ ZVHXO2RH/TVDC3% Accuracy, Outside Air, 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................... ZVHXO3RH4203% Accuracy, Outside Air, 0-5V/0-10V Output ................................................................................................................... ZVHXO3RHVDC3% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/10 K Thermistor 4-20mA Output .................................................................................. ZVHXO3RH/RTD4203% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/10 K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output .......................................................................... ZVHXO3RH/RTDVDC3% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 4-20mA Output ................................................................................... ZVHXO3RH/T4203% Accuracy, Outside Air, W/ Temp Transmitter, 0-5V/0-10V Output ............................................................................ ZVHXO3RH/TVDCRH AccessoriesVeris Alta Labs 1 3/8" Diameter Cobalt Steel Hole Saw (35MM) For HXR Recessed Sensor .....................................................ZVDB-100Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 2% Wall ...................................................................................................................... ZVHSW-2Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 3% Wall ...................................................................................................................... ZVHSW-3Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 5% Wall ...................................................................................................................... ZVHSW-5Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 2% Duct ....................................................................................................................... ZVHSD-2Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 3% Duct ....................................................................................................................... ZVHSD-3Veris Alta Labs Replacement RH Sensor, 5% Duct ....................................................................................................................... ZVHSD-5


HUMIDITY 29

Applications/Wiring Diagrams

Wall Mount (0-5V/-10V Versions) Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions)

LCD Wall Mount (0-5V/-10V Versions) LCD Wall Mount (4-20mA Versions)

Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (0-5V/-10V Versions) Recessed Digital RH/RH/T (4-20mA Versions)

Recessed Digital RH w/RTD (0-5V/-10V Versions)


HUMIDITY30

Applications/Wiring Diagrams Continued

Duct (0-5V/-10V Versions) Duct (4-20mA Versions)

Outside Air (0-5V/-10V Versions) Outside Air (4-20mA Versions)


Wall Mount Wall Mount w/Plate


HUMIDITY 31

Dimensional Drawings Continued

LCD Wall Mount LCD Wall Mount w/Plate

Recessed Wall Mount Outside Air

HV Series Duct


HUMIDITY32

Relative Humidity SensorsModels HU-224/225 & HU-226DescriptionThe MAMAC Systems HU-224/225 and HU-226 are extremely fast, stable and accurate humidity transducers designed for harshenvironments. The polymer capacitance sensor is not affected by harsh contaminants, condensation, fog or extremely high humidityover a prolonged period of time. If dust or other contaminants accumulate on the sensor, the probe can be washed in industrial gradeisopropyl alcohol and put back in service without any calibration shift. Each unit is individually calibrated in an environmental testchamber to meet or exceed NIST traceable +2% or +3% accuracies. The HU-224/225 and HU-226 are temperature compensated for -30Fto 130°F operation with negligible error. For the HU-224/225 an aesthetically appealing ABS enclosure which may be flush mounted orfits a standard 2” x 4” handy box is available and for duct humidity applications, a rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) steel enclosure with externalmounting bracket is also available. The HU-226 comes with a 10K Thermistor.

SpecificationsAccuracy*: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +2%/+3% RHRange: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-100% RHHysteresis: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1%Supply Voltage: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12-40 VDC; 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only)Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max.; mA Units - 20 mA max.Enclosure: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) or ABS PlasticFinish: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Backed on enamel - PMS2GR88B or off-whiteConformance: .......................................................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992); EN55014Compensated Temp Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................... -30 to 130°F (-35 to 55°C)Environmental: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-90% RH Non-CondensingTermination: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Unpluggable screw terminal blockWire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. @ 40 VDC (mA output units); 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)Weight:

Duct Mount: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)Wall Mount: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5 lbs. (.25 kg)

10K Thermistor OptionInterchangeability: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ +0.2°CHeat Dissipation: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.0 mW/°CR/T Characteristics: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. See TI. SN01-01Conformance: ................................................................................................................................ EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992); EN55014 (1993)/EN60730-1 (1992)

* Includes non-linearity and non-repeatability


2% Wall RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-225-2-MA2% Wall RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-225-2-VDC3% Wall RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-225-3-MA3% Wall RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-225-3-VDC2% Duct RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-224-2-MA2% Duct RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-224-2-VDC2% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................................................ZAHU-226-2-MA72% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ..................................................................................................... ZAHU-226-2-VDC73% Duct RH, 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................. ZAHU-224-3-MA3% Duct RH, 0-5V/0-10V Output ......................................................................................................................................ZAHU-224-3-VDC3% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 4-20mA Output .............................................................................................................ZAHU-226-3-MA73% Duct RH w/10K Thermistor, 0-5V/0-10V Output ..................................................................................................... ZAHU-226-3-VDC7


CO/CO2 33

DescriptionThe Veris Alta Labs GX series carbon monoxide sensor provides ventilation controlfor energy savings and OSHA compliance. It is ideal for use in parking garages andother automobile exhaust ventilation applications.

The GX series utilizes metal oxide semiconductor (MOS) sensing technology alongwith microprocessor-based electronics for stable performance and long-life. Theunit is housed in a rugged metal enclosure for tamper resistance. Its factorycalibrated/factory programmed sensor module is fully interchangeable, allowingfor quick and easy replacement — without the need for recalibration.

The GX series can be used for direct fan control or interfaced to a DDC system via4-20mA or user selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC output. It features a 35 ppm fail-safealarm relay capable of switching 5-amps inductive, and an audible alarm (85dB)that sounds if the CO level rises above 100 ppm for 30 minutes (per UL 2034).


Sensor: ........................................................................................................................................................................ Digitally profiled Metal Oxide Semiconductor (MOS)Sensor Life: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 5-year expected sensor element life, replaceableSupply Power: .................................................................................................................................................................... 12-30 VAC/DC, 0.2A @ 12 VDC, 0.1A @ 24 VDCDetection Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0 to 200 ppmAnalog Output: .......................................................................................................................................... 4-20mA or user selectable 0-10 V/0-5 V (Specify mA or output)Output Scaling: ....................................................................................................................................................................... User selectable 100 ppm F.S. or 200 ppm F.S.Relay Set-point: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 ppmRelay Output: ............................................................................................................................................ N.O. Form A (SPST) 5A @ 120/240AC; (Use with N.C. contactor)High Limit Set-point: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100 ppm for 30 minutesHigh Limit Alarm: ................................................................................................................................................................................ Audible, 85dB, resets below 100 ppmLED Indicators: .................................................................................................. Normal = Green LED; Call for ventilation = Red LED; High-limit alarm = Flashing Red LEDOperating Environment: ....................................................................................................................................................... -10°F to 125°F+ 10 to 90% RH non-condensingCoverage: ...................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 5000 sq. ft. typicalPhysical: ...................................................................................................................... .... 5.0” x 2.5” x 2.3” (125mm x 65mm x 60mm); 1 lb.; white powder coat over steel

CO SensorModel GX


CO Sensor, 4-20mA Output .................................................................................................................................................... ZVGX-CO-4-20CO Sensor, 4-20mA Output w/Duct Pickup Tube .............................................................................................................. ZVGX-CO-4-20-DCO Sensor, User-Selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC Output ............................................................................................................ ZVGX-CO-0-5-10CO Sensor, User-Selectable 0-5/0-10 VDC Output w/Duct Pickup Tube ....................................................................... ZVGX-CO-0-5-10-D

NEW!


CO/CO234


Dimensional Drawing


CO/CO2 35

DescriptionThe Veris Alta Labs CX series of carbon dioxide sensors are designed for use inHVAC control applications. By controlling fresh air to occupant need as determinedby CO2 requirements, energy can be saved and tenant comfort improved. Insidebuildings, people are the major source of CO2. Typical outdoor levels of CO2 rangefrom between 350 to 400 ppm. Ideal ventilation is typically around 1000 ppm.The CX series ensures that adequate ventilation will be provided, while maximizingenergy savings by ventilating at the optimum level.

The CX series utilizes non-dispersive infrared sensing (N.D.I.R.) and digitalelectronics for stable performance. With the use of N.D.I.R. technology, the unitsoffer repeatability to +20 ppm over a range of 0-2000 ppm.

Versions are available for wall or duct applications. Each unit offers field selectable 0-10 VDC or 4-20 mA output and an optional relay outputto trigger HVAC equipment and predetermined levels (e.g., one/two position damper). A CO2 calibration kit is also available.


Sensor Type: .............................................................................................................................................................. Non-dispersive infrared (N.D.I.R.), diffusion samplingMeasurement Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-2000 ppmAccuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ +5% or 75 ppm (whichever is greater)Repeatability: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +20 ppmResponse Time: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... < one minuteOperating Temperature Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................... 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)Analog Output: ................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-10 VDC or 4-20mA (field selectable)Input Voltage: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 to 30 VAC/DCSensor Current Draw: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 100 mA maximumMaterial: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS high impact plastic

CO2 SensorModel CX


CO2 Wall Mount Sensor ................................................................................................................................................................... ZVCXWCO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/Setpoint Relay ................................................................................................................................. ZVCXW-SRCO2 Duct Mount Sensor ..................................................................................................................................................................... ZVCXDCO2 Duct Mount Sensor w/Setpoint Relay .................................................................................................................................. ZVCXD-SRCO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/LED Display ............................................................................................................................................ ZVCXLCO2 Wall Mount Sensor w/LED Display and Setpoint Relay ....................................................................................................... ZVCXL-SRCO2 Calibration Kit ............................................................................................................................................................................ ZVC100

NEW!


CO/CO236




POWER MONITORING 37

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 708/908 Series of current status switches monitor fans, pumps,motors and electrical loads for proper operation. They are more reliable thandifferential pressure switches as no fitting or tapping is required. Available insolid and split-core models, these current switches have an adjustable set-pointof 1 to 135A (ZVH-708) and 2.5 to 135A (ZVH-908), and power and status LEDs foreasy set-up. Positive fan or pump status is monitored by sensing changes incurrent flow resulting from motor failure, belt loss or slippage, and other mechanicalfailures.


Sensor Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... InducedIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsTrip Set-Point: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adj. to +1% of rangeTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions:

701/706/708/709: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.93”L x 2.65W x 1.05”H908/909: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.04”H

Sensor Hole Size:701/706/708/709: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0.75” diameter908/909: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90”L x 0.90”W

Amperage Range:701/706/708/709: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1-135A908/909: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5-135A

Output Type: .................................................................................................................................................................................. N.O., Solid State; N.C., Solid State (706)Output Rating:

701/708/908: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC706: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.1A @ 30VDC709/909: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC

Trip Point: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... AdjustableLED: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Trip; Power (Excluding 701)Certifications: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CSA certified; CE

Current Status SwitchesModels Hawkeye 708/908


Veris Hawkeye 701 Solid Core (1.0A @ 30VAC/DC) ....................................................................................................................... ZVH-701Veris Hawkeye 706 Solid Core (0.1A @ 30VDC) ............................................................................................................................. ZVH-706Veris Hawkeye 708 Solid Core (1.0A @ 30VAC/DC) ....................................................................................................................... ZVH-708Veris Hawkeye 709 Solid Core ( 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC) .................................................................................................................... ZVH-709Veris Hawkeye 908 Split Core (1.0A @ 30VAC/DC) ....................................................................................................................... ZVH-908Veris Hawkeye 909 Split Core ( 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC) .................................................................................................................... ZVH-909Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH700/900-DIN


POWER MONITORING38




POWER MONITORING 39

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 715/717 Series current status switch protects motors fromoverload conditions by switching most contactors directly. The 715 sensor tripswhen threshold is exceed thus helping to extend motor and tool life. It is ideal forgrinders, conveyors, and machine tools.

The Hawkeye 715/717 Series combine a CT (current transformer), transducer andoutput into a single unit. Both units feature self-induced power for fast installationand an adjustable set-point from 2 to 135A. The Model 717 offers the addedfeatures of adjustable 0.1 to 8 second in-rush ignore and a 180 second lock-outreset (Fixed).


Isolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsTrip Set-Point: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adj. to +1% of rangeTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.125”L x 2.15”W x 1.00”HSensor Hole Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75” diameterAmperage Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 to 135AOutput Type:

715: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. N.O.,Triac717: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. N.C.,Triac

Output Rating: ........................................................................................................................................................ 2A @ 120VAC continuous; 8A @ 120 for 2 sec. (surge)LED:

715: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Status & Power717: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Status

In-Rush Delay: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 717Timed Lock Out: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 717Set Point Adj:. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 715 & 717



Motor Protection/Load Switching (Undercurrent); Adj. Setpoint; 2-135A; 2A @ 120VAC ............................................................ ZVH-715Motor Protection/Load Switching (Overcurrent); Adj. Setpoint; In-rush Delay; 2-135A; 2A @ 120VAC ....................................... ZVH-717


POWER MONITORING40


Dimensional Drawing


POWER MONITORING 41

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 800/900 Series of “Go/No” current switches provide on/off statusfor direct-drive fans, pumps and process motors. They are more reliable for statusthan relays across auxiliary contacts. The series offers a split core model for fastretrofit installation, and a mini solid core model that fits in tight enclosures. Versionsare available with output ratings of 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC and 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC.


Sensor Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... InducedIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions:

900: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.04”H800: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.34”L x 1.80”W x .87”H

Sensor Hole Size:900: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90”L x .90”W800: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75” diameter

Switch Turn-on Threshold: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0.5A (typical)Amperage Range:

900: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.5-200A800: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5-200A

Output Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid StateOutput Rating: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC, 1.0A @ 30VAC/DCCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE



Solid Core; 0.5 to 200A; 0.1 A @30VAC/DC ................................................................................................................................... ZVH-800Solid Core; 0.5 to 200A; 0.5A @30VAC/DC ................................................................................................................................ ZVH-800-LSplit Core; 1.5 to 200A; 1.0 A @30VAC/DC) ................................................................................................................................... ZVH-900H 800 Mounting Bracket .......................................................................................................................................................... ZV800-BRKTDin Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH700/900-DIN


POWER MONITORING42


Dimensional Drawing


POWER MONITORING 43

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 904 is a microprocessor based current switch that self-calibrates to changing loads and automatically monitors for positive fan or pumpstatus. The 904 senses changes in current flow resulting from motor failure, beltloss or slippage and other mechanical failures. It automatically compensates foreffects of frequency and amperage changes associated with VFDs. The split coredesign of the 904 is ideal for retrofits as there is no need to remove the conductor.In addition, it self-grips on wire thus eliminating drilling in “hot” enclosures.


Sensor Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... InducedIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsFrequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................... 34 to 75Hz (belt loss indication); 5 to 34Hz (on/off status)Trip Set-Point: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self-calibratingTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.04”HSensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90”L x .90”HAmperage Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.5-135AOutput Type: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O. Solid StateOutput Rating: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DCCalibration: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self CalibratingLED: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... StatusCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE

Current Status SwitchesModel Hawkeye 904


Microprocessor Based, Self-Calibrating; Status LED; 3.5-135A; 0.1A @ 30 VAC/DC ................................................................... ZVH-904Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH700/900-DIN


POWER MONITORING44


Dimensional Drawing


POWER MONITORING 45

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 5000 Series consists of 2 or 4-point remote status panels,conveniently located at your control panel, thus allowing for complete checkoutwith one technician equipped with a remote terminal at the panel. The techniciancan quickly adjust up to four sensors at one location and eliminate “run-aroundtime.” Trouble-shooting time can also be reduced as status is displayed at yourpanel and not hidden away in “hot” starter boxes.

The 2-zone controller is ideal for common supply and return fans while the 4-zonecontroller works great in all multi-point fan/pump room applications.


5800 Mini-Sensor:Amperage Ratings: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 to 100A continuousDimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.29”L x 1.85”W x 0.875”HSensor Hole Size: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0.70” Dia.

Remote Panel:Model 5002:Number of points accepted: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 or 2 sensorsSupply Voltage: ................................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................... 24VAC/DCSupply Current: ................................................................................................................ .......................................................................................................... 25mA max.Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................... 3.25”L x 2.375”W x 1.080”HModel 5004:Number of points accepted: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 to 4 sensorsSupply Voltage: ................................................................................................................ ........................................................................................................... 24VAC/DCSupply Current: ................................................................................................................ .......................................................................................................... 50mA max.Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................... 4.125”L x 2.75”W x 1.080”H Temperature Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ................................................................................................................ ................................................................................ 0 to 95% non-condensingOutput Type (both): ............................................................................................................ ............................................................................ Dry Contact, reed relay, N.O.Output Rating (both): .......................................................................................................... ......................................................... 200mA @ 30VAC/DC; 50mA @ 120VAC

Certifications: ................................................................................................................ ............................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE

Current Status SwitchesModel 5000 Series


Remote Panel; 2-zone ................................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-5002Remote Panel; 4-zone ................................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-5004Mini Sensor for ZVH-5002 & ZVH-5004 Remote Panels .............................................................................................................. ZVH-58002-zone Kit: (2) H-5800 Mini Sensors & (1) H-5002 Remote Panel ..............................................................................................ZVH-5802C4-zone Kit: (2) H-5800 Mini Sensors & (1) H-5004 Remote Panel ..............................................................................................ZVH-5804C


POWER MONITORING46



POWER MONITORING 47

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 500 Series combine an industrial grade load switching relay,current status switch and Hand-Off-Auto switch (HOA) in an easy to install remoteenclosure making them ideal for monitoring, controlling and troubleshooting thecontrol wiring of fractional horsepower loads, such as exhaust fans and unitventilators.

True override status is provided with theintegral HOA switch as the H500 is wiredin series with the hot wire of the starter. Installation costs are reduced as tehfunctionality of three products (command relay, current status switch, and HOAswitch) are combined in a single package that can be mounted on an existing 2 or4 gang junction box, flush to a starter enclosure, or stand alone.


Sensor Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... InducedIsolation: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 250 VACTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.250L x1.530”W x 4.250”HRelay Coil: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 16mA nominalSensor Amperage Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.5-16ASensor Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.0A @ 30VAC/DCLED:

H540: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Relay PowerH548: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Sensor Trip; Relay Power

Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50/60 HzTrip Set-point (H540): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. FixedTrip Set-point (H548): ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... AdjustableCertifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL/CUL , CE

Motor Control SwitchesModel Hawkeye 500 Series


Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.25-20A, “Go/No” ........................................................ ZVH-540Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.25-20A, “Go/No” w/Locked Rotorand Belt Loss Loss in One Sensor ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-540-LRemote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.5-20A, Adj. Set-point .................................................. ZVH-548Remote Current Switch w/Command Relay & Hands-off Auto Switch, 0.5-20A, Adj. Set-point w/Locked Rotorand Belt Loss Loss in One Sensor ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-548-L

NEW!


POWER MONITORING48



Mounting Options

2-Gang Junction Box 4-Gang Junction Box Directly on Wall or Panel


POWER MONITORING 49

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 735/759 combine the status and starting functions into asingle package, reducing the space required for total control of fans and pumps.The current switch provides a status level signal to the automation system whilethe relay provides a contact output capable of switching almost any contactor.

The 735/759 is designed to replace pressure switches and other electromechanicaldevices. It detects belt loss and motor failure, making it ideal for fan and pumpstatus.


Sensor Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... InducedIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90L x 2.57”W x 1.04”HSensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90L x .90”WRelay Coil:

735-749 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC/DC; 10mA nom.758/759 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 VDC 16mA

Sensor Amperage Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1-135ASensor Output Type & Rating:

735 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.1A @ 30VAC/DC738-758 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC739-759 .......................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Solid State 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC

Adjustment: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Set PointLED: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Sensor Trip; Relay PowerCertifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL/CUL , CE

Motor Control SwitchesModels Hawkeye 735/759


Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ................................ ZVH-735Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 1.0A@30 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State .... ZVH-738Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.2A@120 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State .. ZVH-739Contact: SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 1.0A@30 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State ... ZVH-748Contact: SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.2A@120 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State . ZVH-749Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:12 VDC, 16mA, Status Output:1.0A@30 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State ........... ZVH-758Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:12 VDC, 16mA, Status Output:0.2A@120 VAC/DC, N.O. Solid State ......... ZVH-759Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH700/900-DIN

NEW!


POWER MONITORING50




POWER MONITORING 51

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 930/950 combines an on/off status switch and commandrelay for direct-drive fans, pumps and process motors. The device’s unique selfgripping split core clamps on the motor conductor for fast and easy installation.The 24VAC/DC command relay switches up to 10A @ 250VAC.


Sensor Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Induced from lineIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingRelay Coil:

930/940 .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24VAC/DC 10mA950 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 VDC 16mA

Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.04”HSensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.90”W x .90”HLED: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Sensor Trip and Relay PowerCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE



Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ................................ ZVH-930Contact: SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:24 VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ............................... ZVH-940Contact: SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30 VDC, 1/3HP; Coil:12 VDC, 16mA, Status Output: 0.1A@30 VAC/DC ...................................... ZVH-950Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH700/900-DIN

NEW!


POWER MONITORING52



1 Wire Terminal #1 to Starter2 Wire Terminal #2 to Status In3 Wire Terminal #3 to Digital Out


POWER MONITORING 53

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 934 is a self-calibrating microprocessor based current switchwith a command relay. The self-calibrating current switch is designed for monitoringstatus of, and starting/stopping, motors controlled by variable frequency drives. Itis factory programmed to detect belt loss on variable frequency drives or constantvolume systems, making it perfect for fan and pump status. No calibration isrequired, just clip it on the line and go. The 24VAC/DC command relay switches upto 5A @ 240VAC.


Sensor Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Induced from lineIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsTrip Set-Point: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self-calibratingHumidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0-95% non-condensingDimensions: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.90”L x 2.575”W x1.04”HSensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.90”L x .90”WRelay Coil: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC/DC 15mA nom.Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CFrequency Range: ................................................................................................................................................... 34 to 75Hz.(belt loss indication); 5-34Hz (on/off status)Amperage Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.5-135AOutput Type/Rating: ............................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State 0.1A @ 30VAC/DCRelay Output: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O. 5(3)A @ 250VAC/30VDC, 1/8 HPCalibration: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Self CalibratingLED: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Sensor Trip; Relay PowerCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE

Motor Control SwitchesModel Hawkeye 934


Microprocessor-based, Self-calibrating Combo. Switch/Command Relay; 3.5-135A;0.1 A @ 30VAC/DC; Relay Output: N.O. 5(3)A @ 250VAC/30VDC, 1/8 HP .................................................................................... ZVH-934Din Rail Mounting Clip ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH700/900-DIN


POWER MONITORING54





POWER MONITORING 55

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 938/959 is a self gripping split-core with command relay forstart/stop and status. It is designed to monitor fans, pumps, motors and electricalloads for proper operation.


Sensor Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Induced from lineIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingRelay Coil:

938-949 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24VAC/DC 10mA958/959 ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12 VDC 16mA

Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.04”HSensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.90”W x .90”HOutput Type/Rating:

938-958 ............................................................................................................................................................................................ N.O., Solid State 1.0A @ 30VAC/DC,939-959 .......................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Solid State 0.2A @ 120VAC/DC

LED: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Sensor Trip; Relay PowerCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE



SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ........................ ZVH-938SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-939SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-948SPDT 8(3.5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 10mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State .................... ZVH-949SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 16mA, Status Ouput: 1.0A@30VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ........................ ZVH-958SPST 10(5)@250VAC 30VDC, 1/3HP; Coil 24VAC/DC, 16mA, Status Ouput: 0.2A@120VAC/DC,N.O. Solid State ...................... ZVH-959Din Rail Mounting Clip ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH700/900-DIN

NEW!


POWER MONITORING56





POWER MONITORING 57

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 221/321/421 are high amperage split-core analog currentsensors. They are designed to monitor large motors and other loads (up to 2400A),with a proportional 4-20mA signal, thus eliminating the need for external CTs onlarge conductors.

The two wire design of the 221, 321, and 421 reduces wiring costs. Spanadjustment is featured for easy set-up and high resolution.


Amperage Range:221: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 100 to 300 (span)321: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 300 to 800 (span)421: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1000 to 2400 (span)

Output Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mASensor Supply Voltage: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 to 30VDCSensor Supply Current: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30mA max.Isolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsFrequency Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60Hz nominalAccuracy: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.0% of all scalesTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingCertifications: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... (221 & 321) UL/CUL, CE

Analog Current SensorsModels Hawkeye 221/321/421


100 to 300A; 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-221300 to 800A; 4-20mA Output .......................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-3211000 to 2400A; 4-20mA Output ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-421Universal Mounting Bracket ................................................................................................................................................. ZVKT/CT-BRKTUniversal Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................................. ZVPS-24


POWER MONITORING58



Sinking Panel (+ Common)

Sourcing Panel (- Common)

Model A B C D E FZVH221 3.75” (95mm) 1.51”(38mm) 1.25”(32mm) 1.13”(29mm) 3.91”(99mm) 4.75”(121mm)

ZVH321 4.90” (124mm) 2.89” (73mm) 2.45” (62mm) 1.13” (29mm) 5.20” (132mm) 5.91” (150mm)

ZVH421 4.90” (124mm) 5.50” (140mm) 2.45” (62mm) 1.13” (29mm) 7.88” (200mm) 5.92” (150mm)


POWER MONITORING 59

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 720 analog current sensor, with its high accuracy 4-20mAoutput, is ideal for variable frequency drives (VFD). It is accurate to 0.5% fullscale and may be used on the VFD load side. The 720 combines a sensor and atransducer in an easy to install package. It provides adjustable zero and span forprecise scaling.


Amperage Ratings: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 200A ContinuousAmperage Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 to 200AOutput Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mASensor Supply Voltage: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 to 30VDCSupply Current: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 30mA max.Isolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsFrequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 to 80Hz (+1%)Zero Adjustment: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.5 to 4.5mASpan Adjustment: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 20 to 200A, full scaleAccuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5%Response Time: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 150mSecTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.13”L x 2.15”W x 1.00”HSensor Hole Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.75”Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE

Analog Current SensorsModel Hawkeye 720


20 to 200A; 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................................................................ ZVH-720Universal Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................................. ZVPS-24


POWER MONITORING60




POWER MONITORING 61

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 721, 921 and 931 provide accurate load trending informationwith a proportional 4-20mA output signal. The H931 features an integral commandrelay for start/stop applications.


Amperage Range:721: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0-5 to 55A (span)921: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-30, 60, 120A (span)931: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-30,60, 120A

Output Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mAIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsFrequency Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60Hz nominalAccuracy:

721: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... +2% of reading from 10-100% of full scale921/931: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... +2% of reading from 0-10% of full scale

Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ -15°C to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingDimensions:

721: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.13”L x 2.15”W x 1.00”H921/931: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.045”H

Sensor Hole Size: 721: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75”921/931: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90”L x 0.90”W

Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE



Solid Core; Loop Powered; 5 to 55A; 4-20mA Output .................................................................................................................... ZVH-721Split Core; Loop Powered; 30/60/120A; 4-20mA Output ............................................................................................................... ZVH-921Split Core; Loop Powered; Combo. Current Sensor/Command Relay; 30/60/120A; 4-20mA Output ............................................ ZVH-931Din Rail Mounting Clip ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH700/900-DIN


POWER MONITORING62





POWER MONITORING 63

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 722, 922 and 932 analog current sensors are self powereddevices that provide accurate load trending information with a proportional 0-5VDC output signal. The 932 features an integral command relay for start/stopapplications.

Factory calibrated switch selectable ranges (30, 60, 120A) for high resolution andinstallation ease. The 722 featuers a span adjustment potentionmeter for maximumresolution.


Amperage Range:722: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 to 60A922/932: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30/60/120A

Output Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-5VDCIsolation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600VAC rmsFrequency Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60Hz nominalAccuracy:

722: .............................................................................................................................................................................. +2% of reading from 10-100% of full scale range922/932: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... +2% full scale from 0-10% of full scale

Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingRelay Coil: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VAC/DC 15mA nom.Dimensions:

722: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.95”L x 2.68”W x 1.03”H922/932: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.90”L x 2.575”W x 1.04”H

Sensor Hole Size: 722: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.750” 922: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.90”L x .90”WCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE



Solid Core; Self-Powered; 0-5 VDC; 10 to 60A ............................................................................................................................... ZVH-722Split Core; Self-Powered; 0-5 VDC; 30/60/120A ............................................................................................................................ ZVH-922Split Core; Self-Powered; 0-5 VDC; Combo. Current Sensor/Command Relay; 30/60/120A ........................................................ ZVH-932Din Rail Mounting Clip Set ................................................................................................................................................ ZVH700/900-DIN


POWER MONITORING64





POWER MONITORING 65

DescriptionThe Veris 6000 Series is a one to three phase industrial grade automation systemcompatible kW/kWH transducer. It is ideal for applications such as energymanagement and performance contracting, submetering for commercial tenants,departmental costing in manufacturing facilities and power monitoring for toolwear and process control.

The 6000 Series accepts three Veris 1.0V current transformer inputs and threedirect connect voltage inputs. The transducer multiplies the input current signaland voltage input for each phase to calculate true RMS power. The instantaneouspower (kW) of all three phases is summed and converted to an industry standard4-20mA output signal for use in demand management (load shedding) applications.The transducer also accumulates this instantaneous value over time and producesa pulsed output proportional to the energy usage (kWH). The frequency of the output pulses is proportional to the total power consumed andcan be used to measure energy usage for an entire building, selected area, or individual loads (chillers, compressors, etc.).

Pulse rate output is also field selectable to match the requirements of virtually all automation panels and data loggers. kW range is determinedby the ampere ranges of the CTs used to provide the input current signal.

NOTE: To interface with 5A CTs, consult factory.


Amperage Ratings: .................................................................................................................................... 0 to 2400A (sized by CT; consult factory for higher amperages)Amperage Input: ....................................................................................................................... 1.0V Safe CTs ONLY (consult factory for 0-5A output CT retrofit interface)Voltage Range (field selectable): ......................................................................................................... 120, 208, 240, 277, 480 or 600VAC (other ranges; consult factory)Isolation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2500VAC rmsAnalog Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................ 4-20mA, Provide 10-30VDC power supplyPulse Output: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VAC/DCPulse Rate (field selectable): .............................................................................................................................................................................. 1, 0.5, 0.1, 0.05 pulse/kWhPhase loss/low voltage alarm output rating: ...................................................................................................................................... N.C., Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VAC/DCLow Voltage Alarm Trip-Point: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adj. 75-95%Sealing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA 1Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 40°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingEnclosure Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 9.5”L x 8.25”W x 4.0”DModel ZVH-6005 (no enclosure dimensions): ...................................................................................................................................................... 8.50”L x 5.44”W x 2.33”DEnclosure Construction (except model 6005): ........................................................................................................... Steel, NEMA type 1,conduit knock outs, hinged doorSystem Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................ +1% from 10% to 100% of the max. rated current of the CT’sCertifications: .................................................................................................................................................................. UC/CUL, CE, CSA Certified (6005-UL Recognized)

Power TransducersModel 6000 Series


Base Unit; kW/kWH Transducer in Nema 1 Enclosure ................................................................................................................. ZVH-6001Base Unit & kWH LCD Display ...................................................................................................................................................... ZVH-6002Base Unit & kW/kWH LCD Displays ............................................................................................................................................. ZVH-6004Base Unit Less Nema 1 Enclosure (for mounting in field enclosure) ........................................................................................... ZVH-6005Universal Power Supply .................................................................................................................................................................. ZVPS-24

Note: Order CTs separately. See page 77.


POWER MONITORING66


2

3

4

5

6

7

1 Veris Safe Split Core CTs-1.0V output,Orient CT arrow towards load. Observe polarity(color coding) of wiring for CTs.

Fuse or breaker per NEC.

Select desired line voltage up to 600 VAC.

Undervoltage/phase loss percentage set-point.

Pulse rate selection per automation system.

Non-polarity sensitive 4-20 mA loop.Observe panel polarity.

For voltage output, install resistor atautomation panel. [250Ω for 1 to 5V, or 500Ω for 2 to10V]

NOTE: Consult factory for single phase installation.


1

2

3

4

5

6

7


POWER MONITORING 67

DescriptionThe Veris 6014/6015 are 10 ohm to 30 ohm power (kWH) submeters/transducersdesigned for use in industrial commercial, and building automation submeteringapplications. They utilize safe low voltage output CTs and direct wired voltageinputs (no expensive voltage transformers required). Safe CT design improvessafety, eliminating the need for costly external shorting bars. kWH meter displayand kWH pulse outputs are standard.


Amperage Ratings: ........................................................................................................................................ 0-2400A (sized by CT; Consult factory for higher amperages)Amperage Input: ..................................................................................................................... 1.0V Safe CTs ONLY (Consult factory for 0-5A output CT retrofit interface)Voltage Ranges:

6014: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120VAC6015: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 to 480VAC

Isolation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2500VAC rmsPulse Output: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... N.O., Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VAC/DCPulse Rate: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 pulse/kWHSealing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA 1Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 40°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingEnclosure Dimensions: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 6.5”L x 4.875”W x 2.75”DEnclosure Construction: ........................................................................................................................... Steel, NEMA type , conduit knock outs, hinged door, lock haspSystem Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................ +1% from 10-100% of the maximum rated current of the CT’sCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL/CUL, CE

Power TransducersModel 6010 Series Submeters/Pulse Meters


kWH Meter w/Pulse Output; 120VAC........................................................................................................................................... ZVH-6014kWH Meter w/Pulse Output; 208-480VAC ................................................................................................................................... ZVH-6015

Note: Order CTs separately. See page 77. Order 300A, 800A, or 2400A only.


POWER MONITORING68




POWER MONITORING 69

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 8035/8036’s are three phase networked (Modbus RTU) powermeters used for energy services metering/submetering in commercial and industrialapplications. These power meters combine power metering electronics and highaccuracy industrial grade CTs in a single package eliminating the need for externalelectronic enclosures.

There are two application specific platforms to choose from. The Enercept EnergyMeters (H8035) are ideal for submetering applications where only kW (demand)and kWH (consumption) are required. The Enercept Enhanced Data Stream meters(H8036) output 26 energy variables including kVAR, VA, and power factor, makingthem ideal for power monitoring and diagnostics.


Input Primary Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 to 480 VAC rmsNumber of Phases Monitored: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. One or ThreeFrequency: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50/60 HzMaximum Primary Current: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2400 amps cont. per phaseInternal Isolation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2000 VAC rmsCase Insulation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600 VAC rmsTemperature Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0° to 60° CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingAccuracy: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ +1.0% (ANSI C12.1)Output physical characteristics: ........................................................................................................................................................................... RS 485, 2 wire plus shieldBaud Rate: ..................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................... Modbus RTU**(*)Current Transformer: ........................................................................................................... .............................................. Split core, 100, 300, 400, 800, 1600, 2400 ampsH8035 Data Output Specifications: ........................................................................................................................................................... kWH,Consumption; kW, DemandH8036 Data Output Specifications: ....................................................... kWH, Consumption; kW, Demand; kVAR, Reactive power; kVA, Apparent power; Power factor;

Average demand; Minimum demand; Maximum demand; Voltage, line to line; Voltage, line to neutral †;Amps, Average current; kW, Demand ØA†; kw, Demand ØB†; kW, Demand ØC†; Power factor, ØA†; Power factor, ØB†;

Power factor, ØC†; Voltage, ØA to ØB; Voltage, ØB to ØC; Voltage, ØA to ØC; Voltage, ØA to Netrual†; Voltage, ØB to Netrual†; Voltage, ØC to Netrual†; Amps, Current ØA; Amps, Current ØC

**Detailed protocol specifications are available at: http://www.veris.com/modus/(*) Other protocols available. Please consult factory † Based on derived neutral voltage

Power MetersModels 8035/8036


Modbus Energy Meter, 100 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0100-2Modbus Energy Meter, 300 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0300-2Modbus Energy Meter, 400 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs .................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0400-3Modbus Energy Meter, 800 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs .................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0800-3Modbus Energy Meter, 800 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ................................................................................................. ZVH8035-0800-4Modbus Energy Meter, 1600 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ............................................................................................... ZVH8035-1600-4Modbus Energy Meter, 2400 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ............................................................................................... ZVH8035-2400-4Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 100 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0100-2Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 300 Amp Range, Small Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0300-2Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 400 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0400-3Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 800 Amp Range, Med. Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0800-3Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 800 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ....................................................................... ZVH8036-0800-4Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 1600 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ..................................................................... ZVH8036-1600-4Modbus Enhanced Data Stream Meter, 2400 Amp Range, Large Size CTs ..................................................................... ZVH8036-2400-4

NEW!


POWER MONITORING70


Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3Ø, Installation Typical 240 VAC 1Ø, 3-Wire Installation


Model A B C D E FSmall 100Amp/300Amp (-2) 3.75” (95mm) 1.51”(38mm) 1.25”(32mm) 1.13”(29mm) 3.91”(99mm) 4.75”(121mm)

Medium 400Amp/800Amp (-3) 4.90” (124mm) 2.89” (73mm) 2.45” (62mm) 1.13” (29mm) 5.20” (132mm) 5.91” (150mm)

Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp (-4) 4.90” (124mm) 5.50” (140mm) 2.45” (62mm) 1.13” (29mm) 7.88” (200mm) 5.92” (150mm)


POWER MONITORING 71

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 8040 Series kW (power demand) transducers combineprocessing electronics and industrial grade CT(s) in an easy to install split-corepackage. Models designed for balanced loads include one CT only, while modelsfor unbalanced loads have three.

The unique design of the 8040 Series tranducers reduces the number of installedcomponents, making them ideal for monitoring electrical power in commercialand industrial facilities using industry standard 4-20mA output.


Input Primary Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 pr 480 VAC rmsNumber of Phases Monitored: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. One or ThreeFrequency: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50/60 HzMaximum Primary Current: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2400 amps cont. per phaseInternal Isolation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2000 VAC rmsCase Insulation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600 VAC rmsTemperature Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0° to 60° CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingAccuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +1.0%Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-20mASupply Power (loop): ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9-30 VDC; 30mA max.Current Transformer: ......................................................................................................................................................... Split core, 100, 300, 400, 800, 1600, 2400 amps

Power TransducersModel 8040 Series, kW (Demand)


Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ....................... ZVH8041-0100-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ....................... ZVH8041-0300-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ................... ZVH8041-0400-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ................... ZVH8041-0800-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ........................ ZVH8041-0800-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ....................... ZVH8041-1600-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ....................... ZVH8041-2400-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ............................... ZVH8042-0100-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ............................... ZVH8042-0300-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ........................... ZVH8042-0400-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ........................... ZVH8042-0800-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ............................... ZVH8042-0800-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large .............................. ZVH8042-1600-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Single Phase 480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large .............................. ZVH8042-2400-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ........................ ZVH8043-0100-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ........................ ZVH8043-0300-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium .................... ZVH8043-0400-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium .................... ZVH8043-0800-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ......................... ZVH8043-0800-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ........................ ZVH8043-1600-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 208/240 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ........................ ZVH8043-2400-4

NEW!


POWER MONITORING72Ordering Information Continued

Item Part #

Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ................................ ZVH8044-0100-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ................................ ZVH8044-0300-2Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ............................ ZVH8044-0400-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ............................ ZVH8044-0800-3Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ................................ ZVH8044-0800-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ............................... ZVH8044-1600-4Self-contained, Split Core Power Transducers, Three Phase 480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ............................... ZVH8044-2400-4


Maximum KW, Reading at 20mAModel 3Ø -Power 1Ø -PowerZVH8041-0100-2 36.03kW 24.00kWZVH8041-0300-2 108.1kW 72.00kWZVH8041-0400-3 144.1kW 96.00kWZVH8041-0800-3 288.2kW 192.0kWZVH8041-0800-4 288.2kW 192.0kWZVH8041-1600-4 576.4kW 384.0kWZVH8041-2400-4 864.6kW 576.0kWZVH8042-0100-2 83.14kW 55.43kWZVH8042-0300-2 249.4kW 166.3kWZVH8042-0400-3 332.6kW 221.7kWZVH8042-0800-3 665.1kW 443.4kWZVH8042-0800-4 665.1kW 443.4kWZVH8042-1600-4 1330kW 886.7kWZVH8042-2400-4 1995kW 1330kWZVH8043-0100-2 36.03kW 36.03kWZVH8043-0300-2 108.1kW 108.1kWZVH8043-0400-3 144.1kW 144.1kWZVH8043-0800-3 288.2kW 288.2kWZVH8043-0800-4 288.2kW 288.2kWZVH8043-1600-4 576.4kW 576.4kWZVH8043-2400-4 864.6kW 864.6kWZVH8044-0100-2 83.14kW 83.14kWZVH8044-0300-2 249.4kW 249.4kWZVH8044-0400-3 332.6kW 332.6kWZVH8044-0800-3 665.1kW 665.1kWZVH8044-0800-4 665.1kW 665.1kWZVH8044-1600-4 1330kW 1330kWZVH8044-2400-4 1995kW 1995kW

Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3Ø, 3.4 Wire Installation

* Model H8041 + H8042 do not include these two CTs

Typical 240 VAC 1Ø, 3 Wire Installation

* Use model H8041 or H8043 for 240V single phase systems.** Model H8041 + H8042 do not include these two CTs.


POWER MONITORING 73






POWER MONITORING74

DescriptionThe Veris Hawkeye 8050 Series kWH (power consumption) transducers combineprocessing electronics and electronics and industrial grade CT(s) in an easy toinstall split-core package. Models designed for balanced loads include one CTonly, while models for unbalanced loads have three.

The unique design of the H8050 Series transducers reduces the number of installedcomponents, making them ideal for monitoring electrical power in commercialand industrial facilities using industry standard pulse output.

The transducer instantaneously samples the voltage and current in the monitoredconductors to measure and report true RMS power consumption.


Input Primary Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 pr 480 VAC rmsNumber of Phases Monitored: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. One or ThreeFrequency: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 50/60 HzMaximum Primary Current: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2400 amps cont. per phaseInternal Isolation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2000 VAC rmsCase Insulation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 600 VAC rmsTemperature Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0° to 60° CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingAccuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ +1.0% (ANSI C12.1-H8053)Pulsed Output: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Field selectable; 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.1 kWH/pulse*Pulsed Output Type: .................................................................................................................................................................. Normally Open, Opto FET, 100mA @ 24VDCPulse Width: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 200 msecCurrent Transformer: ......................................................................................................................................................... Split core, 100, 300, 400, 800, 1600, 2400 amps

*Count must be multiplied by the number of phases when using single CT models to monitor balanced multiphase systems.

Power TransducersModel 8050 Series kWH (Consumption)


Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small ................................. ZVH8051-0100-2Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small ................................. ZVH8051-0300-2Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium ............................. ZVH8051-0400-3Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium ............................. ZVH8041-0800-3Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large ................................. ZVH8051-0800-4Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ................................ ZVH8051-1600-4Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Single Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ................................ ZVH8051-2400-4Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 100A; CT Size Small .................................. ZVH8053-0100-2Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 300A; CT Size Small .................................. ZVH8053-0300-2Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 400A; CT Size Medium .............................. ZVH8053-0400-3Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Medium .............................. ZVH8053-0800-3Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max. 800A; CT Size Large .................................. ZVH8053-0800-4Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.1600A; CT Size Large ................................. ZVH8053-1600-4Power Transducers, kWH (Consumption) Three Phase 208/480 VAC; Max.2400A; CT Size Large ................................. ZVH8053-2400-4

NEW!


POWER MONITORING 75


Typical 208 or 480 VAC 3Ø, 3,4 Wire Installation Typical 277 VAC 1Ø, 2-wire

Typical 240/120 VAC1Ø, 3-Wire Installation Field Selectable Pulse Output


POWER MONITORING76






POWER MONITORING 77

DescriptionThe Veris 6810 Series of Instrument Grade Current Transformers provide highaccuracy: +0.5% of reading. They use 1.0V output with the Veris 6000/6010Series submeters and transducers. They are ideal for use with data loggers, faultrecorders and PLCs.


Output at Rated Current: .............................................................................................................................................. 1.0V standard (0.333V, 1mA, avail. consult factory)Accuracy: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.5% from 1% to 100% of rated currentRated Input Current: ............................................................................................................................................... 100A, 200A, 300A, 400A, 600A, 800A, 1000A, 2400APhase Shift: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Less than 1°Frequency Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50/60 HzLeads ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 18 gauge, UL 1015 twisted pair, 6’ lengthTemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... -15° to 60°CHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing

Current TransformersModel 6810 Series


1.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 100A (for use w/ 6000 Series) ............................................................................. ZV6810-1001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 200A (for use w/ 6000 Series) ............................................................................. ZV6810-2001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 300A(for use w/ 6000, 6014/6015 Series) .......................................................... ZV6810-3001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 400A(for use w/ 6000 Series) .............................................................................. ZV6811-4001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 600A(for use w/ 6000 Series) .............................................................................. ZV6811-6001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 800A(for use w/ Veris 6000,6014/6015 Series) .................................................. ZV6811-8001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 800A(for use w/ Veris 6000) ................................................................................ ZV6812-8001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 1000A (for use w/ 6000 Series) ......................................................................... ZV6812-10001.0V Safe, Split-Core Current Transformer; 2400A (for use w/ 6000 Series, 6014/6015 Series) .......................................... ZV6812-2400Universal Mounting Bracket Kit ............................................................................................................................................ ZVKT/CT-BRKT

Important!For direct reading kWH meter on models 6014/6015, you must use 300, 800, 2400A CTs.For 4-20mA kW demand (6000 series), size CT for full load requirement for best resolution.Other CT sizes and amperage ranges are available. Consult factory for special requirements.All CT ranges are available with 0.333V outputs.

NEW!


POWER MONITORING78


Model A B C D E FSmall 100Amp/300Amp 3.75” (95mm) 1.51”(38mm) 1.25”(32mm) 1.13”(29mm) 4.20”(107mm) 4.75”(121mm)

Medium 400Amp/800Amp 4.90” (124mm) 2.89” (73mm) 2.45” (62mm) 1.13” (29mm) 5.57” (141mm) 5.91” (150mm)

Large 800Amp/1600Amp/2400Amp 4.90” (124mm) 5.50” (140mm) 2.45” (62mm) 1.13” (29mm) 8.13” (207mm) 5.92” (150mm)


POWER MONITORING 79

DescriptionThe Veris Enspector Temperature Logger is an easy to use tool for collectinghistorical temperature information in building spaces. It records the ambienttemperature of the monitored space over a specified period of time.

The Temperature Logger is designed to fit in tight spaces for convenience andinstallation ease. The Logger’s magnetic mounting strip adheres to any metallicsurface making it easy to install and out of harms way. The battery powered self-contained logger requires no external wiring, just put it in a space and go.


Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Lithium batteryBattery Life: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5 yearsMemory Storage: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8064 readingsCommunication: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. RS232 (compatible)Temperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55°F to 95°FHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensingElement Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Microelectronic ICResolution: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1°CAccuracy: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.5°C

Computer Requirements:Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs.It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3.x or 95.

Temperature LoggerModel Enspector™ 7001


Room Temperature Logger .............................................................................................................................................................. ZVE7001

Dimensional Drawing

NEW!


POWER MONITORING80


DescriptionThe Veris Enspector Run Time Logger provides a self-contained solution forrecording on/off times of electrical loads. Simply snap it on a conductor and itmonitors current flow to determine on/off status.

The Run Time logger monitors run times on critical loads such as chillers and largefans to establish operating schedules for performance contracts. The logger enablesthe user to profile run times of constant volume fans, evaluate lighting circuit runtimes, and find run time deviations on critical loads under guaranteed energysavings contracts.


Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Lithium batteryBattery Life: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5 yearsMemory Storage: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 64512 readingsCommunication: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. RS232 (compatible)Amperage Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.75 to 200ATemperature Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. -15°F to 65°FHumidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0-95% non-condensing


Run Time LoggerModel Enspector™ 7002


Run-Time Logger .............................................................................................................................................................................ZVE7002

NEW!


POWER MONITORING 81

DescriptionThe Veris Enspector Power Logger provides an easy solution for obtaining truepower consumptioin (kWH) on 1 or 3 phase loads by recording the energyconsumption of the monitored load over time.

The Power Logger can be used to monitor building energy consumption on thefront end of a performance contract to develop accurate baselines. The loggeralso enables the user to evaluate existing guaranteed savings contracts to ensurethat the baseline has not shifted, and monitor critical loads such as chillers andlarge fans to establish an energy useage pattern.


Power Measurement: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... kWH (Consumption)Battery Life: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 yearsMemory Storage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 16,128 readingsCurrent Transformer: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... safe 1.0V outputVoltage Ranges: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 208 to 480 VACCurrent Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0-2400 ASystem Accuracy (includes CT’s and meter): .......................................................................................... +1% true RMS from 10% to 100% of the rated current of the CT


Power LoggerModel Enspector™ 7003


(3) 300A Split-Core CT, Including Carrying Case, Serial Cable, and S/W .............................................................................. ZVE6810-300(3) 800A Split-Core CT, Including Carrying Case, Serial Cable, and S/W .............................................................................. ZVE6810-800(3) 2400A Split-Core CT, Including Carrying Case, Serial Cable, and S/W .......................................................................... ZVE6810-2400


NEW!


POWER MONITORING82

DescriptionThe Veris Enspector Amps Logger is a self-contained data acquisition tool fortrending motor loads. Clamp it on a conductor, and it will monitor and record thecurrent flow for a specified period of time.

The Logger will accurately monitor lighting loads making it possible to plot spacelighting profiles for multiple circuits to demonstrate the savings potential of alighting retrofit, and profile lighting loads to determine what lighting controlmeasures are required.


Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Lithium batteryBattery Life: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5 yearsMemory Storage: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8064 readingsCommunication: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. RS232 (compatible)Amperage Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 to 200 ATemperature Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. -15°Fto 65°CHumidity Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensingAccuracy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ +2%


Amps LoggerModel Enspector™ 7005


Amperage Logger ............................................................................................................................................................................ZVE7005


NEW!


POWER MONITORING 83

DescriptionThe Veris Enspector Light Tracker monitors the on/off status of lighting loads.Simply fasten it inside a lighting fixture using the attached magnet and it willrecord the on/off status.

The Light Tracker monitors lighting loads to establish space energy consumptionprofiles. It enables a user to determine the possible savings of installing occupancysensors in conference rooms and other locations where lighting is not required allday.


Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Lithium batteryBattery Life: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 yearsMemory Storage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 64,512 readingsCommunication: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. RS232 (compatible)Amperage Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 to 200 ATemperature Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. -15°Fto 65°FHumidity Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 95% non-condensing


Data LoggerModel Enspector™ 7007


Lighting Tracker ............................................................................................................................................................................... ZVE7007


NEW!


POWER MONITORING84

DescriptionThe Veris Enspector software is an application specific program that easily sets up projects, configures loggers, and retrieves the storedinformation from them.

The integral database engine allows the user to view project and logger information in varying formats or easily export it to popular programssuch as Excel®, to meet your analysis needs. This database gives the user the power to be creative and thorough.

To retrieve data, simply connect the logger to a PC with the serial cable and choose to retrieve. The software detects the logger com port anduploads all of the stored information.

SpecificationsComputer Requirements:

Enspector software is an application specific Windows® based product for use with IBM® compatible PCs.It requires a 486 processor or better with 8MB of RAM running Windows® 3.x or 95.

Logger AccessoriesModel Enspector™ Software


PC Software for Configuring Data Loggers ..................................................................................................................................ZVE7900.1

NEW!


POWER MONITORING 85

DescriptionThe Veris PT Series of Indoor Potential Transformers reduce high voltages fortransducer compatibility. Available in 3ohm and 1ohm models, the unit’s cores andcoils are encased and vacuum encapsulated.


Accuracy Class:3Ø, 3 fuse: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.3WX, 0.6M, 1.2Y @ 100% rated voltage (ANSI burden)1Ø, 2 fuse: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.3WX, 0.6M, 1.2Z @ 100% rated voltage (ANSI burden)

Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 60HzThermal Rating:

3Ø, 3 fuse: ................................................................ 500VA, (2.4 secondary A per phase, 60Hz @ 30°C amb) 350VA, (1.7 secondary A per phase, 60Hz @ 55°C amb)1Ø, 2 fuse: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 600VA, @ 30°C amb.;350VA @ 55°C amb.

Secondary Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VACInsulation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5kV, BIL 60kV full waveDimensions:

3Ø, 3 fuse: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8.50”W x 8.94”L x 9.50”H1Ø, 2 fuse: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5.63”W x 6.82”L x 6.03”H

Certifications: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... CSA certified, UL recognized

Potential TransformersModel PT Series


PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers, 3 Ohm; 3 Fuse; 2400:120V; 20:1 Ratio ............................................................... ZV3PT3-60-242PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers, 3 Ohm; 3 Fuse; 4200:120V; 35:1 Ratio ............................................................... ZV3PT3-60-442PT Series Indoor Potential Transformers,1 Ohm; 2 Fuse; 2400:120V; 20:1 Ratio ............................................................. ZVPT3-2-45-242FPT Series Indoor Potential Transformers, 1 Ohm; 2 Fuse; 4200:120V; 35:1 Ratio ............................................................. ZVPT3-45-422FF


POWER MONITORING86


Recommended Spacings Two Brush ConnectionA = Unit to Unit = 0.75” minB = HV to Ground in Air = 3.0” min

3PT3 Connection


PRESSURE 87

MAMAC Systems’ PR-264 high pressure transducer incorporatessophisticated circuits and a new fused silicon monolithic cavity pressure sensorto not only provide a high-level, fully-conditioned and temperature compensatedoutput, but also to offer up to three (3) field selectable pressure ranges in oneunit. The field selectable feature eliminates costly inefficiencies by providinga single unit which can be configured to cover all the pressure ranges for aparticular application. For instance, 25.0, 50.0, and 100.0 psig in one unit. The316L stainless steel monolithic pressure cavity not only provides mediacompatibility for most of the applications, but also offers a leakproof solutionfor today’s environmentally conscious customers.

Two industry standard output versions are available, 4-20mA 2-wire loop orfield selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulatedsupply voltage and a broad 0°F - 180°F (-18°C-82°C) compensated temperaturerange ensure compatibility with most applications.

Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure, gasketed cover, external mounting bracket, fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy, and aliberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the PR-264 a reliable, rugged, and economical pressure transducer. All modelscarry the Andover Controls logo.


Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FSOverpressure: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 300%Burst Pressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500%Supply Voltage: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12-40 VDC; 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only)Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max.; mA Units - 20 mA max.Enclosure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65)Finish: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88BConformance: ................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992), EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992)Compensated Temp Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................... 0°F to 180°F (-18°C to 82°C)T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................ +0.025%/°F (.03%/°C)Media Compatibility: .......................................................................................................................................................... Liquid/gases compatible to 316L stainless steelPort Connection: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8” NPTEnvironmental: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-90%RH Non-CondensingTermination: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Unpluggable screw terminal blockWire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units), 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)

* Includes non-linearity, hysteresis and non-repeatability

High Pressure TransducersModel PR-264


0-25/50/100 psig, 4-20mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC .............................................................................................................. ZAPR-264-R1-MA0-75/150/300 psig, 4-20mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC ............................................................................................................ ZAPR-264-R2-MA0-125/250/500 psig, 4-20mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC .......................................................................................................... ZAPR-264-R3-MA0-25/50/100 psig, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC ........................................................................................................... ZAPR-264-R1-VDC0-75/150/300 psig, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC .......................................................................................................... ZAPR-264-R2-VDC0-125/250/500 psig, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC ........................................................................................................ ZAPR-264-R3-VDC

CAUTION: Do not use on oxygen service, in explosive/hazardous environment or with flammable/combustible media.


PRESSURE88

MAMAC Systems’ PR-274/275 low pressure transducers incorporate a newmicro-machined glass-on-silicon (Gl-Si) capacitance sensor. This technologyrevolutionizes very low pressure measurement. Temperature related zero drift,calibration shift due to overpressure, non-repeatability, non-linearity, andextremely low pressure sensitivity have been some of the problems whichhave plagued the controls industry. The PR-274/275 with the new Gl-Sitechnology not only addresses all of the above shortcomings, but for the firsttime offers a reliable, accurate means to measure and control building/roompressure, air flow, duct pressure, filter pressure drop, or any other extremelylow pressure application.

Up to six field selectable direct or compound ranges, two enclosure types,field selectable outputs, fully temperature compensated NIST traceableaccuracy, non-interacting zero and span adjustments, short circuit and reversepolarity protected output, and a liberal two year warranty are some of thefeatures which make the PR-274/275 a high performance, ultra-stable, lowpressure transducer. All models carry the Andover Controls logo.


Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FSOverpressure: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 PSIDSupply Voltage: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12-40 VDC; 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only)Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max., mA Units - 20 mA max.Enclosure: ............................................................................................................................................................ 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65) or Panel Mount ChassisFinish: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88BConformance: ................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992), EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992)Compensated Temp Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 25°F-150°F (-4°C-65°C)T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................... .............................................................................................. +0.0125%/°F (.02%/°C)Operating Temp Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 0°F-175°F (-18°C-80°C)Media Compatibility: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ Clean dry air or any inert gasEnvironmental: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-90%RH Non-CondensingTermination: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Unpluggable screw terminal blockWire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.Load Impedance: .............................................................................................................. 1.6K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units), 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg), Panel Mount: 0.5 lbs. (.25 kg)


Low Pressure TransducersModel PR-274/275


PR-274 (Nema 4 Enclosure)Ranges 0-.1/+-.05” wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ......................................................................................... ZAPR-274-R1-MARanges 0-.25/.50/1.0” wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply .................................................. ZAPR-274-R2-MARanges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00” wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50” wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-274-R3-MARanges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0” wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0” wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ......................................... ZAPR-274-R4-MARanges 0-.1/+-.05” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ..................................................................................... ZAPR-274-R1-VDCRanges 0-.25/.50/1.0” wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ............................................... ZAPR-274-R2-VDCRanges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00” wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ................................... ZAPR-274-R3-VDCRanges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0” wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-274-R4-VDC


PRESSURE 89


PR- 275 (Panel Enclosure)Ranges 0-.1/+-.05” wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ......................................................................................... ZAPR-275-R1-MARanges 0-.25/.50/1.0” wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply .................................................. ZAPR-275-R2-MARanges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00” wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50” wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-275-R3-MARanges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0” wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0” wcd, 4-20 mA 2-wire, 12-40 VDC Supply ......................................... ZAPR-275-R4-MARanges 0-.1/+-.05” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ..................................................................................... ZAPR-275-R1-VDCRanges 0-.25/.50/1.0” wcd/ +-.125/.25/.50 wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ............................................... ZAPR-275-R2-VDCRanges 0-1.25/2.50/5.00” wcd/ +-.625/1.25/2.50” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ................................... ZAPR-275-R3-VDCRanges 0-7.5/15.0/30.0” wcd/+-3.75/7.50/15.0” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC Supply ...................................... ZAPR-275-R4-VDC



PRESSURE90

Low Pressure TransducersModel PR-276

DescriptionThe MAMAC Systems’ PR-276 low pressure transducer incorporatessophisticated integrated circuits and a new micro-machined glass-on-silicon(Gl-Si) capacitance sensor to not only provide a high level, fully conditionedand temperature compensated output, but also to offer up to three (3) fieldselectable pressure ranges in one unit. The field selectable feature eliminatescostly inefficiencies by providing a single unit which can be configured to coverall the pressure ranges for a particular application. For instance, 1.25”, 2.50”and 5.00”wc or 3.75”, 7.50” and 15.00”wc in one unit.

To substantially reduce installation cost and to eliminate costly control panelsthe PR-276 incorporates a pressure sensor and a static pressure tip integratedas one assembly.

Two industry standard output versions are available, 4-20mA 2-wire loop orfield selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulatedsupply voltage and a broad 25°F-150°F (4°C-65°C) compensated temperaturerange ensures compatibility with most applications.

A rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure, gasketed cover, external mounting bracket,fully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy, and a liberal two yearwarranty are some of the features which make the PR-276 a reliable, lowinstalled cost duct pressure transducer. All models carry the Andover Controlslogo.


Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FSOverpressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 psidBurst Pressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500%Supply Voltage: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12-40 VDC; 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only)Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units - 10 mA max., mA Units - 20 mA max.Enclosure: ............................................................................................................................................................ 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65), 6061T aluminum probeFinish: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88BConformance: ................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992), EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992)Compensated Temp Range: ........................................................................................................ ................................................................................ 25°F-150°F (4°C-65°C)T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................... .............................................................................................. +0.0125%/°F (.02%/°C)Operating Temp Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 0°F-175°F (-18°C-80°C)Media Compatibility: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ Clean dry air or any inert gasEnvironmental: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-90%RH Non-CondensingTermination: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Unpluggable screw terminal blockWire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units), 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)



0-1.25/2.50/5.00” wcd, 4-20 mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC .................................................................................................. ZAPR-276-R10-MA0-3.75/7.50/15.00” wcd, 4-20 mA, 2-wire, 12-40 VDC ................................................................................................ ZAPR-276-R11-MA0-1.25/2.50/5.00” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC .................................................................................................... APR-276-R10-VD0-3.75/7.50/15.00” wcd, 0-5/10 VDC, 12-35 VAC/VDC ................................................................................................ ZAPR-276-R11-VD



PRESSURE 91

MAMAC Systems’ A-520 Static Pressure Probe is designed to pick up staticpressure in a duct, plenum, air handler or other HVAC equipment. The probehas two orifices vertically opposite each other to cancel out any air flow inducederrors. If a bent tube with a single orifice at the end is used to pick up staticpressure in a duct, the air flowing across the probe may cause a small lowpressure within the probe. This low pressure acts against the duct staticpressure and hence induces an error which is exponentially proportional to theair flow. As the air flow increases, this error will increase also and as the flowdecreases, the error decreases in an exponential relationship.

The A-520 is a unique design which incorporates two orifices diametricallyopposing each other in a vertical plain. When the air flows across an orifice, itcreates a suction towards that orifice. Similarly, when the same air flowsacross the other orifice, it creates an opposing suction which cancels out the first pressure drop. Regardless of the velocity, the flow error isconstantly cancelled out and the A-520 provides an accurate, repeatable and stable static pressure value. All models carry the AndoverControls logo.

The A-520 Static Pressure Probe is available in 6061T aluminum alloy for standard HVAC applications. Two probe lengths are available: 4” and8”.


Material: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 6061T-6 Aluminum AlloyPort Connections: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/4” brass hose barbGasket Material: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. NeopreneMaximum Pressure: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10 psigMaximum Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 482°F (250°C)Maximum Air Flow: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UnlimitedWeight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.5 oz.

Duct Static Pressure ProbesModel A-520


4” Aluminum Duct Static Pressure Probe ............................................................................................................................ ZAA-520-1-A-18” Aluminum Duct Static Pressure Probe ............................................................................................................................ ZAA-520-2-A-1


PRESSURE92

MAMAC Systems’ APR-283 Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential Transduceris a 100% solid state silicon strain gauge fused directly onto the 316L stainlesssteel monolithic pressure cavity. The pressure cavity design incorporates noveltechniques to isolate the fused silicon sensing element from installation relatedstress thereby ensuring zero integrity. The 316L stainless steel offers excellentmedia compatibility to most of the industrial and commercial applications.

The APR-283 offers up to three field selectable pressure ranges in one unit.The field selectable feature eliminates the costly inefficiencies by providing asingle unit which can be configured to cover all the pressure ranges for aparticular application.

Two industry standard output versions are available, 4-20mA 2-wire loop orfield selectable 0-5 VDC/0-10 VDC. Wide 12-40 VDC or 12-35 VAC unregulated supply voltage and a broad 0°F-180°F compensated temperaturerange ensures compatibility to most of the applications. Rugged NEMA 4 (IP-65) enclosure, gasketed cover, external mounting bracket, andfully temperature compensated NIST traceable accuracy are some of the features which make the PR-283 a reliable, rugged, and economicpressure transducer. All models carry the Andover Controls logo.


Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FSOverpressure: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 300%Burst Pressure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500%Supply Voltage: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 12-40 VDC; 12-35 VAC (VDC output units only)Supply Current: .................................................................................................................................................................. VDC Units -10 mA max.; mA Units - 20 mA max.Enclosure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Ga C.R. Steel NEMA 4 (IP-65)Finish: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88BConformance: ................................................................................................................................ EMC Standards EN50082-1 (1992); EN55014 (1993)/EN60730-1 (1992)Compensated Temp Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0°F-180°F (-18°C-82°C)T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................. +0.025%/°FMedia Compatibility: .......................................................................................................................................................... Liquid/gases compatible to 316L stainless steelPort Connection: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8” NPTEnvironmental: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10-90% RH Non-CondensingTermination: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Unpluggable screw terminal blockWire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.Load Impedance: ................................................................................................................. 3K ohms max. at 40 VDC (mA output units); 1K ohms min. (VDC output units)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0 lbs. (.45 kg)


Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential TransducersModel APR-283


Range 0 to 25/50/100 PSID, 0-5/10VDC ........................................................................................................................ ZAPR-283-R1-VDCRange 0 to75/150/300 PSID, 0-5/10VDC ....................................................................................................................... ZAPR-283-R2-VDCRange 0 to 125/250/500 PSID, 0-5/10VDC .................................................................................................................... ZAPR-283-R3-VDCRange 0 to 25/50/100 PSID, 4-20 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZAPR-283-R1-MARange 0 to75/150/300 PSID, 4-20 mA............................................................................................................................. ZAPR-283-R2-MARange 0 to 125/250/500 PSID,4-20 mA........................................................................................................................... ZAPR-283-R3-MA

NEW!

PRELIMINARY


PRESSURE 93

DescriptionMAMAC Systems’ EP-311/313 electro-pneumatic transducer incorporates quietlow-wattage poppet valves and a pressure sensor to measure and adjust thebranch line pressure proportional to the input. This unit has no air consumptionand is immune to mounting orientation or supply line pressure fluctuations. TheEP-313 incorporates a manual override switch and, in the manual mode, thepressure can be increased or decreased with two push-button switches. Thisfeature is most desirable for check out/commissioning and manual operation incase of controller failure.

Universal 24 VAC/24 VDC supply voltage and field selectable 4-20 mA, 0-5 VDC,or 0-10 VDC inputs ensures single unit compatibility to most systems. A uniquesteel chassis design substantially reduces the overall size of the unit and, at thesame time, provides for ease of installation in the control panel directly or with asnap track. A precision gauge is provided for the branch line pressure.

A rugged aluminum manifold, brass barb fittings, floating poppet solenoid valves, silicon pressure sensor, high performance electronics, and aliberal two year warranty are some of the features which make the EP-311/313 a high performance, reliable electropneumatic transducer. Allmodels carry the Andover Controls logo.


Accuracy*: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% FSMaximum Supply Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 40 psigPressure Differential: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... (Supply to Branch) 0.1 psigSupply Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18-28 VAC/VDCSupply Current: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 150 mAEnclosure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 18 Ga C.R. Steel ChassisFinish: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Baked on enamel-PMS2GR88BCompensated Temp Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 25°F-150°F (4°C-65°C)Conformance: ................................................................................................................................... EMC Standards EN50082-1(1992); EN55014(1993)/EN60730-1(1992)T.C. Error: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +0.025%/°F (.03%/°C)Media Compatibility: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ Clean dry air or any inert gasPort Connection: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/4”OD poly tubingEnvironmental: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10-90%RH Non-CondensingTermination: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Screw terminal blockWire Size: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 Ga max.Load Impedance: ........................................................................................................................................................ 301 ohms (4-20 mA units); 10K ohms (0-5/0-10 VDC)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.0 lbs. (0.45 kg)


Electro-Pneumatic Output TransducersModel EP-311/313


Outputs 3-15 psig Pneumatic Air, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ........................................................... ZAEP-311-315Outputs 0-20 psig Pneumatic Air, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ........................................................... ZAEP-311-020Outputs 3-15 psig Pneumatic Air, w/Manual Override, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ......................... ZAEP-313-315Outputs 0-20 psig Pneumatic Air, w/Manual Override, 4-20 mA, 0-5/10 VDC Input, 24 VAC/VDC Supply ......................... ZAEP-313-020Failsafe Module (Bleeds Branch Line Off On Power Failure) ........................................................................................................ ZAEP-350


PRESSURE94

Low Air Differential Pressure TransmittersModel T30

DescriptionThe Modus Instruments T30 is a 2-wire pressure transmitter with 4-20mAoutput. It operates on the capacitance principle and is capable of sensing verylow positive, negative, or differential pressures. In the capacitance cell, a verylightweight, responsive diaphragm deflects a small amount when pressure isapplied. This deflection results in a change in capacitance which is thendetected and processed electronically. Reliability and long life are inherentadvantages of the solid-state design.

A wide selection of standard pressure ranges is available.


Accuracy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +1%Zero & Span Adjustments: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Non-interactive

Pressure:Ranges: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.1”, 0.2”, 0.3”, 0.5”, 1.0”, 2.0”, 3.0”, 5.0”, 10.0 Water ColumnMeasures: ................................................................................................................................................... Diff., gauge pressure or vacuum; Suitable for air or inert gasesMax. Safe Momentary Overpressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 8x pressure rangePort Connections: ..................... 3/16” Dia. suitable for: 1/8” or 5/32” I.D. Tygon™ or polyurethane tubing,1/4” O.D. polyethylene tubing; Integral filters at both ports.

Electrical:Operating Voltage: ............................................................................................................. ................................................... 10-35 VDC; protected against polarity reversalOutput Limits: .............................................................................................................................. 3.85 mA low end; 26 mA upper end; Optional 4.1 mA low limit available

Physical:Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.”W x 5.15”L x 1.40”HWeight: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 190g (.42lb)Case: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Flame retardant, glass-reinforced NORYL™

Environmental:Operating Temperature Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 0°C-52°C (32°F-125°F)Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... -30°C - 70°C (-20°F-160°F)Effect of Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +.05%/°COperating Humidity Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................... 20% - 90% RH non-condensingShock Resistance: .............................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................... 10G (11ms)Vibration Resistance: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5G to 50Hz


Range = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ................................................................................................................................. ZMT30-001Range = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................................................................................................................................ZMT30-001ARange = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZMT30-001BRange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .................................................................................................................................. ZMT30-002Range = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................................................................................................................................ZMT30-002ARange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZMT30-002BRange = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .................................................................................................................................. ZMT30-003Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................................................................................................................................ZMT30-003ARange = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZMT30-003BRange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .................................................................................................................................. ZMT30-005Range = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................................................................................................................................ZMT30-005ARange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZMT30-005BRange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .................................................................................................................................. ZMT30-010Range = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ................................................................................................................................ZMT30-010ARange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .............................................................................................................................. ZMT30-010B


PRESSURE 95




PRESSURE96

Low Air Differential Pressure TransmittersModel T40

DescriptionThe Modus Instruments T40 is a 4-wire pressure transmitter. Like the T30, itoperates on the capacitance principle and is capable of sensing very lowpositive, negative or differential pressures. In the capacitance cell, a verylightweight, responsive diaphragm deflects a small amount when pressure isapplied. This deflection results in a change in capacitance, which is thendetected and processed electronically.

The output of the T40 pressure transmitter is a 4-20mA current, transformerisolated from the AC power unit. A wide selection of standard pressure ranges(0.1”, 0.2”, 0.3”, 0.5”, 1.0”, 2.0”, 3.0”, 5.0” and 10.0” Water Column) andelectrical ratings (24VAC or 120VAC) is available.


Accuracy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. +1%Zero & Span Adjustments: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Non-interactive

Pressure:Ranges: ....................................................................................................................................................... 0.1”, 0.2”, 0.3”, 0.5”, 1.0”, 2.0”, 3.0”, 5.0”, 10.0 Water ColumnMeasures: ................................................................................................................................................. Diff., gauge pressure or vacuum; Suitable for air or inert gasesMax. Safe Momentary Overpressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 8x pressure rangePort Connections: ...................................................................................................... 3/16” Dia. suitable for: 1/8” or 5/32” I.D. Tygon™ or polyurethane tubing,1/4” O.D.

polyethylene tubing; Integral filters at both ports.

Electrical:Operating Voltage: ............................................................................................................. ................................................... 11-32 VDC; protected against polarity reversalOutput Limits: ....................................................................................................................................... 3.85mA low end; 26mA upper end; Optional 4.1mA low limit avail.

Physical:Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.”W x 5.15”L x 1.40”HWeight: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 190g (.42lb)Case: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Flame retardant, glass-reinforced NORYL™

Environmental:Operating Temperature Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................... 0°C to 52°C (32°F to 125°F)Storage Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... -30°C to 70°C (-20°F to 160°F)Effect of Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +.05%/°COperating Humidity Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................ 20% to 90% RH non-condensingShock Resistance: .............................................................................................................. ........................................................................................................... 10G (11ms)Vibration Resistance: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5G to 50Hz


Range = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA; 24 VAC Power Supply ......................................................................................... ZMT40-001CRange = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA; 120 VAC Power Supply .......................................................................................ZMT40-001DRange = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-001CARange = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-001DARange = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-001CBRange = 0.1" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-001DBRange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-002CRange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-002DRange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-002CARange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-002DARange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-002CBRange = 0.2" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-002DB


PRESSURE 97


Range = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-003CRange = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-003DRange = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-003CARange = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-003DARange = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-003CBRange = 0.3" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-003DBRange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-005CRange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-005DRange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-005CARange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-005DARange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-005CBRange = 0.5" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-005DBRange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-010CRange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-010DRange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-010CARange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-010DARange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-010CBRange = 1.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-010DBRange = 2.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-020CRange = 2.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-020DRange = 2.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-020CARange = 2.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-020DARange = 2.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-020CBRange = 2.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-020DBRange = 3.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-030CRange = 3.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-030DRange = 3.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-030CARange = 3.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-030DARange = 3.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-030CBRange = 3.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-030DBRange = 5.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................... ZMT40-050CRange = 5.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ...............................................................................................................................ZMT40-050DRange = 5.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-050CARange = 5.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA ............................................................................................................................ ZMT40-050DARange = 5.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-050CBRange = 5.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-050DBRange = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA ............................................................................................................................. ZMT40-100CRange = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 4 mA .............................................................................................................................ZMT40-100DRange = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-100CARange = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 8 mA .......................................................................................................................... ZMT40-100DARange = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ........................................................................................................................ ZMT40-100CBRange = 10.0" WC; Zero Pressure @ 12 mA ........................................................................................................................ ZMT40-100DB


PRESSURE98




PRESSURE 99

Wet/Wet High Pressure Differential TransducersModel W30

DescriptionThe Modus Instruments W30 wet/wet pressure transmitter is designed tomeasure differential pressure of liquids and gases.

The W30 is housed in a NEMA 4 cast aluminium case enclosure and the processwetted surfaces are 316 stainless steel. The W30 is accurate to +0.5% ofdifferential pressure range (includes non-linearity and hysteresis), or +1% for6psid (50 kPA) range. The W30 Series is a 4-20 mA, two-wire, loop powereddevice which operates on nominal 24 VDC.

The W30 is an excellent choice for many HVAC process and automationmonitoring requirements. Typical applications include measurement ofdifferential pressure across flow elements, heat exchangers, pumps, filters,and liquid level monitoring.


Accuracy: ........................................................................................................................................... +0.5% of differential pressure range; +1% for 6 psid (50 kPA) range;+0.25% for static pressure change from 0 to 100%; or + 0.5% for 6 psid (50 kPA) range

Calibration: ................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................ (Traceable to N.I.S.T.)

Environmental:Process wetted surfaces are 316 stainless steelOperating Temp. Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................... ...................................................................... -20°F to 160°F (-30°C to 70°C)Effect of Temperature: On zero: ....................................................................................................................................................................... +0.05%/°C, or +0.1%°C for 6 psid (50 kPA) range On span: ...................................................................................................................................................................... +0.03%/°C, or +0.6%°C for 6 psid (50 kPA) rangeOperating Humidity Range: .................................................................................................................................................................. 10% to 90% R.H. non-condensingShock Resistance: .............................................................................................................. ....................................................................................................... 10G (11ms)Vibration resistance: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5G 3 to 50 Hz

Electrical Connectors:Polarized Euro Plug/ConnectorsConnections: ............................................ Pluggable terminal block for wire 14 to 26 AWG, Mating connector is supplied, Connection to enclosure ground is providedConnector rating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 amps/300 voltsMaterial: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Glass-filled polyester

General:Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 3.56” x 4/45” x 2/18” (90 x 115 x 55 mm)Enclosure Material: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Aluminum Alloy #A380Cover Screws: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... M4 Stainless Steel, non-magneticFinish: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black epoxy painKnockout: .................................. Choice of 1 or 2 holes. Hole sizes are offered in a choice of 1/2” conduit, or metric sizes of PG11 or PG1, 3Cable glands not includedPressure Port Connections: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1/8-28 female NPTWeight: ........................................................................................................................ ................................................................................................................ 1.2 lb (540g)


0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ..................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-1-R0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-32E-1-R0-15 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-33E-1-R0-30 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-34E-1-R0-60 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-35E-1-R0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-36E-1-R0-150 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-37E-1-R0-200 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-38E-1-R


PRESSURE100


0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ..................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-2-R0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-32E-2-R0-15 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-33E-2-R0-30 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-34E-2-R0-60 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-35E-2-R0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-36E-2-R0-150 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-37E-2-R0-200 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, 1/2” Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-38E-2-R0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-1-S0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-32E-1-S0-15 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-33E-1-S0-30 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-34E-1-S0-60 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-35E-1-S0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ............................................................................................... ZMW30-36E-1-S0-150 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ............................................................................................... ZMW30-37E-1-S0-200 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ............................................................................................... ZMW30-38E-1-S0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-2-S0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-32E-2-S0-15 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-33E-2-S0-30 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-34E-2-S0-60 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ................................................................................................. ZMW30-35E-2-S0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ............................................................................................... ZMW30-36E-2-S0-150 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ............................................................................................... ZMW30-37E-2-S0-200 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 11 Knockout ............................................................................................... ZMW30-38E-2-S0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-1-T0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-32E-1-T0-15 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-33E-1-T0-30 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-34E-1-T0-60 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-35E-1-T0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout ................................................................................................ ZMW30-36E-1-T0-150 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout ................................................................................................ ZMW30-37E-1-T0-200 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 1-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout ................................................................................................ ZMW30-38E-1-T0-6 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................... ZMW30-31E-2-T0-10 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-32E-2-T0-15 PSID, 0-100 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-33E-2-T0-30 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-34E-2-T0-60 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout .................................................................................................. ZMW30-35E-2-T0-100 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout ................................................................................................ ZMW30-36E-2-T0-150 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout ................................................................................................ ZMW30-37E-2-T0-200 PSID, 0-300 PSI, 2-Hole Knockout, PG 13 Knockout ................................................................................................ ZMW30-38E-2-T



PRESSURE 101



PRESSURE102

DescriptionThe Modus Instruments RPM-1 room pressure monitor takes advantage of time-proven sensor technology to monitor, alarm and/or control critical room to roomdifferential pressures. The same instrument monitors either positive or negativeroom pressures, with a resolution of up to 0.001” W.C.

A bright red and a bright green LED alert those approaching of the status of theroom. The pressure at which the lights change state can be adjusted from thefront panel. The RPM-1 comes standard with the SPDT relay (for supplementalcontrols such as audible alarm or remote status indication) and 3 analog outputsignals, 0-5VDC, 0-10VDC, and 4-20mA. These analog outputs are proportionalto the room pressure.

The RPM-1 is easily mounted on a wall and the installer has the choice of rear or bottom knockouts for electrical and pressure connections. Aselector switch allows field setup for either 120 VAC or 240 VAC 50/60Hz service. 24 VAC operation is optional.


Accuracy of Reading: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% F.S.Accuracy of Alarm Output: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... +1% of setpointStandard Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.1” of water (or 0.1 Pascals)Optional Ranges: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.5, +1.0 of waterResolution: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.001” of water (or 0.1 Pascals)Panel Indicator Lights: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 red & 1 green LEDDisplay: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... LCD, 3 digits, 0.5” digit heightAlarm Output: ................................................................................................................. SPDT relay, contacts rated at 5A at 30VDC or 120 VAC, 4A at 240 VAC, resistiveDeadband: ........................................................................................................................................................................... preset at 5% of range, field adjust from 1-20%Analog Outputs: ........................................................................................................ 0-5VDC, 2.5V at zero pressure, 2mA max, -10VDC, 5V at zero pressure, 2mA max,

4-20mA sourcing, 12mA at zero pressure, max loop resistance is 580 Ohms

Electrical:Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................ .............................. 95-135/190-270VAC, 50/60 Hz or 19.5-30VAC, 50/60 HzMax Power Consumption: ......................................................................................................... ......................................................................................................... 5 WattsElectrical Connections: ............................................................................................................................................................................ 3/4” terminal strip with #6 screwsOperating Medium: .............................................................................................................. ........................................................... air or non-corrosive, non -explosive gasMax Momentary Pressure Limit: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... +6.0” w.c. (+1.5Pa)

Environmental:Operating Temperature: ......................................................................................................... .................................................................................... 0°C-50°C (32°F-120°F)Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................... .................................................................................. -30°C-70°C (-20°F-160°F)Effect of Temp on Reading: ................................................................................................................................................................................. +0.05%/°C +0.027% per °FOperating Humidity Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10%-90% RH

Physical:Physical Dimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... see physical drawingWeight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.56lb (1160g)Enclosure:

Color: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Light greyConstruction: ................................................................................................................................................ Glass filled polycarbonate, flammability rating of UL94 V-1Cover: ....................................................................................................................................................................... Clear polycarbonate, flammability rating of UL94 V2Knockouts: ................................................................................................................................................................. 0.85” (21mm) dia. on lower front & back enclosureHinges: ................................................................................................................................................................ Removable, allow hinging from either side, open 180°Mounting: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-point

Pressure Indication DevicesModel RPM-1


PRESSURE 103


120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.1 to +0.1” WC (-25 to +25 PA), RES 0.001” (0.1 PA) ............................................... ZMRPM-1-A-01E120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.5 to +0.5” WC (-125 to +125 PA), RES 0.001” (1 PA) .............................................. ZMRPM-1-A-04E120/240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -1.0 to +1.0” WC (-250 to +250 PA), RES 0.01” (1 PA) ................................................ ZMRPM-1-A-05E24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.1 to +0.1” WC (-25 to +25 PA), RES 0.001” (0.1 PA) ........................................................ ZMRPM-1-B-01E24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -0.5 to +0.5” WC (-125 to +125 PA), RES 0.001” (1 PA) ....................................................... ZMRPM-1-B-04E24 VAC, 50/60 Hz, Range = -1.0 to +1.0” WC (-250 to +250 PA), RES 0.01” (1 PA) ......................................................... ZMRPM-1-B-05E



PRESSURE104

DescriptionThe Modus Instruments AN-1 single-point annunciator provides a visual andaudible warning of an alarm condition occurring at a remote location. It operates,either with the Room Pressure Monitor Model RPM-1 which supplies the necessarypower to the annunciator, or with any dry contact and an external power supply.

Under normal conditions, the green LED is “STEADY ON”. When an alarm conditionoccurs, the green LED turns off, the red LED “ FLASHES ON” and the audible alarm“PULSES ON”. Momentarily pressing the acknowledge button silences the audiblealarm but the red LED stays “FLASHING ON” , as a reminder, until the alarm faultis corrected. When the conditions are normal again, the annunciator resets itself.The green LED returns to ”STEADY ON”, and the red LED and audible alarm are“OFF”.

Behind the front panel are two potentiometers. The first potentiometer adjusts the volume of the audible alarm, from a minimum level of 67dbAto a maximum level of 73dbA at a distance of 12 inches (30 cm). The second potentiometer provides a variable time delay from the moment thealarm is received by the annunciator, until it responds to the time delay. This delay may be adjusted between 5 and 45 seconds. The annunciatorwill not change to the alarm mode if the alarm condition disappears before the end of the time delay. This eliminates nuisance alarms causedby short transients. When the signal to the annunciator is a dry contact, this contact must be closed under normal conditions. The currentthrough the contacts is 1 mA. The external power supply to the annunciator can be between 7 and 30 Vdc. The maximum supply current is 13mA. The annunciator is designed for flush installation in a wall. The front panel is the same size as the standard electrical wall plate (2-3/4 x 4-1/2”). It is supplied with a standard plastic (PVC) switch box, 2-13/16” deep. This box includes four integral clamps, swing arms and ears. Otherboxes with a minimum depth of 1-1/4” may be substituted by the user.

A model is available with a programmable dry contact input from the override momentary switch (Model AN-2).


Audible Alarm Volume: ............................................................................................................................................................. Min 67dbA; max 73dbA distance 12” (30cm)Variable Time Delay: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Adjust. 5 - 45 seconds

Electrical:When Used with Dry Contact:

Current: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1mAExternal Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Between 7-30VDCMax Supply Current: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13mA

Physical:Dimensions:

Front Panel Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-3/4” x 4-1/2”PVC Switch Box: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2-13/16” deep

Pressure Indication DevicesModel AN-1


Single Point Annunciator ................................................................................................................................................................. ZMAN-1Single Point Annunciator w/2-position Switch .............................................................................................................................. ZMAN-2


PRESSURE 105




PRESSURE106


RELAYS 107

DescriptionIDEC RH Series General Purpose Midget Relays are available in contactconfigurations of SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT and 4PDT driven by AC or DC coils. All areavailable with an optional indicator light. All RH Series include compact midgetsize, high switching capacity, choice of blade or PCB style terminals.

IDEC SH Series Sockets for DIN Rail Mount can be ordered separately or as acomplete kit (relay and socket).

SpecificationsGeneral (Relays):

Contact Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Silver cadmium oxideContact Resistance: ............................................................................................................ ............................................................................ 50mΩ maximum (initial value)Minimum Applicable Load: ....................................................................................................... ........................................... 24V DC/30mA, 5V DC/100mA (reference value)Operating Time:

SPDT (RH1), DPDT (RH2): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20ms maximum3PDT (RH3), 4PDT (RH4): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25ms maximum

Release Time:SPDT (RH1), DPDT (RH2): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20ms maximum3PDT (RH3), 4PDT (RH4): .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25ms maximum

Power Consumption:SPDT (RH1): ................................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 0.8W; AC: 1.1VA (50Hz), 1VA (60Hz)DPDT (RH2): .............................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 0.9W; AC: 1.4VA (50Hz), 1.2VA (60Hz)3PDT (RH3): .................................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 1.5W; AC: 2VA (50Hz), 1.7VA (60Hz)4DPT (RH4): .................................................................................................................................................................................. DC: 1.5W; AC: 2.5VA (50Hz), 2VA (60Hz)

Insulation Resistance: ....................................................................................................................................................... 100MΩ min (measured with a 500V DC megger)Dielectric Strength:

SPDT (RH1): ................................................................................................................................................................ Between live and dead parts: 2,000 AC, 1 minute;Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;

Between contacts of the same pole: 1,000V AC, 1 minuteDPDT (RH2)/3PDT (RH3)/4PDT (RH4): ......................................................................................................................... Between live and dead parts: 2,000 AC, 1 minute;

Between contact circuit and operating coil: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;Between contact circuits: 2,000V AC, 1 minute;

Between contacts of the same pole: 1,000V AC, 1 minuteFrequency Response: 1,800 operations/hourTemperature Rise:

Coil: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 185°F (85°C) maximumContact: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 149°F (65°C) maximum

Vibration Resistance: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 6G (55Hz maximum)Shock Resistance:

SPDT/DPDT: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 200N (approximately 20G)3PDT/4PDT: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100N (approximately 10G)

Life Expectancy:Electrical: ......................................... over 500,000 operations at 120V AC, 10A; (over 200,000 operations at 120V AC, 10A for SPDT [RH1], 3PDT [RH3], 4PDT [RH4])Mechancial: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50,000,000 operations

Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -22 to 158°F (-30 to 70°C)Weight:

SPDT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24gDPDT: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 37g3PDT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50g4PDT: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 74g

RelaysRH & SH Series NEW!


RELAYS108


IDEC RelaysSPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH1B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID435SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V D.C. Coil (IDEC RH1B-UDC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID441SPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH1B-UAC120) ........................................................................................... ZL-ID432DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID465DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH2B-UAC24-L) .............................................................. ZL-ID468DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V D.C. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UDC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID483DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH2B-UAC120) ....................................................................................... ZL-ID45277DPDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH2B-UAC120-L) ........................................................... ZL-ID4563PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH3B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID5103PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH3B-UAC24-L) ................................................................ ZL-ID5133PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH3B-UAC120) ........................................................................................... ZL-ID5043PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH3B-UAC120-L) ........................................................... ZL-ID5074PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH4B-UAC24) ............................................................................................... ZL-ID5464PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/24V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH4B-UAC24-L) .............................................................. ZL-ID54754PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil (IDEC RH4B-UAC120) ........................................................................................... ZL-ID5524PDT 10 Amp Plug-in Relay w/120V A.C. Coil w/Indicator Light (IDEC RH4B-UAC120-L) ......................................................... ZL-ID5535IDEC SocketsDIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH1B SPDT Relays (IDEC SH1B-05) ....................................................................................... ZL-IF803DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH2B DPDT Relays (IDEC SH2B-05) ................................................................................... ZL-IF80955DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH3B 3PDT Relays (IDEC SH3B-05) ........................................................................................ ZL-IF821DIN Rail Mounted Socket for IDEC RH4B 4PDT Relays (IDEC SH4B-05) ........................................................................................ ZL-IF830IDEC Complete Kits (Relays & Sockets)SPDT 120V Relay and Base (IDEC RH1B-AC120-KIT) .................................................................................................................. ZL-ID4321SPDT 24V Relay and Base (IDEC RH1B-AC24-KIT) ...................................................................................................................... ZL-ID5354DPDT120V Relay and Base (IDEC RH2B-AC120-KIT) ................................................................................................................... ZL-ID4534DPDT 24V Relay and Base (IDEC RH2B-AC24-KIT) ...................................................................................................................... ZL-ID4651DPDT120V Relay w/Indicator Light and Base (IDEC RH2B-UAC120-L-KIT) ............................................................................... ZL-ID45722DPDT 24V Relay w/Indicator Light and Base (IDEC RH2B-UAC24-L-KIT) .................................................................................. ZL-ID46873


RELAYS 109

DescriptionCore Components CVR-12C-0 Relay has DPDT contacts up to 20 amps. The coildrive for this relay is 24 volts AC or DC. The color coded wires make it easy towire. The case size is 4” x 4” x 1.8” (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm). The visible LEDindicates when the relay is activated.


Contact Ratings: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 13 Amp Resistive @ 28VDC20 Amp Resistive @ 15VDC

20 Amp Resistive @ 300VDC5 Amp Resistive @ 600VDC

1HP 120VAC1.5HP, 208/240VAC

1HP, 480/600VAC660VA Pilot Duty, 120VAC915VA Pilot Duty, 208VAC960VA Pilot Duty, 240VAC

765VA Pilot Duty, 480/600VACB600 Pilot Duty

Coil Current: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40mA @ 20VDC50mA @ 24VDC65mA @ 20VAC75mA @ 24VAC

RelaysModel CVR-12C-0


1-DPDT Relay, Form 2C, 20A Contact Rating, 24 AC/DC (Core Components CVR-12C-0) ............................................................ ZL-LD951

NEW!


RELAYS110

DescriptionCore Components CVR-11C-0 Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC,also 120VAC. The SPDT relay is rated at 10 mps and up to 1/3 H.P. The color-coded wires make it easy to wire. The case size is 1.5” x 2.8” x 1.5” (38 mm x 71mm x 38 mm). The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.


Contact Ratings: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 277VAC, 28VDC480VA, 240/277 VAC Pilot

480VA, 277VAC Ballast600W Tungsten, 120VAC N/O240W Tungsten, 120VAC N/C

TV-5, 120VAC N/OTV-2, 120VAC N/C

1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O

1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C

Coil Current: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22mA @ 10VDC28mA @ 12VDC35mA @ 24VDC37mA @ 30VDC

32mA @ 9VAC40mA @ 12VAC48mA @ 24VAC55mA @ 30VAC

37mA @ 120VAC



1-SPDT Relay, Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-11C-0) ...................................... ZL-LD962

NEW!


RELAYS 111

DescriptionCore Components CVR-21C-0 Relay has a coil drive of 24 volts AC or DC, as wellas 120VAC. It has 2 SPDT relays with ratings of 10 amps and up to 1/3 H.P. Thecolor-coded wires make it easy to wire. The case size is 4” x 4” x 1.8” (102 mm x102 mm x 46 mm). The visible LED’s indicate when the relays are activated.





1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O

1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C



37mA @ 120VAC



2-SPDT Relay, Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-21C-0) ...................................... ZL-LD972

NEW!


RELAYS112

DescriptionCore Components CVR-11A-H Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC, aswell as 120VAC. The SPST relay is rated at 10 amps. The three-position rockerswitch is a true manual override on the contact side of the relay. The color-codedwires make it easy to wire. The case size is 4” x 4” x 1.8” (102 mm x 102 mm x 46mm). The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.


Contact Ratings: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 125/250VACCoil Current: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22mA @ 10VDC

28mA @ 12VDC35mA @ 24VDC37mA @ 30VDC


37mA @ 120VAC

RelaysModel CVR-11A-H


1-SPST Relay w/HOA Switch, Form 1A, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC (Core Components CVR-11A-H) .......... ZL-LD9651

NEW!


RELAYS 113

DescriptionCore Components CVR-11C-V Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC, aswell as 208-277VAC. The SPDT relay is rated at 10 amps. The color-coded wiresmake it easy to wire. The case size is 1.5” x 2.8” x 1.5” (38 mm x 71 mm x 38 mm).The visible LED indicates when the relay is activated.





1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O

1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C

Coil Current: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35mA @ 277VAC

RelaysModel CVR-11C-V


1-SPDT Relay Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 208-277AC (Core Components CVR-11C-V) .............................. ZL-LD9615

NEW!


RELAYS114

DescriptionCore Components CVR-11C-F Relay has a coil drive of 24 volts AC or DC, as wellas 120VAC. The SPDT relay is rated at 10 amps. The color-coded wires make iteasy to wire. The case size is 1.5” x 2.8” x 1.5” (38 mm x 71 mm x 38 mm). Thevisible LED indicates when the relay is activated.





1/3 HP, 120/240 VAC N/O1/4 HP, 277 VAC N/O

1/6 HP, 120/240 VAC N/C1/8 HP, 277 VAC N/C



37mA @ 120VAC

RelaysModel CVR-11C-F


1-SPDT Relay Form 1C, 10A Contact Rating, 24 AC/DC or 120AC (Core Components CVR-11C-F) .........................................ZL-LD96125

NEW!


RELAYS 115

DescriptionCore Components CVR-21AIC-H Relay has a coil drive of 10-30 volts AC or DC,as well as 120VAC. With one SPST and one SPDT relay, the contact ratings are 10amps. The three-position rocker switch is a true manual override on the contactside of relay #1 (SPST). The color-coded wires make it easy to wire. The case sizeis 4” x 4” x 1.8” (102 mm x 102 mm x 46 mm). The visible LED indicates when therelay is activated.


Contact Ratings:Relay #1: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 250VAC, 60HZRelay #2: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 Amp Resistive, 277VAC or 28VDC

480VA, 240VAC Pilot Duty480W Tungsten, 120VAC N/O240W Tungsten, 120VAC N/C



37mA @ 120VAC

RelaysModel CVR-21AIC-H


1-SPST & 1-SPDT Relay w/HOA Switch, Form 1C & 1A, 10A Contact Rating, 10-30 AC/DC or 120 AC(Core Components CVR-21A1C-H) ............................................................................................................................................... ZL-LD9707

NEW!


RELAYS116


TRANSFORMERS 117

DescriptionCore Components Isolation Transformer - 40VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformeris manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’sLaboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.


Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24VAC, 60HzOutput: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VACConfiguration: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Metal End Bells, Single Threaded HubCertification: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Listed, CULSafety: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Circuit Breaker

Isolation TransformersModel 024-024-040-TF

Dimensional Diagram


Isolation Transformer, 40 VA, 24:24 VAC, 1 Hub (Model 024-024-040-TF) ................................................................................... ZL-LE105

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS118

DescriptionCore Components Control Transformers -40VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformersare manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’sLaboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.


Input: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120VAC, 60 HzOutput: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VACConfiguration: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Metal End BellsCertification: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Class 2

Single Threaded Hub: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL RecognizedDual Threaded Hub: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Listed, CSA

Control TransformersModels 120-024-040-TF & 120-024-040-2TF

Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer, 40 VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-040-2TF) .................................................. ZL-LE112Class 2 Control Transformer, 40 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed Rec. (Model 120-024-040-TF) .............................................. ZL-LE113

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS 119

DescriptionCore Components Control Transformers -50VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformersare manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’sLaboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.





Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec. (Model 120-024-050-TF) ......................................................... ZL-LE117Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-050-2TF) ............................................... ZL-LE1175

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS120

DescriptionCore Components Control Transformers - 50VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformersare manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’sLaboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.


Input: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 277VAC, 50/60 HzOutput: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VACConfiguration: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Metal End BellsCertification: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Class 2

Single Threaded Hub: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Recognized, CSADual Threaded Hub: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... UL Listed


Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 277:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec. (Model 277-024-050-TF) ......................................................... ZL-LE131Class 2 Control Transformer, 50 VA, 277:24VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 277-024-050-2TF) ................................................. ZL-LE1305

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS 121

DescriptionCore Components Control Transformers - 75VA Multi-Mounts are directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformersare manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’sLaboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.




Safety: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Circuit Breaker

Control TransformersModels 120-024-075-TF-CB & 120-024-075-2TF-CB

Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Single Primaries, 75 VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-075-2TF-CB) ............................................................... ZL-LE118Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Single Primaries, 75 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec.(Model 120-024-075-TF-CB) ...................................................................... ZL-LE119

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS122

DescriptionCore Components Transformer - 100VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformer ismanufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’sLaboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.





Control TransformersModels 120-024-100-TF-CB & 120-024-100-2TF-CB

Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Single Primaries, 96VA, 120:24 VAC, 2 Hubs, UL Listed (Model 120-024-100-2TF-CB) ............................................................... ZL-LE120Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Single Primaries, 96 VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec.(Model 120-024-100-TF-CB) ...................................................................... ZL-LE121

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS 123

DescriptionCore Components Control Transformer - 150VA Multi-Mount is directly interchangeable with most other type transformers. The transformeris manufactured using quality materials including insulation systems, magnet wire, and cores. It meets the requirements of Underwriter’sLaboratories, Inc. (UL) as well as other domestic and foreign certification agencies.





Control TransformersModel 120-024-150-TF

Dimensional Diagram


Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Single Primaries, 150VA, 120:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Rec.(Model 120-024-150-TF) ........................................................................... ZL-LE124

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS124



Input: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120, 208, 240, 480VAC, 50/60HzOutput: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24VACConfiguration: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Metal End BellsCertification: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Class 2, UL Listed, CSASafety: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Circuit Breaker

Control TransformersMUA-024-075-TF-CB

Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Multiple Primaries, 75 VA, 120/208/240/480:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed.(Model MUA-024-075-TF-CB) .................................... ZL-LE1501

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS 125


SpecificationsInput: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120, 240, 277, and 480VOutput: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24VConfiguration: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Metal End BellsCertification: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Listed, CULSafety: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Circuit Breaker

Control TransformersModel MUC-024-050-TF-CB

Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Multiple Primaries, 50VA, 120/240/277/480:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed (Model MUC-024-050-TF-CB) ....................................... ZL-LE160

NEW!


TRANSFORMERS126



Input: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 120, 240, 277, 480VOutput: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 22.7VConfiguration: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Metal End BellsCertification: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. UL Listed, CULSafety: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Circuit Breaker

Control TransformersMUC-024-100-TF-CB

Dimensional Diagram


Class 2 Control Transformer w/Man. Reset Circuit Breakers -Single Primaries, 96VA, 120/240/277/480:24 VAC, 1 Hub, UL Listed (Model MUC-024-100-TF-CB) .......................................... ZL-LE170

NEW!


POWER SUPPLIES 127

DescriptionMAMAC System’s PS-200 power supply accepts either 115 or 24 VAC input andprovides fully regulated, short circuit and thermal overload protected 5.0 to 25.0VDC output. The PS-200 incorporates an in-line fuse and terminal strip for theprimary line voltage. Multi-position terminal strips are provided for the DC output.Two unique chassis options are available. The PS-200 is a reliable, stable andversatile power supply that requires a minimal amount of installation time.


Output Voltage Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5.0 VDC to 25.0 VDCLine Regulation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.01%/VLoad Regulation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.2% (no load to full load)Current Limit: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 130% rated currentOutput Ripple: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2.0 mV pp maximumOutput Short Circuit: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ IndefiniteWeight: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1.5 A+2.5 lbs.; 3.0 A+3.0 lbs.Thermal Overload: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Internally ProtectedInline Fuse: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3AG 1.0/2.0Input Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 90-130 VAC/208-240 VAC/24-29 VACOperating Temperature: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -40°F to 120°FHumidity: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90% non-condensing

Power SuppliesModel PS-200


115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Low Height ............................................................................ ZAPS-200-1-A-1L115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Narrow Width ...................................................................... ZAPS-200-1-A-1N115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 3.0 Amp, Low Height ............................................................................ ZAPS-200-1-B-1L115 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 3.9 Amp, Narrow Width ...................................................................... ZAPS-200-1-B-1N24 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Low Height .............................................................................. ZAPS-200-1-A-3L24 VAC Primary, 5-25 VDC Adjustable Output, 1.5 Amp, Narrow Width ........................................................................ ZAPS-200-1-A-3N

NOTE: All units factory calibrated to 24 VDC. If different voltage required specify “Calibrate to “XXXX” VDC on order.


POWER SUPPLIES128


TANK PROBES 129

DescriptionThe Andover Controls Infinity RS-485 Tank Probe is highly accurate level andtemperature probe. It is used with the Andover Infinity Tank Monitoring System(TMS) to provide in-tank monitoring for leak detection and inventory analysis ofunderground storage tanks, in compliance with Federal EPA regulations. Multipleprobes can be used with the Infinity TMS to provide interstitial space monitoring,vapor monitoring and sump monitoring of an underground storage tank installation.

The Infinity RS-485 Sensing Probe is composed of an aluminum housing coupledwith three concentric tubes. The outermost tube serves as a protective jacket forthe level and temperature sensing components. Up to five RTDs can be mountedon the inner tube assembly inside the outer protective jacket. Each RTD is a 1000 ohm platinum film device, with an inherent accuracy of+0.5°F. The probe has a temperature measurement range of 0 to 110°F (-18 to 43°C).

The innermost tube comprises the waveguide, the key component in magnetrostrictive technology. Unique properties inherent to the waveguidematerial allow for precision level measurement. The waveguide has a very small diameter and is made of a proprietary magnetrostrictivematerial. Characteristics of this material enable the sensor to have excellent aging and temperative properties.

Standard probe lengths are 2’, 4’, 6’, 8’, 10’, and 12’.

Software tools for tank probe checkout and troubleshooting are available free of charge. These tools will enable you to setup, monitor andcommunicate directly with the RS-485 tank probes. To use the software tools, you will need an IBM PC computer with DOS and a serial port.You will also need three additional cable connectors. You may obtain your free set of software tools from the Andover Controls TSD BulletinBoard along with information on cable requirements and setup.

Infinity RS-485 Tank Probe

SpecificationsPerformance:

Measured Variable: ..................................................................................................................................................................... Product level, interface level, temperatureFull Range: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................. 2 to 25ft. (0.6 to 7.62m)Non-linearity: ................................................................................................................. ................................................................................ .025% F.S. or 1/32” (0.794mm)Hysteresis: .................................................................................................................... .............................................. .001% F.S. or .005” (0.127mm) whichever is greatestRepeatability: ................................................................................................................. ............................................ .001% F.S. or .001” (0.025mm) whichever is greatestTime Constant: ................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................... 1 second (typical)Input Voltage Range: ........................................................................................................... ................ 24 to 26 VDC @ safety barrier input; 8.0V min. @ sensor terminalsReverse Polarity Protection: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Series diodesTransient Protection: .......................................................................................................... ...................................................................................... Single stage line to lineSafety Approval: ............................................................................................................... ..................................................................... Factory Mutual (FM) Intrinsic Safety

approval for Class I, II, III, Division 1, Groups C, D, E, F, G hazardous areas

Calibration:Zero Adjust Range: ............................................................................................................. Software selectable along entire sensor stroke; No field adjustment required

Environmental:Sealing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ O-ring sealed for outdoor use (NEMA 4)Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0 to 100% RHOperating Temperature: ............. -40 to 65°C (-40 to 149°F) = electronics; -34 to 71°C (-30 to 160°F) = waveguide; -34 to 149°C (-30 to 300°F) = waveguide (optional)Temperature Sensitivity: .............................................................................................................................................................................. < .001% per °C (.0005% per °F)Vessel Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.896 Mpa Max (275 PSIG)Materials

Wetted: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 316 Stainless SteelNon-wetted: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ Epoxy painted aluminum

Minimum Life Expectancy: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10 years

Field Installation Requirements:Length: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 to 25 ft. (0.6 to 7.62m) excluding housingHousing Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................... 3.75” (9.53cm) diameter x 8.6” (21.8cm) longMounting: ............................................................................................................................. ¾” NPT adjustable fitting (optional); 2.5” (6.35mm) sanitary fitting (optional)Wiring: .......................................................................................................... 4 wire connections of shielded cable to screw terminals through 0.5” NPT conduit opening


TANK PROBES130


INFINITY RS-485 Sensing Probes 2 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-039 4 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-033 6 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-034 8 ft. w/ 3 RTD .......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-03510 ft. w/ 3 RTD ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-03612 ft. w/ 3 RTD ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-0007-037Probe AccessoriesProduct Float, 1 per Probe, 1.5” Diameter ............................................................................................................................... 01-0007-077Gasoline/Water Interface Float, 1.5” Diameter ....................................................................................................................... 01-0007-080Diesel/Water Interface Float, 1.5” Diameter ........................................................................................................................... 01-0007-078Product Float, 1 per Probe, 2” Diameter .................................................................................................................................. 01-0007-025Gasoline/Water Interface Float, 2” Diameter .......................................................................................................................... 01-0007-027Diesel/Water Interface Float, 2” Diameter .............................................................................................................................. 01-0007-026Product Float, 1 per Probe, 3.75” Diameter ............................................................................................................................. 01-0007-011Gasoline/Water Interface Float, 3.75” Diameter ..................................................................................................................... 01-0007-012Diesel/Water Interface Float, 3.75” Diameter ......................................................................................................................... 01-0007-013Probe Mounting Kit .................................................................................................................................................................. 01-0007-015Tank Probe Manual ................................................................................................................................................................... 30-3001-427Software Tools for Setup, Monitoring & Communication ............................................................................................. TSD Bulletin Board

NOTES:Effective January 1, 1999, Standard lengths DO NOT include 2 floats. Product and Interface Floats must now be ordered separately.MINIMUM ORDER SIZE IS $50.00.

Pricing for non-standard probe lengths, special liquids and special floats can be obtained from the Andover Controls PeripheralsApplications Engineer.

Overall length of probe is actually 5 inches longer than the above descriptions state so as to allow for clearance (e.g. 2 ft. probe = 29inches).


CARDS & READERS 131

HID Wiegand-Effect ReadersClassic Swipe Wiegand Reader

DescriptionThe HID Wiegand Classic Swipe Reader is a pass-through reader. It is molded of rugged,high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. The ClassicSwipe reader features a bi-color LED. It is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals.

It can be back-mounted on a vertical surface and the slot may be oriented upward, downward,or facing left or right. It performs well in medium-to-high volume installations and may beexposed to sun, rain, or snow.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, BeigeLED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/GreenTermination: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ Cable or Terminal StripSlot Width: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.0062” to 0.069” (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single PieceOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C)Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandCurrent: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.Input Power: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 -12VDCCard Type*: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, DDimensions: ................................................................................................................................................... 2.3” H x 5.3” W x 1.7” D (5.8 cm H x 13.46 cm W x 4.3 cm D)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12.1 oz. (343 gm)Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Long-wearing polymeric plasticCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 294 listed, CE Mark approvedCable Distance: .................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m) using shielded 22 AWG cable

* A = code strip along long edge/right side A1 = code strip along long edge/left side D = code strip along short edge


Classic Swipe Reader, Black, Terminal Strip ........................................................................................................................... 01-7000-001Classic Swipe Reader, Black, 6’ Cable ..................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-121Classic Swipe Reader, Beige, Terminal Strip ........................................................................................................................... 01-7000-003Classic Swipe Reader, Beige, 6’ Cable .................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-122Extra Label for Classic Swipe Reader, Black, ACC Logo .......................................................................................................... 01-3002-229


CARDS & READERS132

DescriptionThe HID Epic Wiegand Reader provides an ergonomically designed forward slanted cardslot for a more natural hand position when swiping a card. Contemporary styling makes theEpic Wiegand reader a popular choice for both modern and traditional buildings.

The Epic Wiegand reader accepts from 5 to 12 volts input, permitting its use on virtually anysystem. It is molded of rugged, high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted toseal out moisture. The Epic Wiegand reader features a tri-color LED. It is immune to externalmagnetic fields and RF signals.


Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... BlackLED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State, Red/Amber/GreenTermination: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ CableSlot Width: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.0062” to 0.069” (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single PieceOperating Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................... -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH non-condensingOutput: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandCurrent: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.Input Power: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 to 12 VDCCard Type*: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, DDimensions: ............................................................................................................................................. 2.66” H x 5.86” W x 1.50” D (6.76 cm H x 14.9 cm W x 3.0 cm D)Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Long-wearing Polymeric PlasticWeight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12.6 oz. (357 gm)Cable Distance: ......................................................................................................................................................................... 500 ft (150 m) using 22 GA foil shield cableCertifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 294 listed, CE mark approved



Epic Reader, Black, 3 LED, 6’ Cable .......................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-216Extra Label for Epic Swipe Reader, ACC Logo ......................................................................................................................... 01-3002-235

HID Wiegand-Effect ReadersEpic Wiegand Reader


CARDS & READERS 133

DescriptionThe HID Wiegand Key Reader is an insertion “push-pull” reader. The reader is typicallyflush-mounted into an opening in a wall or a mounting plate, with the key slot oriented sothat the key is held in a horizontal plane. After the reader is mounted, it is covered by a blacksnap-on escutcheon. The code is read as the key is withdrawn from the slot. The key readeroffers the advantage of its small size and the convenience of a key. It may be exposed tosun, rain, or snow.


Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... BlackLED Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... RedTermination: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ CableSlot Width: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.100” (2.5 mm) min.Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single PieceOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C)Output: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandCurrent: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.Input Power: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 VDCCard Type: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand KeysDimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 1.62” H x 1.5” W x 2.0” D (4.1 cm H x 3.8 cm W x 5.1 cm D)


Key Reader, Black, 6’ Cable (uses keys only) ........................................................................................................................... 01-7000-031

HID Wiegand-Effect ReadersWiegand Key Reader


CARDS & READERS134

DescriptionThe HID Wiegand Insertion Reader is a “push-pull” reader. It is usually flush-mounted intoan opening in a wall or mounting plate, with the card slot oriented so that the card is held ina horizontal plane. The code is read as the card is withdrawn from the slot.

The Insertion Reader is ideal in settings where its unobtrusive appearance is an advantageor where the cardholder’s arm motion is restricted. The Insertion Reader is molded of rugged,high impact plastic to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. It features a bi-color LED. The Insertion Reader is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals. Thereader may be exposed to sun, rain, or snow.


Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Woodgrain, AluminizedLED Type: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Bi-color LED, Red/GreenTermination: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ Cable or Terminal StripSlot Width: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.0062” to 0.069” (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single PieceOperating Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................... -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH non-condensingOutput: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandCurrent: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.Input Power: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-12 VDCCard Type*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. A, A1Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................... 1.18” H x 3.18” W x 3.0” D (3.0 cm H x 8.1 cm W x 7.6 cm D)Material: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... Long-wearing Polymeric PlasticWeight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10.6 oz. (301 gm)Cable Distance: .................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m) using shielded 22 AWG cableCertifications: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Ul 294 listed, CE mark approved

* A = code strip along long edge/right sideA1 = code strip along long edge/left side


Insertion Reader, Woodgrain, “HID” Faceplate Label, Terminal Stripe ................................................................................... 01-7000-021Insertion Reader, Woodgrain, “HID” Faceplate Label, 6’ Cable .............................................................................................. 01-7000-123Insertion Reader, Aluminized, “HID” Faceplate Label, Terminal Strip ..................................................................................... 01-7000-022Insertion Reader, Aluminized, “HID” Faceplate Label, 6’ Cable .............................................................................................. 01-7000-024Insertion Reader, No Faceplate, 6’ Cable ................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-165

HID Wiegand-Effect ReadersInsertion Wiegand Reader


CARDS & READERS 135

DescriptionThe HID Wiegand Turnstile Reader is a pass-through reader. It mounts either horizontally orvertically, making it ideal for high traffic applications. It is molded of rugged, high impactaluminum allow to resist vandals and epoxy potted to seal out moisture. The Turnstilereader features a bi-color LED. It is immune to external magnetic fields and RF signals.


Colors: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Blacked, Brushed ChromeLED Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Bi-color LED, Red or Red/GreenTermination: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 6’ CableSlot Width: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.62” to 0.069” (1.6 mm to 1.75 mm)Features: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; Single PieceOperating Temperature: ..................................................................................................................................... -40 to 160°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 90% RH non-condensingOutput: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandCurrent: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 mA typ.Input Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 -12 VDCCard Type*: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, DDimensions: ............................................................................................................................................. 1.75” H x 7.0” W x 1.75” D (4.45 cm H x 17.8 cm W x 4.45 cm D)Material: ........................................................................................................... Long-wearing Aluminum Alloy 6063 coated with either a black epoxy or chromium finishWeight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 oz. (567 gm)Certifications: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 294 listed, CE mark approved



Turnstile Reader, Black, Dual LED, 6’ Cable ............................................................................................................................. 01-7000-108Turnstile Reader, Brushed Chrome, Dual LED, 6’ Cable ........................................................................................................... 01-7000-109Turnstile Reader, Black, Single LED, 6’ Cable .......................................................................................................................... 01-7000-011Turnstile Reader, Brushed Chrome, Single LED, 6’ Cable ........................................................................................................ 01-7000-012

HID Wiegand-Effect ReadersTurnstile Wiegand Reader


CARDS & READERS136

DescriptionThe HID SensorCard is a basic vinyl Wiegand encoded card. Available in several thicknesses(.030”, .037”, and .047”) and a wide range of options including high coercivity magneticstripe, slot punch, hot stamp, and a choice of artworks.

An embedded Wiegand code strip provides trillions of possible codes laminated underpressure to create a solid vinyl card. Any attempt to reach the code strip destroys the card.SensorCard cards are strong and flexible, resistant to breaking, and extremely reliable overa broad range of temperature and humidity ranges.

HID Wiegand-Effect Access CardsSensorCard


SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 37 Bit ....................................................................................... 01-7001-147SensorCard, Standard, Orange, ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 37 Bit .............................................................................................. 01-7001-039SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-148SensorCard, Standard, Orange, ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ........................................................................................... 01-7001-061SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, 37 Bit ......................................................................................................... 01-7001-046SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ................................................................................. 01-7001-064SensorCard Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 37 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-149SensorCard, Extended Wear, Orange ACC Logo, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................... 01-7001-041SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ........................................................................... 01-7001-150SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, x-reference, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit, Slot Top ....................................... 01-7001-185SensorCard, Extended Wear, Orange ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .................................................................................. 01-7001-063SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Label w/Pin, 26 Bit ....................................................................................... 01-7001-229SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-230SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, 26 Bit ......................................................................................................... 01-7001-231SensorCard, Standard, Plain White, No Artwork, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ................................................................................. 01-7001-232SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 26 Bit .................................................................................................. 01-7001-233SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ........................................................................... 01-7001-234SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, X-Ref, w/Hot Stamp, Slot Top, 26 Bit ................................................ 01-7001-235SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 32 Bit ............................................................................................................ 01-7001-153SensorCard, Standard, Orange ACC Logo, 32 Bit .................................................................................................................... 01-7001-001SensorCard, Standard, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ......................................................................................... 01-7001-160SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 32 Bit .................................................................................................. 01-7001-154SensorCard, Extended Wear, ACC Logo, 32 Bit ....................................................................................................................... 01-7001-036SensorCard, Extended Wear, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ............................................................................... 01-7001-156


Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Standard WiegandFeatures: ........................................................................................................................... ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom ArtworkDimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.375” x 2.125” (8.75 cm x 5.40 cm)Thickness: .................................................................................................................... ISO: 0.030” (0.076 cm); Standard: 0.037” (0.094 cm); Ext. Wear: 0.047” (0.119 cm)Surface: ............................................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Surface (front), HID Artwork (Back)Bit Range Format: ................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bitCode Strip Layout Options*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, DCard Construction: ............................................................................................................................. Standard vinyl with standard artwork in plain white, blue and black,

custom artwork and with a directional arrow on a side of a card with no other printingOperating Temperature: .................................................................................................................................... -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH Non-condensingWeight:

ISO: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .17 oz. (4.9 gm)Standard: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ .20 oz. (5.7 gm)Extended Wear: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .27 oz. (7.6 gm)

Options: ........................................................................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Photo Pouch

*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side; D=short edge


CARDS & READERS 137


SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 37 bit ...................................................................... 01-7001-151SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Orange ACC Logo, 37 Bit .............................................................................. 01-7001-051SensorCard II, Blue & Gray ACC Logo w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-152SensorCard II, Orange ACC Logo, w/Hot Stamp, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................... 01-7001-065SensorCard II, Combo Wiegand & Mag Stripe, Blue & Gray ACC Logo, 26 Bit ...................................................................... 01-7001-236SensorCard II, Blue & Gray ACC Logo w/Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ................................................................................................... 01-7001-237

DescriptionThe HID SensorCard II is a Wiegand card with a magnetic stripe added to the back. TheSensorCard II provides a solution for companies desiring to use one card incorporatingWiegand, magnetic stripe, and photo identification technologies for multiple applications.

The SensorCard II meets ISO standards for thickness so it can be used with all direct imageprinters and magnetic strip readers.


Coding: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand/Mag Stripe Dual TechnologyFeatures: ........................................................................................................................... ACC Logo, Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom ArtworkDimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 3.375” x 2.125” x 0.030” (8.75 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.076 cm)Surface: ................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Surface (front), HID Artwork/Custom Artwork (back)Bit Range Format: .............................................................................................................. ............................................................................... Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bitCode Strip Layout Options*: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1Card Construction: ................................................................. Vinyl Dual Technology Card, concealed Wiegand code strip plus a high-coercivity magnetic stripe on backOperating Temperature: .................................................................................................................................... -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH Non-condensingWeight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .17 oz (4.9 gm)Options: ..................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Photo Pouch, Surface: Gloss, Satin or Brushed

*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side

HID Wiegand-Effect Access CardsSensorCard II


CARDS & READERS138


Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Polaroid Film, 37 Bit ............................................................................................... 01-7001-059Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Polaroid Film, 37 Bit ....................................................................... 01-7001-062Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Video Image, 37 Bit ................................................................................................ 01-7001-082Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Video Image, 37 Bit ........................................................................ 01-7001-083Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Polaroid Film, 26 Bit ............................................................................................... 01-7001-238Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Polaroid Film, 26 Bit ....................................................................... 01-7001-239Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, for Video Image, 26 Bit ................................................................................................ 01-7001-240Photo ID Card, Plain White, All Vinyl, w/Hot Stamp, for Video Image, 26 Bit ........................................................................ 01-7001-241Photo ID Card, Plain White, Polyester/Vinyl, for Polaroid Film, 32 Bit .................................................................................... 01-7001-013

DescriptionThe HID Photo ID Wiegand Access Card combines Wiegand technology and photoidentification on a single card. The Photo ID card provides a solution for companies desiringto use one card to take advantage of Wiegand technology supplemented by photo ID.

The Photo ID card accepts either Polaroid film prints or video image prints. It is available ineither credit card or badge sizes.


Coding: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Photo ID for Type 681 & 669 Wet FilmFeatures: ............................................................................................................................................. Hot Stamp, Slot Punch, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom ArtworkDimensions:

Credit Card: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3.375” x 2.125” x 0.055” (8.57 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.14 cm)Badge Size: ............................................................................................................................................................. .3.25” x 2.33” x 0.055” (8.26 cm x 5.92 cm x 0.14 cm)

Surface: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Vinyl or Polyester/VinylBit Range Format: ................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bitCode Strip Layout Options*: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1, DCard Construction: ................................................................ Vinyl or polyester/vinyl card with a concealed Wiegand code strip and an aperture dimensioned to accept

Polaroid ID-3 photo identification prints or equivalent. Protective flaps are attached on one or both sides for user lamination.Operating Temperature: .................................................................................................................................... -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C), 10 to 95% RH Non-condensingWeight:

Credit Card: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .21 oz. (6.0 gm)Badge: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .27 oz. (7.7 gm)

Options: ........................................................................................................................... Slot Punch, Custom Graphics, External Card Numbering, Front or Back Aperture

*A=long edge/right side; A1=long edge/left side; D=short edge

HID Wiegand-Effect Access CardsPhoto ID


CARDS & READERS 139


Plain White, Thin (.030”), Satin Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 37 Bit ................ 01-7001-127Plain White Card, Thin (.030”), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 37 Bit ..... 01-7001-169Plain White Card,Std. (.037”), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe,for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 37 Bit ...... 01-7001-171Plain White, Thin (.030”), Satin Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 26 Bit ................ 01-7001-245Plain White Card, Thin (.030”), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe, for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 26 Bit ..... 01-7001-246Plain White Card,Std. (.037”), Glossy Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, Mag Stripe,for use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printer, 26 Bit ...... 01-7001-247Plain White, No Artwork, 32 Bit ............................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-069Graphics Quality Card, Plain White, Satin Front/Back, w/Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ......................................................................... 01-7001-109Photo ID Adhesive Backpack, for Polaroid Film ....................................................................................................................... 01-7001-070Temperature Test Kit for Photo ID Laminator, 300F ................................................................................................................. 01-7001-057Temperature Test Kit for Photo ID Laminator, 380F (All Vinyl Cards) ....................................................................................... 01-7001-058

DescriptionThe HID Graphics are directly printed on this card from a video image system using a dyesublimation printer.


Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandFeatures: ........................................................................................................ Graphics Quality, Hot Stamp, Zero Gap Seq. Numbering, Custom Artwork, Magnetic StripeDimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.37” x 2.13” (85.6 cm x 54.0 cm)Thickness: .................................................................................................................................................................. Thin ISO: .030” (0.76 mm); Standard: .037” (0.94 mm)Surface: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gloss or SatinBit Range Format: ................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bit

HID Wiegand-Effect Access CardsGraphics Quality Card


CARDS & READERS140


Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Standard Wiegand/ProximityFeatures: .............................................................................................................................. Combo Prox/Wiegand technologies; Opt. Photo ID capabilities; Opt. bar code

and/or magnetic stripe, external card number, slot punch, custom artwork, zero gap seq. numberingDimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 2.125” x 3.375” x 0.037” (5.40 cm x 8.57 cm x 0.094 cm)Surface: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Plain White Glossy Front, HID Artwork BackBit Range Format: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bitRead Range: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ProxCard Plus

MiniProx: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 1.5” (4 cm)ThinLine II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 1.5” (4 cm)ProxPro: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3.0” (7.5 cm)NT MaxiProx: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 9.0” (23 cm)

Code Strip Layout Options*: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... A, A1Card Construction: ............ Thin vinyl laminate with an internal Wiegand code strip and proximity circuit. An external ABA standard, high coercivity mag stripe is opt.Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -50 to 158°F (-45 to 70°C)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.17 oz. (4.8 gm)

*A=long edge/right side; A1=long endge/left side


ProxCard Plus, Combo Prox/Wiegand, Plain White, Glossy Front, No External Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-180ProxCard Plus, Combo Prox/Wiegand, Plain White, Glossy Front, No External Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-243

DescriptionThe HID ProxCard Plus is a combination card offering Proximity and Wiegand technologiesand an optional photo ID capability on a single card. The ProxCard Plus is the solution forcompanies desiring to use one card incorporating a combination of Proximity, Wiegand, andPhoto ID technologies for multiple facilities, or for transitioning from a primarily Wiegandtechnology system to an HID Proximity based system.

To meet any combination of card technology requirements, the ProxCard Plus can be combinedwith bar code and magnetic stripe, too. The ProxCard Plus card’s thickness is suitable foruse with all Wiegand readers and most direct image printers and magnetic stripe readers.

HID Wiegand-Effect Access CardsProxCard Plus


CARDS & READERS 141


Coding: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand Encoded KeyFeatures: .................................................................................................................................................................................... Zero Gap Seq. Numbering; Custom ArtworkDimensions:

Overall Length: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.29”Blade Length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.375”Blade Width: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... .669”Head Width: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0”

Thickness:Blade: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .093”Head: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .093”

Surface: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. BlackBit Range Format: .............................................................................................................. ................................... Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bit


Plain Black Key, 32 Bit .............................................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-012Plain Black Key, Hot Stamp, 32 Bit ........................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-159

DescriptionThe HID Sensor Key is an encoded key for use with HID’s Key Reader.

HID Wiegand-Effect Access CardsSensor Key


CARDS & READERS142

HID Proximity ReadersMiniProx™ Proximity Card Reader

DescriptionThe HID MiniProx Proximity Card Reader boasts a slim design that allows the reader to bemounted indoors or out, even directly on metal with no change in read range performance.

The MiniProx accepts 5-16 volts and has a maximum read range of 4 to 5.5-inches. TheMiniProx reader is available with either Wiegand interface or clock-and-data magnetic stripeinterface. The 5-volt capability allows existing swipe-type access control installations to beeasily upgraded to proximity technology, simply by changing the existing reader heads andcards. The clock-and-data magnetic stripe version reads all HID proximity cards and outputsthe card data in a Track II format. No rewiring or pulling of new cable is necessary.

The MiniProx reader offers high reliability, consistent read range characteristics, and lowpower consumption in a single, easy-to-install package. Standard capabilities includemulticolor LED, compatibility with all standard access control systems, and internal or hostcontrol of the LED and beeper. The MiniProx reader is designed for mounting directly onmetal with no change in read range performance.


Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray, BeigeLED Type: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State; Red/GreenFeatures: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Indoor/OutdoorOperating Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................. -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C); 0 to 95% non-condensingOutput: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Multiple Wiegand FormatsCurrent: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50-60 mA typ.Input Power: ........................................................................................................................................................ 4.75 to 16 VDC, Linear power supplies are recommendedRead Range: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... MiniProx

ProxCard II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5.5” (14 cm)ISOProx II: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm)ProxKey II: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 2” (5 cm)ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 1.5” (4 cm)

Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 6.0” x 1.7” x 1.0” (15.2 cm x 4.3 cm x 2.54 cm)Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94Weight:

With Terminal Strip: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.5 oz. (99 gm)With Pigtail: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.8 oz. (108 g.)

Transmit Frequency: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 125 kHzCable Distance:

Wiegand interface: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m)Clock-and-data interface: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 feet (15 m)

Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent.Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control.

Certifications: ........................................................................................................... UL 294 listed FCC part 15, U.S. DTI (MPT 1337), UK CE Mark Approved BZT Pending


MiniProx, 5-16 VDC, Gray, 4”-5.5” Range, Indoor/Outdoor, Pigtail ......................................................................................... 01-7000-117MiniProx, 5-16 VDC, Beige, 4”-5.5” Range, Indoor/Outdoor, Pigtail ....................................................................................... 01-7000-118


CARDS & READERS 143


Colors: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... White, Beige, Black, GrayLED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Tri State, Red/GreenFeatures: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Housed in Switch PlateOperating Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................. -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C); 0 to 95% non-condensingOutput: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Multiple Wiegand FormatsCurrent: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50-60 mA typ.Input Power: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 4.75 to 16 VDCRead Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ThinLine II

ProxCard II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5.5” (14 cm)ISOProx II: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm)ProxKey II: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 2” (5 cm)ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 1.5” (4 cm)

Dimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 4.70” x 3.00” x 0.68” (11.9 cm x 7.6 cm x 1.7 cm)Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94Weight: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.3 oz. (94 g.)Transmit Frequency: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 125 kHzCable Distance:



Certifications: ........................................................................................................... UL 294 listed FCC part 15, U.S. DTI (MPT 1337), UK CE Mark Approved BZT Pending


ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, Beige, 4”-5.5” Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................. 01-7000-142ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, White, 4”-5.5” Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................ 01-7000-143ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, Black, 4”-5.5” Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................. 01-7000-144ThinLine II, 5-16 VDC, Gray, 4”-5.5” Range, Indoor/Outdoor ................................................................................................... 01-7000-204

DescriptionThe HID ThinLine II Proximity Card Reader provides the same performance and reliability asthe MiniProx Reader but with a low profile appearance. Housed in an industry-standardswitch plate, this reader will mount on a single-gang electrical box, and can be mounteddirectly on metal with minimal impact on the read range performance.

The ThinLine II accepts 5-16 volts and has a maximum read range of 4 to 5.5-inches. TheThinLine II provides high reliability, consistent read range characteristics, and low powerconsumption in a single, easy-to-install package. Standard capabilities include multicolorLED and internal control or host control of the LED and beeper.

The ThinLine II is available with either a Wiegand interface or a clock-and-data magneticstripe interface. The clock-and-data interface version reads HID proximity cards programmedwith magnetic stripe Track II data as well as standard Wiegand data.

HID Proximity ReadersThinLine II™ Proximity Card Reader


CARDS & READERS144

DescriptionThe HID ProxPro Proximity Card Reader combines all of the electronics usually found in twoseparate packages into a single enclosure that mounts to a standard single-gang electricalbox.

It accepts 10-28 volts and has a maximum read range of 3 to 9-inches. Using advancedsurface-mount technology manufacturing techniques, the ProxPro offers high reliability,consistent read range characteristics, and low power consumption. Standard capabilitiesinclude multicolor LED, internal or host control of the LED and/or beeper, and a beeper “off”switch for silent operation.

The ProxPro reader offers Wiegand protocol interface compatibility with all standard access control systems, plus optional RS232 and RS422serial interfaces. It is the first proximity design available with an optional, integrated, weatherized keypad. The keypad interfaces with thehost system either by sending the keypad data over the data output lines or via a direct connection to the host keypad interface. This offers anadditional level of security by allowing the use of a personal identification number (PIN).


Colors: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Gray, BeigeLED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/GreenFeatures: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Opt. Integrated KeypadOperating Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................. -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C); 0 to 95% non-condensingInput/Card Format: ............................................................................................................................ ANSI (up to 14 digits) & EMPI (5 digits) coded magnetic stripe cardsOutput: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Multiple Wiegand FormatsCurrent: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 100 mA typ.Read Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ProxPro

ProxCard II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 9” (23 cm)ISOProx II: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 6” (15 cm)ProxKey II: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3” (7.6 cm)ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3” (7.6 cm)

Dimensions: ......................................................................................................................................................................... 5.0” x 5.0” x 1.0” (12.7 cm x 12.7 cm x 2.54 cm)Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12 oz. (336 g.)Transmit Frequency: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 125 kHzCable Distance:



Certifications: ........................................................................................................... UL 294 listed FCC part 15, U.S. DTI (MPT 1337), UK CE Mark Approved BZT PendingMaterial: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94


ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, Gray, 5”-9” Range, Indoor/Outdoor ........................................................................................................ 01-7000-111ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, Beige, 5”-9” Range, Indoor/Outdoor ...................................................................................................... 01-7000-112ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Gray, 5”-9” Range, Indoor/Outdoor(NOTE: For use with Infinity ACX 780 & ACX 781 Controllers) ................................................................................................ 01-7000-113ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Beige, 5”-9” Range, Indoor/Outdoor(NOTE: For use with Infinity ACX 780 & ACX 781 Controllers) ................................................................................................ 01-7000-114ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/8-Bit Burst Keypad, Gray, 5”-9” Range, Indoor/Outdoor(NOTE: For use with Continuum AC-1 Controller) .................................................................................................................... 01-7000-213ProxPro, 10-28 VDC, w/8-Bit Burst Keypad, Beige, 5”-9” Range, Indoor/OutdoorNOTE: For use with Continuum AC-1 Controller) ..................................................................................................................... 01-7000-214Extra Label for ProxPro, Gray, ACC Logo .................................................................................................................................. 01-3002-232

HID Proximity ReadersProxPro™ Proximity Card Reader


CARDS & READERS 145


Color: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... GrayLED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State, Red/GreenFeatures: ..................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor; 2 Mounting Options (sidemount for glass or mullion mounting; rearmount for surface mounting)Operating Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................. -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C); 0 to 95% non-condensingOutput: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Multiple Wiegand FormatsCurrent: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 100 mA average; 160 mA peakInput Power: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10 to 28.5 VDCRead Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ ProxPro Plus

ProxCard II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 9” (23 cm)ISOProx II: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 6” (15 cm)ProxKey II: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3” (7.6 cm)ProxCard Plus: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3” (7.6 cm)

Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................. 7.5” x 7.5” x 0.9” (19 cm x 19 cm x 2.3 cm)Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15 oz. (426 g.)Transmit Frequency: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 125 kHzCable Distance:

Wiegand interface: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m)Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent.

Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control.Certifications: ...................................................................................................................................... UL 294 pending FCC part 15, U.S., CE Mark Approved, BZT pending


ProxPro Plus, Gray, Sidemount ................................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-186ProxPro Plus, Gray, Rearmount ................................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-187Extra Label for ProxPro, Gray, ACC Logo .................................................................................................................................. 01-3002-232

DescriptionThe new HID ProxPro Plus Proximity Card Reader combines the popular features of theProxPro Reader with a thin, low-profile housing and new mounting configurations. TheProxPro Plus is equipped with your choice of mounting accessory kits for either glass andmullion mounting or surface mounting applications. The reader is designed for both indoorand outdoor use.

It accepts 10-28.5 VDC and has a maximum read range of 6 to 9 inches. Using advancedtechnology manufacturing techniques, the ProxPro Plus offers high reliability, consistent readrange characteristics, and low power consumption in a single, easy-to-install package.Standard capabilities include multicolor LED, internal or host control of LED and/or beeper,and a beeper “off” switch for silent operation.

The ProxPro Plus offers Wiegand protocol interface compatibility with all standard accesscontrol systems.

HID Proximity ReadersProxPro Plus™ Proximity Card Reader


CARDS & READERS146


Colors: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... GrayLED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State, Red/GreenFeatures: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor Long Range ReadingOperating Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................. -22 to 150°F (-30 to 66°C); 0 to 95% non-condensingOutput: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Multiple Wiegand FormatsCurrent (DC): ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 A ave.Input Power: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VDCRead Range: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NT MaxiProx

ProxCard II: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 24” (61 cm)ISOProx II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 16” (40.5 cm)ProxKey II: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 12” (30.5 cm)ProxCard Plus: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 9” (23 cm)

Dimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 11.8” x 11.8” x 1.0” (30 cm x 30 cm x 2.54 cm)Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 51 oz. (1.4 kgm.)Transmit Frequency: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 125 kHzCable Distance:

Wiegand interface: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m)Recommended cable is ALPHA 1295 (22 AWG) 5 conductor stranded with overall shield of equivalent.

Additional conductors may be required for LED or beeper control.Certifications: ........................................................................................................ UL 294 listed, FCC part 15, U.S. DTI (MPT 1337), UK, CE Mark approved, BZT pending


MaxiProx, 24 VDC, Gray, 18”-24” Range, Indoor/Outdoor ...................................................................................................... 01-7000-119

DescriptionThe HID Noise Tolerant (NT) MaxiProx Extended Range Proximity Card Reader provides asignificant improvement in long range reading consistency. New signal processing techniquesincorporated in this reader provide a high tolerance to burst and other transient types ofambient RF interference. This makes the NT MaxiProx reader ideal for installationsincorporating parking control, or where special consideration is needed to facilitate accessfor the physically challenged.

The NT MaxiProx reader packages all of the electronics in one rugged, attractive, and easy-to-install housing. The broad selection of HID proximity readers allows the use of one cardfor all your access control requirements.

HID Proximity ReadersNoise Tolerant MaxiProx™ Proximity Card Reader


CARDS & READERS 147

DescriptionThe MultiProx Proximity Card Reader is a multi-technology reader that makes it possible toreplace an existing Schlage/Westinghouse card access control system with any Wiegandprotocol system without replacing existing Schlage/Westinghouse cards or the installedwiring. Simply replace the existing sensor, Schlage 708/808 controller, and multiple switchmonitor (MSM) with the HID MultiProx Reader, controller and HID switch monitor (HSM).The HID components are drop-in replacements for the “old gear” including the connectorsand mounting screw holes. The MultiProx Reader reads both HID proximity access cardsand one type of the Schlage/Westinghouse (1030/1040/1050) access cards.

The MultiProx Reader reads the HID or Schlage proximity card when the card is presented. The reader is a direct electrical and mechanicalreplacement for the Schlage 2700 or 2800 series sensor. The reader features a multicolor LED and beeper for enhanced user feedback. Tworeader versions are available - side connection or rear connection.

The MultiProx Controller scans eight channels, which communicate with the installed readers and HSMs. Each channel has an input for thecoax cable from thee reader and/or HSM and a Wiegand Interface output port for its respective reader. When a valid card is read, the facilitycode and card number are decoded by the controller and transmitted via the Wiegand output port to the new access control panel. Thecontroller includes a selectable DIP switch for transmission of either a 26-bit or 32-bit Wiegand message to the host system. Status changesfor inputs monitored by the HSM are transmitted via Form C relays to the new access control panel.

The MultiProx HSM replaces the Schlage MSM which contains four inputs for dry contacts. These inputs are typically used for door sensors,request to exit (REX), or other alarm inputs. The HSM detects and transmits the status of the dry contacts to the controller. The controller hasfour Form C relays for each channel that mimic the respective dry contacts.

HID Proximity ReadersMultiProx™ Multi-Technology Proximity Card Reader


MultiProx Reader:Colors: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... GrayLED Type: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-State, Red/GreenFeatures: ..................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor, 2 Mounting Options (sidemount for glass or mullion mounting; rearmount for surface mounting)Temperature:

Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C); 5 to 95% non-condensingStorage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C)

Output: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Multiple Wiegand FormatsPower Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................. 50 mA @ 24 VDC (Powered by the controller)Read Range: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ MultiProx Reader

ProxCard II: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 3” (7.5 cm)ISO Prox II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 2” (5 cm)Schlage Card: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 2” (5 cm)

Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................................................... 7.5” x 7.5” x 0.8” (19 cm x 19 cm x 2 cm)Material: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Polycarbonate UL 94Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15 oz. (426 g.)MultiProx Controller:Temperature:

Operating: .................................................................................................................................................................. 0 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C); 5 to 95% non-condensingStorage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C)

Power Requirements: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDCDimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 18.0” x 10.0” x 1.8” (45.7 cm x 25.4 cm x 4.6 cm)Enclosure Material: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ AluminumWeight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 lbs 4.6 oz. (1,491 gm)Cable Distance:

Wiegand interface: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 500 feet (150 m)Coaxial cable: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 1,000 feet max. (300 m)


CARDS & READERS148


MultiProx Controller, 8 Reader Inputs, 8 Wiegand Outputs, Max 32 Alarm Inputs w/HSM .................................................. 01-7000-163MultiProx Reader, Side Mount ................................................................................................................................................. 01-7000-161MultiProx Reader, Back Mount ................................................................................................................................................ 01-7000-162HSM Interface, 4 Inputs ........................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-164

Specifications ContinuedGeneral:

MultiProx HSM:Temperature:

Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 65°C); 5 to 95% non-condensingStorage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C)

Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ Powered by the controllerDimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................................... 4.3” x 4.4” x 1.4” (10.9 cm x 11.2 cm x 3.6 cm)Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 oz. (85 gm)


CARDS & READERS 149

DescriptionThe HID RF programmable ISOProx II Proximity Access Card offers proximity technology andphoto identification on a single access control card.

The ISOProx II card provides a solution for companies desiring to use one card incorporatingproximity and photo identification technologies for multiple applications. The ISOProx II cardnow accepts both horizontal and vertical slot punching, eliminating the need for badge holders.The ISOProx II card meets ISO standards for thickness, for use with all direct image printers.The photo, cut, paste, and lamination process becomes a thing of the past.


Features: .................................................................................................................................................................... Proximity and Photo ID on a single, ISO-std. thin cardDimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 2.125” x 3.375” x 0.031” (5.40 cm x 8.57 cm x 0.079 cm)Material: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Thin, flexible PVC laminateBit Range Format: ................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bitOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -50 to 160°F (-45 to 70°C)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.24 oz. (6.8 gm)Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ISOProx II

MiniProx: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm)ThinLine II: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm)ProxPro: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 6” (15 cm)NT MaxiProx: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 16” (40 cm)

Finish Front: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plain White GlossyFinish Back: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. HID ArtworkOptions: .......................................................................... Card Finish for Direct Printing, External Card Numbering, Slot Punch (Horizontal or Vertical), Custom Graphics

HID Proximity CardsISOProx II Proximity Access Card


Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit ............................................ 01-7001-140Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, No Ext. Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit .............................. 01-7001-182Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit ............................................ 01-7001-141Plain White, Gloss Front/Back, No Ext. Hot Stamp, No Slot, for Use w/Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit .............................. 01-7001-220Custom Artwork CardsCustom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card. Minimum order quantity is 500.One Time Artwork Setup ChargesOne Time Tooling Charges, Per Color, Per SideContact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.


CARDS & READERS150


Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand ABA Track 2 Magnetic StripeFeatures: .................................................................................................................................................. ISO standard thin card; mag stripe and photo ID on a single cardDimensions: ........................................................................................................................................................... 2.125” x 3.375” x 0.031” (5.40 cm x 8.57 cm x 0.079 cm)Card Construction: ........................................................................................ Thin, flexible PVC laminate w/ABA std. high coercivity magnetic stripe rated 4000 OerstadBit Range Format: .............................................................................................................. ................................... Infinity Format (37 bit); AC4 Plus 4 Format (32 bit); 26 bitOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................... ............................................................................... -50 to 160°F (-45 to 70°C)Weight: ........................................................................................................................ ......................................................................................................... 0.24 oz. (6.8 gm)Read Range: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................... DuoProx II

MiniProx: ...................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm)ThinLine II: ................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm)ProxPro: ....................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................... up to 6” (15 cm)NT MaxiProx: ................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................ up to 16” (40 cm)

Finish Front: .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................... Plain White GlossyFinish Back: ................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................................... HID ArtworkOptions: .......................................................................... Card Finish for Direct Printing, External Card Numbering, Slot Punch (Horizontal or Vertical), Custom Graphics


Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit ................ 01-7001-142Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, No Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 37 Bit ........... 01-7001-207Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit ................ 01-7001-143Plain White, Gloss Finish PVC Front/Back, No Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe, for Direct-to-Vinyl Printers, 26 Bit ........... 01-7001-223Custom Artwork CardsCustom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card. Minimum order quantity is 500.One Time Artwork Setup ChargesOne Time Tooling Charges, Per Color, Per SideContact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.

DescriptionThe HID RF Programmable DuoProx II Cards combine proximity technology, magnetic striptechnology and photo identification on a single card. By combining technologies on onecard, the DuoProx II card provides the benefits of proximity technology for access controlapplications and meets the requirements for industry standard magnetic stripe applications.It also offers the ability to print a photo ID directly on the DuoProx II card with the newgeneration of photo imaging printers.

HID Proximity CardsDuoProx II Multiple Technology Proximity Card


CARDS & READERS 151


Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandFeatures: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Thin cardDimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................. 3.375” x 2.125” x 0.070” (8.57 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.18 cm)Card Construction: ............................................................................................................................................ Slot punched, compatible w/most adhesive photo pouchesBit Range Format: .............................................................................................................. ............................................................................... Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bitRead Range: .................................................................................................................... .............................................................................................................. ProxCard II

MiniProx: ...................................................................................................................... .................................................................................................. up to 5.5” (14 cm)ThinLine II: ................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................... up to 5.5” (14 cm)ProxPro: ....................................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................... up to 8” (20 cm)NT MaxiProx: ................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................ up to 24” (61 cm)

Options: ....................................................................................................................... .......... Frequency (125 kHz or 400 kHz), External Card Numbering, Custom Graphics


ProxCard II, w/HID Logo, Vertical Slot, 37 Bit .......................................................................................................................... 01-7001-071ProxCard II, No Logo, Vertical Slot, Hot Stamp, 37 Bit ............................................................................................................ 01-7001-166ProxCard II, w/HID Logo, Vertical Slot, 26 Bit .......................................................................................................................... 01-7001-202ProxCard II, No Logo, Vertical Slot, Hot Stamp, 26 Bit ............................................................................................................ 01-7001-219Custom Artwork CardsCustom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card. Minimum order quantity is 500.One Time Artwork Setup ChargesOne Time Setup, Per Color, Per SideContact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.

DescriptionThe HID RF programmable ProxCard II incorporates radio frequency identification electronicsinto a thin, durable polycarbonate package the size of a standard credit card. Thin andflexible enough to be carries in a wallet or on a strap clip, the ProxCard II cards replace thethick, rigid cards previously associated with other proximity technologies.

ProxCard II cards are easily customized with multicolored graphics. With the application ofa self-adhesive photo pouch or PVC overlay, the ProxCard II card is compatible with mostphoto ID systems.

HID Proximity CardsProxCard II Proximity Access Card


CARDS & READERS152


Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandFeatures: .............................................................................................................................................................. Proximity and Photo ID for Polaroid Film & Video ImagingDimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................ 3.375” x 2.125” x 0.050” (8.57 cm x 5.40 cm x 0.13 cm))Card Construction: ................................................................................................................... Thin and flexible w/an integral photo flap bonded on one edge of the cardBit Range Format: .............................................................................................................. ............................................................................... Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bitRead Range: .................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................ PhotoProx

MiniProx: ...................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................................ 3-5” (8-12 cm)ProxPro: ....................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 5.5-7” (14-18 cm)NT MaxiProx: ................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................... 18-24” (46-61 cm)

Options: ...................................................................... External Card Numbering, Slot Punch, Photo Laminate Type (Polaroid or Digital/Thermal Type), Custom Graphics


PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Polaroid Film, 37 Bit .......................................................................................... 01-7001-074PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Video Imaging Prints, 37 Bit ............................................................................ 01-7001-075PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Polaroid Film, 26 Bit .......................................................................................... 01-7001-179PhotoProx, Plain White w/Photo ID Flap, for Video Imaging Prints, 26 Bit ............................................................................ 01-7001-222Custom Artwork CardsCustom artwork can be added to any HID proximity card. Minimum order quantity is 500.One Time Artwork Setup ChargesOne Time Setup, Per Color, Per SideContact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.

DescriptionThe HID PhotoProx Photo ID Card is the first thin, flexible access card to combine proximitytechnology and a user-laminated photo-ID flap on a single card.

The PhotoProx uses standard lamination card technology to provide a proximity card with anintegrated photo flap. Unlike other proximity cards, the PhotoProx can be laminated with aphoto ID in a standard photo laminator.

HID Proximity CardsPhotoProx Photo ID Proximity Card


CARDS & READERS 153


Coding: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. WiegandFeatures: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Encoded KeyDimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1.9” x 0.9” x 0.345” (4.83 cm x 2.29 cm x 0.88 cm)Bit Range Format: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bitRead Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ProxKey II

MiniProx: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 2” (5 cm)ThinLine II: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 2” (5 cm)ProxPro: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 3” (7.5 cm)NT MaxiProx: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 12” (30 cm)

Options: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. External Card Numbering


ProxKey II, Key Tag, Gray, 37 Bit .............................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-073ProxKey II, Key Tag, Gray, 26 Bit .............................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-221

DescriptionThe RF Programmable ProxKey II Proximity Keyfob incorporates proximity technology into adevice approximately the size of an automobile key. HID’s advanced technology allows theProxKey II to be programmed with up to 37 bits of Wiegand formatted information for universalcompatibility with all Wiegand reader applications. Each ProxKey II is provided with anexternal number for easy identification and control.

HID Proximity CardsProxKey II Proximity Keyfob


CARDS & READERS154

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-500 ValueProx™ Proximity Reader

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-500 ValueProx Proximity Reader offers basic features in a single-piece, low-cost reader. The reader is the same size and shape as a U.S. Wiegand reader(with the same mounting holes) which allows for easy system upgrade from Wiegand toproximity. It operates from 4 to 16 VDC and, in most cases, can be powered directly from theaccess control panel. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy potting material,making the reader both vandal proof and weather proof. Maximum read range is 4" (10 cm).

The ValueProx Proximity Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgradeexisting sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the ValueProx includes many of the advanced performance featuressuch as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiringa supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Color: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... BlackLED Indicator: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -31 to 149°F (-35 to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic StripeCurrent Draw:

Off Metal: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 65 mA @ 12 VDC; 85 mA @ 5 VDCOn Metal: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 76 mA @ 12 VDC; 96 mA @ 5 VDCMaximum: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 88 mA @ 12 VDC; 100 mA @ 5 VDC

Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msInput Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at readerMax. Read Range: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121T cardDimensions: ............................................................................................................................................. 2.3” H x 5.3” W x 0.83” T (5.84 cm H x 13.46 cm W x 2.11 cm T)Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)


ValueProx Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-500) ....................................................... 01-7000-140ValueProx Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-500) ....................................................... 01-7000-205


CARDS & READERS 155

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ARK-501 PinProx Proximity Reader and Keypad is a proximity readerand keypad combined in a small, attractive package. It is designed to mount on a wall box(metal single gang electrical box) or a flat surface. It is ideal for high security applicationswhere both a personal identification number (PIN) and an access card are required.

The single-piece PinProx Proximity Reader and Keypad delivers read ranges up to 4” (10 cm)and operates from 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In mostcases, it can be powered directly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealedin a UL-approved epoxy potting material to make the reader both vandal proof and weatherresistant.

The reader portion of the PinProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgradeexisting sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. The keypad data is transmitted over Wiegand compatible data lines as Wieganddata. Because the keypad data is transmitted over the same wires as the card data, less cable is required and both functions require only oneport on the door controller rather than the usual two.

Additionally, the PinProx includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™for installation assistance, WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Beige, BlackLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic StripeCurrent Draw: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 mA

Off Metal: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 75 mA @ 12 VDC; 95 mA @ 5 VDCOn Metal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 89 mA @ 12 VDC; 100 mA @ 5 VDCMaximum: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 91 mA @ 12 VDC; 100 mA @ 5 VDC

Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at readerMax. Read Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions: .......................................................................................................................................... 4.4” H x 2.82” W x 0.665” T (11.18 cm H x 7.16 cm W x 1.69 cm T)Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 6 oz. (167 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)


PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ....................... 01-7000-166PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-167PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ....................... 01-7000-228PinProx Reader w/3x4 Matrix Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-197NOTE: 8-bit Burst Keypads—DO NOT USE WITH 780 & 781 CONTROLLERSPinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-211PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-212PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-233PinProx Reader w/8-bit Burst Keypad, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ARK-501) ........................ 01-7000-234

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity ReadersARK-501 PinProx™ Proximity Reader and Keypad


CARDS & READERS156

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-503 SlimLine Proximity Reader is designed to mount on metaldoor frames (mullions) and is suitable for any location that requires a small reader.

The single-piece SlimLine delivers read ranges up to 4” (10 cm) and operates from 4 to 16VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In most cases, it can be powereddirectly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxypotting material, making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant.

The SlimLine can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats,making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place.Additionally, the SlimLine includes many of the advanced performance features such asQuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and three-color status LED.All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... BlackLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic StripeCurrent Draw:


Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at readerMax. Read Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 5.5” H x 1.65” W x 0.75” T (14 cm H x 4.2 cm W x 1.9 cm T)Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)


SlimLine Door Frame Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-503) ...................................... 01-7000-100SlimLine Door Frame Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-503) ...................................... 01-7000-176

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-503 SlimLine™ Proximity Reader


CARDS & READERS 157

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-505 WallSwitch Proximity Reader is designed to be mounted ona single-gang electrical junction box on any flat surface. It is suitable for any location thatrequires a small reader.

The single-piece WallSwitch delivers read ranges up to 4” (10 cm) and operates from 4 to 16VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In most cases, it can be powereddirectly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxypotting material, making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant.

The WallSwitch can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites toproximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the WallSwitch includes many of the advanced performance features such asQuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring asupervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, BeigeLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic StripeCurrent Draw:

Off Metal: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 70mA @ 12 VDC; 90 mA @ 5 VDCOn Metal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 84 mA @ 12 VDC; 100 mA @ 5 VDCMaximum: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 89 mA @ 12 VDC; 100 mA @ 5 VDC

Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at readerMax. Read Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 4” (10 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions: ..................................................................................................................................................... 4.7” H x 3” W x 0.65” T (11.8 cm H x 7.6 cm W x 1.65 cm T)Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 oz. (114 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)


WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-505) .................................................... 01-7000-101WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-505) ..................................................... 01-7000-102WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-505) .................................................... 01-7000-217WallSwitch Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 4” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-505) ..................................................... 01-7000-203

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-505 WallSwitch Proximity Reader


CARDS & READERS158

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-110 Standard Proximity Reader is designed to mount on anysurface, including metal.

The single-piece Standard Proximity Reader delivers read ranges up to 7” (18 cm) and operatesfrom 4 to 16 VDC allowing for flexibility in the use of power supplies. In most cases, it canbe powered directly from the access control panel. The electronics are sealed in a UL-approved epoxy potting material, making the reader both vandal proof and weather resistant.

The Standard Proximity Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgradeexisting sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the Standard reader includes many of the advanced performancefeatures such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™ for higher security applicationsrequiring a supervised reader and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, BeigeLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic StripeCurrent Draw (RS-232/422 formats):

Off Metal: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 157 mA @ 12 VDCOn Metal: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 157 mA @ 12 VDCMaximum: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 181 mA @ 12 VDC

Input Voltage: .................................................. 4 to 16 VDC at reader for Wiegand and Mag stripe formats; 10.5 to 14 VDC at reader for RS-232,422, and 485 formatsMax. Read Range: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 7” (18 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... 4.6” H x 5.6” W x 1.4” T (11.7 cm H x 14.2 cm W x 3.5 cm T)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 12.2oz. (347 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)


Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 6” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-070Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 6” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-141Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Beige, Up to 6” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-225Standard Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 4-16VDC, Black, Up to 6” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-110) ......................................................... 01-7000-226Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Beige, ACC Logo ............................................................................................................. 01-3001-230Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Black, ACC Logo .............................................................................................................. 01-3002-231

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-110 Standard Proximity Reader


CARDS & READERS 159

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-120 Medium Range Proximity Reader is designed for any locationrequiring a longer read range (up to 16") without space for a large antenna. The longer rangeis suitable for applications such as parking lots, use by handicapped persons (ADArequirement), locations where it is impossible to mount a reader immediately adjacent tothe door, or concealment behind or embedded in extra thick building materials. Furthermore,since the reader reads bidirectionally, it is ideally suited for use at locations where it isdesirable to use a single reader for both access and egress.

The two-piece Medium Range Reader (ASR-120 Reader and ARE-142 Remote Electronics) operates from 10.5 to 14 VDC and provides readranges up to 16” (40 cm). Available in beige or black, the antenna is sealed and separated from the remote electronics, making the reader bothvandal proof and weather resistant.

The Medium Range Reader can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existingsites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the Medium Range Reader includes many of the advanced performancefeatures such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, audio tone, and three-color status LED. Allare field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, BeigeARE-142 Remote Electronics: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Sand Beige

LED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C)

ARE-142 Remote Electronics: .............................................................................................................................................................................. -32 to 122°F (-0 to 50°C)Output: .................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232, RS-422Current Draw:

Nominal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 263 mA @ 12 VDCMaximum: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 263 mA @ 12 VDC

Input Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 VDC nom. (10.5 to 14 VDC) at readerMax. Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 16” (40 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... 8.7” H x 8.7” W x 1.1” T (22.1 cm H x 22.1 cm W x 2.8 cm T)

ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ..................................................................................................................... 4.5” H x 5.6” W x 1.8” T (11.6 cm H x 14.0 cm W x 4.6 cm T)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 22.9 oz. (647 g.)

ARE-142 Remote Electronics:: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 11.1 oz. (315 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)


Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Beige, Up to 16” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-120) ....................... 01-7000-072Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Black, Up to 16” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-120) ........................ 01-7000-073Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Beige, Up to 16” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-120) ....................... 01-7000-227Med. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 10.5-14VDC, Black, Up to 16” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-120) ........................ 01-7000-202Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Beige, ACC Logo ............................................................................................................. 01-3001-230Extra Label for ASR-110, ASR-120, Black, ACC Logo .............................................................................................................. 01-3002-231

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-120 Medium Range Proximity Reader


CARDS & READERS160

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-124 and ASR-136 Extended Range Proximity Readers aredesigned for applications where a longer read range adds to the convenience of the system.They are ideal for parking lot, handicap (ADA requirement) and “hands free” access. Otherapplications, such as concealment behind or imbedding in thick building materials, takeadvantage of their bidirectional (equally from both sides) read capability, providing bothaccess and egress from a single reader.

The two-piece Extended Range Readers (ASR-124 or ASR 136 Reader and ARE-142 RemoteElectronics) operate from 24 to 28 VDC and deliver read ranges up to 28” (70 cm) for theASR-136 and up to 24” for the ASR-124. The gray antenna is sealed and separated from theremote electronics, making the reader both vandal and weather resistant.

The Extended Range Readers can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgradeexisting sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the Extended Range Readers include many of the advanced performancefeatures such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, audio tone and three-color status LED; allare field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Color:ASR-124/ASR-136: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ Gray w/Black TrimARE-142 Remote Electronics: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... Sand Beige

LED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature:

ASR-124/ASR-136: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C)ARE-142 Remote Electronics: .............................................................................................................................................................................. -32 to 122°F (-0 to 50°C)

Output: ........................................................................................................................ .......................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232, RS-422Current Draw:

Nominal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 264 mA @ 28 VDCMaximum: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 266 mA @ 28 VDC

Input Voltage: ................................................................................................................................................................................... +24 VDC nom. (24 to 28 VDC) at readerMax. Read Range:

ASR-124: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 24” (60 cm) using ASC-121TASR-136: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 28” (70 cm) using ASC-121T

Dimensions:ASR-124: ......................................................................................................................................................... 36” H x 8” W x 1.5” T (91.4 cm H x 20.3 cm W x 3.8 cm T)ASR-136: ....................................................................................................................................................... 36” H x 16” W x 1.5” T (91.4 cm H x 40.6 cm W x 3.8 cm T)ARE-142 Remote Electronics: ..................................................................................................................... 4.5” H x 5.6” W x 1.8” T (11.6 cm H x 14.0 cm W x 4.6 cm T)

Weight:ASR-124: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.33 oz. (1.96 kg.)ASR-136: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 7.6 oz. (3.5 kg.)ARE-142 Remote Electronics:: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 11.1 oz. (315 g.)

Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)


Ext. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 24VDC, Gray w/Blk Trim, Up to 24” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-124) ................. 01-7000-095Ext. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 24VDC, Gray w/Blk Trim, Up to 28” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-136) ................. 01-7000-096Ext. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 24VDC, Gray w/Blk Trim, Up to 24” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-124) ................. 01-7000-229Ext. Range Bidirectional Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, 24VDC, Gray w/Blk Trim, Up to 28” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-136) ................. 01-7000-230

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-124 & ASR-136 Extended Range Proximity Readers


CARDS & READERS 161

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-603 SecureProx I Reader is the next generation of ASP Readers.Smaller than its predecessors, the SecureProx I Reader offers a sleek and contemporarystyling.

The SecureProx I provides a read range up to 5” (12.7 cm) and is designed to mount on metaldoor frames (mullions). The reader’s electronics module is completely enclosed in a ULapproved epoxy potting, making it both vandal proof and weather resistant. The SecureProxI shares the same potted electronics module with the SecureProx II (wall switch), allowingthe bezels to be snapped on interchangeably.

The SecureProx I can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripeformats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the SecureProx I includes many ofthe advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™ forhigher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, BeigeLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic StripeCurrent Draw:


Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at readerMax. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5” (12.7 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions:

Bezel: .................................................................................................................................................. 4.5” H x 1.70” W x 0.85” T (11.42 cm H x 4.37 cm W x 2.16 cm T)Electronics Module: .................................................................................................................................. 4.27” H x 1.51” W x .72” T (10.8 cm H x 3.8 cm W x 1.8 cm T)

Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)Compatibility: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats


SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5” Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-603) .................... 01-7000-171SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5” Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-603) ..................... 01-7000-172SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5” Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-603) .................... 01-7000-231SecureProx I Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5” Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-603) ..................... 01-7000-232

Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-603 SecureProx™ I Proximity Reader


CARDS & READERS162

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-605 SecureProx II Reader is the next generation ofASP Readers. The SecureProx II offers a sleek and contemporary styling.

The SecureProx II provides a read range up to 5” (12.7 cm) and is designed tomount on a wall (wall switch). The reader’s electronics module is completelyenclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting, making it both vandal proof and weatherresistant. The SecureProx II shares the same potted electronics module with theSecureProx I (mullion), allowing the bezels to be snapped on interchangeably.

The SecureProx II can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magneticstripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites to proximity using thewiring already in place. Additionally, the SecureProx II includes many of the advanced performance features such as QuickFlash™ for immediateuser feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring a supervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, BeigeLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232Current Draw:


Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 16 VDC at readerMax. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................... up to 5” (12.7 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions:

Bezel: ................................................................................................................................................ 4.5” H x 2.99” W x 0.85” T (11.42 cm H x 7.597 cm W x 2.16 cm T)Electronics Module: .................................................................................................................................. 4.27” H x 1.51” W x .72” T (10.8 cm H x 3.8 cm W x 1.8 cm T)

Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 oz. (142 g.)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)Compatibility: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats


SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5” Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-605) ................... 01-7000-173SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5” Read Range, 37 Bit (ASR-605) .................... 01-7000-174SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Beige, Up to 5” Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-605) ................... 01-7000-219SecureProx II Reader, Indoor/Outdoor, Door Frame, 4-16 VDC, Black, Up to 5” Read Range, 26 Bit (ASR-605) .................... 01-7000-235

Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-605 SecureProx™ II Proximity Reader


CARDS & READERS 163

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-610 MasterProx Proximity Reader is the next generationof ASP Readers.

The MasterProx provides a read range up to 12” (30.5 cm) and is designed tomount on a single or double metal gang junction box, as well as any flat surface(including metal). The reader’s electronics are completely enclosed in a UL approvedepoxy potting, making it both vandal proof and weather resistant.

The MasterProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites toproximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the MasterProx includes many of the advanced performance features such asQuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring asupervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Black, BeigeLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, RS-232Current Draw:

Off Metal: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 117 mA @ 12 VDC; 70 mA @ 5 VDCOn Metal: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 111 mA @ 12 VDC; 65 mA @ 5 VDCMaximum: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 140 mA @ 12 VDC; 82 mA @ 5 VDC

Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 to 14 VDC at readerMax. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 12” (30.5 cm) using ASC-121TDimensions: .............................................................................................................................................. 5.1” H x 6.1” W x 1.1” T (12.95 cm H x 15.49 cm W x 2.54 cm T)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 12.6oz. (352.8 g.)Cable Length: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 18” (45.72 cm)Transmit Frequency: .............................................................................................................................................................................. 125 kHz (excitation) 62.5 kHz (return)Reading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)Compatibility: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats


Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Black, Max. 12” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-610) ........................................................... 01-7000-200Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Beige, Max 12” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-610) ............................................................ 01-7000-201Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Black, Max. 12” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-610) ........................................................... 01-7000-220Masterprox Reader, In/Outdoor, 4-14VDC, Beige, Max 12” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-610) ............................................................ 01-7000-218

Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-610 MasterProx™ Proximity Reader


CARDS & READERS164

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASR-620 PowerProx Proximity Reader is the next generationof ASP Readers. Designed for applications where maximum read range contributesto the convenience of the system, the PowerProx is ideal for parking lot andphysically challenged (ADA requirement) access applications. Other applications,such as concealment behind or within thick building materials, take advantage ofthe PowerProx’s bidirectional (equally from both sides) read capability, providingboth access and egress from a single reader.

The single piece PowerProx provides a read range up to 28” (71 cm). The reader’selectronics are completely enclosed in a UL approved epoxy potting, making itboth vandal proof and weather resistant.

The PowerProx can be configured to output data in either Wiegand or magnetic stripe formats, making it easy to upgrade existing sites toproximity using the wiring already in place. Additionally, the MasterProx includes many of the advanced performance features such asQuickFlash™ for immediate user feedback, SelfTest™ for installation assistance, WatchDog™ for higher security applications requiring asupervised reader, and three-color status LED. All are field-configurable via the use of option cards.


Colors: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... BlackLED Type: .............................................................................................................................................................................. Oversize, Tri-color standard Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 149°F (-35to 65°C)Output: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic StripeCurrent Draw:

Nominal/Maximum at 12 VDC: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.0A/1.2ANominal/Maximum at 24 VDC: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 750 mA/900 mA

Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 12 to 24 VDCMax. Read Range: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 28 (71 cm)Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................ 11.2” H x 11.2” W x 1.8” T (28.4 cm H x 28.4 cm W x 4.6 cm T)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3.2 lbs. (1.45 kg)Transmit Frequency: ......................................................................................................................................... 117 kHz, 125 kHz, 133 kHz (excitation), manually selectableReading Time (26 bit): ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 94 msAudio Tone: .................................................................................................................................................... Standard, independently controlled (not tied to LED function)Compatibility: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... Supports both ASP and ASP+ formats


PowerProx Reader, In/Outdoor, Black, Max 28” Range, 37 Bit (ASR-620) .............................................................................. 01-7000-223PowerProx Reader, In/Outdoor, Black, Max 28” Range, 26 Bit (ASR-620) .............................................................................. 01-7000-224

Motorola Indala ASP+ Advantage Series Proximity ReadersASR-620 PowerProx™ Proximity Reader

NEW!


CARDS & READERS 165

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity CardsASC-121T LifeTime™ Proximity Card

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card is made of a durableplastic, and is designed to withstand the rigors of the access control environment.

The ASC-121T is “credit card” size, features beveled edges, and a thickness of.065" (1.8 mm), making it one of the thinnest proximity cards of its kind available.Flexible and light enough to be carried in a purse or wallet, the card offers anoptional horizontal slot punch making it easy to wear with a badge clip on clothing or a necklace. The card can accept custom color graphics andcan be printed with the actual encoded ID number or a random serial number. The card can also accept photo flap and direct print adhesive-backed ID badge overlays.

The ASC-121T can be encoded with Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and serial data formats. It can be used interchangeably with other Indala ASPcredentials on most systems and can be ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers. As standard, Indala delivers the numbersequence ordered with no gaps and with no under or over-runs.


Coding: ............................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, exact facility code and ID numbers standard, no gaps, no over-runsDimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3.38” x 2.13” x 0.065 (86 mm x 54 mm x 1.8 mm)Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.4 oz. (12 g)Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ASC-121T

ASR-603: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5” (12.7 cm)ASR-605: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5” (12.7 cm)ASR-610: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 12” (30.5 cm)ASR-503: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ARK-500: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ASR-505: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ARK-501: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ASR-110: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 7” (17.8 cm)ASR-120: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 16” (40.6 cm)ASR-136: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 28” (71 cm)

Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C)Card Construction: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS Plastic, Light GrayGraphics: ................................................................................................................ Custom color graphics option available on ASC-121T with customer-supplied artworkID Marking: ................................................................................................................. Cards are permanently marked with encoded, offset or random numbers (optional)Slot Punch: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Vertical standard, horizontal optionalBit Range Format: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bit


ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card Light Gray, Vertical Slot, 37 Bit ...................................................................................... 01-7001-092*ASC-121TH LifeTime Proximity Card, Light Gray, Horizontal Slot, 37 Bit ................................................................................ 01-7001-134ASC-121T LifeTime Proximity Card Light Gray, Vertical Slot, 26 Bit ........................................................................................ 01-7001-135ASC-121TH LifeTime Proximity Card, Light Gray, Horizontal Slot, 26 Bit ................................................................................ 01-7001-136Photo ID Adhesive Back Pack w/Photo Flap for Sony Video Printers, w/Vertical Slot (for ASC-121T Cards) ........................ 01-7001-100Custom Artwork CardsMinimum order quantity for custom artwork cards is 500. Customer must provide CAMERA READY artwork, including PMS color(s) selection,prepared by a commercial graphic artist. Call Order Entry for instructions and mechanical card specifications. Allow an additional 3-4 weeks fordelivery.One Color ASC-121T Card (w/Horizontal slot)Two Color ASC-121T Card (w/Horizontal slot)One Time Tooling Charges, Per Color, Per Side

NOTE: With Motorola Indala products, the bit format of the cards and the reader must be identical.Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.


CARDS & READERS166

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASK-116T ProxTag Proximity Key Tag is designed to be carried with auser’s keys. The ASK-116T is molded of durable plastic designed to withstand the rigors ofthe access control environment.

With an ergonomic shape, the ASK-116T is a light gray color that supports the printing of IDnumbers or logos, as well as the attachment of adhesive stickers, in two locations. TheASK-116T’s unique design allows it to be carried with the user’s keys, making building accessfast and convenient. The tag contains a hole with a brass eyelet for attachment to any keyring or chain.

The ProxTag can be encoded with Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and serial data formats. It canbe used interchangeably with other Indala ASP credentials on most systems and can beordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers. As standard, Indala delivers the numbersequence ordered with no gaps and with no under- or over-runs.


Coding: ............................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, exact facility code and ID numbers standard, no gaps, no over-runsDimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.2” x 1.2” x 0.26 (56 mm x 32 mm x 7 mm)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.36 oz. (9.9 g)Read Range: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ASK-116T

ASR-603: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Up to 2.5” (6.4 cm)ASR-605: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Up to 2.5” (6.4 cm)ASR-610: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 6” (15.2 cm)ASR-503: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2” (5.1 cm)ARK-500: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2” (5.1 cm)ASR-505: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2” (5.1 cm)ARK-501: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 2” (5.1 cm)ASR-110: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ASR-120: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 8” (20.4 cm)ASR-136: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 14” (35.5 cm)

Temperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C)Card Construction: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS Plastic, Light GrayID Marking: ................................................................................................................. Cards are permanently marked with encoded, offset or random numbers (optional)Bit Range Format: .............................................................................................................. ............................................................................... Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bit


ASK-116T Proximity Key Tag, Light Gray, 37 Bit ...................................................................................................................... 01-7001-094ASK-116T Proximity Key Tag, Light Gray, 26 Bit ...................................................................................................................... 01-7001-224

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity CardsASK-116T ProxTag™ Proximity Key Tag


CARDS & READERS 167

DescriptionThe Motorola Indala ASP ISO-30+ Proximity Card is a “credit card” thin access credential,that is ISO 7813 compliant with a nominal thickness of 0.03” (0.76 mm).

The ISO-30 card is small enough to carry in a wallet. It can also be slot-punched eithervertically or horizontally, making it easy to wear as a standard photo ID. Its ability to containmultiple ID technologies in a single credential makes the ISO-30 one of the most versatileproximity cards on the market today. In addition to functioning as a proximity card for accesscontrol, it’s available with a magnetic stripe for use with other systems such as cafeteriavending, copy machines, and fuel dispensing. The ISO-30 card also allows a customer whois using magnetic stripe at multiple sites to upgrade to proximity and still use a single card.

Digital photographs and graphics can be printed directly over the IS0-30’s entire front surface by using a dye-sublimation printer. Bar codes canbe imaged onto the card for systems tracking time- and-attendance or job costing.

The ISO-30 card can be programmed in the factory with Wiegand, magnetic stripe, and serial data formats. It can be used interchangeably withother ASP or ASP+ credentials on most systems and can be ordered with specified facility codes and ID numbers. When ordered from thefactory, the cards are delivered in the number sequence ordered with no gaps and with no under- or over-runs.


Coding: ............................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe, exact facility code and ID numbers standard, no gaps, no over-runsDimensions: ....................................................................................................................................................................... 3.38” x 2.12” x 0.03 (86 mm x 54 mm x 0.76 mm)Weight: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.20 oz. (6 g)Read Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ISO-30

ASR-603: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5” (12.7 cm)ASR-605: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 5” (12.7 cm)ASR-610: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 12” (30.5 cm)ASR-503: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ARK-500: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ASR-505: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ARK-501: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 4” (10.2 cm)ASR-110: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 7” (17.8 cm)ASR-120: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 16” (40.6 cm)ASR-136: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Up to 28” (71 cm)

Material: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PVCSlot Punch: ................................................................................................................................. Optional vertical and/or horizontal. Locations indicated on card standardMagnetic Stripe: ....................................................................................................................................................................... Embedded 3-track high coercivity (2,750 oe)Finish Front: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ White glossy front standardFinish Back: .............................................................................................................................................................. White glossy back with slot-punch indicators standardCustom Graphics: ......................................................................................................................... Available on both front and back sides with customer supplied artworkPermanent Marking: ........................................................................................................................ Includes P/N code, date code, and ID numbering matching internal IDCoding: ........................................................................................................... Wiegand, ABA Track II Magnetic Stripe. Exact coding standard, with no gaps or over-runsBit Range Format: .............................................................................................................. ............................................................................... Infinity Format (37 bit); 26 bit

Motorola Indala ASP Advantage Series Proximity CardsISO-30+ Image30™ Proximity Card


CARDS & READERS168


ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit ................................... 01-7001-188ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit ............... 01-7001-189ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-167ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 37 Bit .................... 01-7001-168ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit ................................... 01-7001-191ISO- 30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, Indala Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit .............. 01-7001-225ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit ........................................ 01-7001-226ISO-30 ProxCard, Glossy Front & Back, No Logo, Hot Stamp, No Slot, Mag Stripe (for Video Imaging), 26 Bit .................... 01-7001-227Custom Artwork CardsMinimum order quantity for custom artwork cards is 500. Customer must provide CAMERA READY artwork, including PMS color(s) selection,prepared by a commercial graphic artist. Call Order Entry for instructions and mechanical card specifications. Allow an additional 3-4 weeks fordelivery.One Color ISO-30 Card (w/Horizontal slot)Two Color ISO-30 Card (w/Horizontal slot)One Time Tooling Charges, Per Color, Per Side

NOTE: With Motorola Indala products, the bit format of the cards and the reader must be identical.Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.


CARDS & READERS 169

Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity ReadersP-300 Cascade Reader

DescriptionKeri Systems P-300 may be the world’s smallest single piece proximity reader atonly 3.0” long x 1.5” wide x 0.49” thick (76 mm x 38 mm x 12 mm). It is designedto be mounted on a standard metal door or window frame (mullion) and can bemounted on any metal or non-metal surface without loss of read range. Readrange is up to 4” (102 mm).


Colors: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-White, BlackLED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C)Current Draw: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80 mA typ.Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 14 VDCMax. Read Range: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4” (102 mm)Dimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................... 3.0” H x 1.5” W x 0.49” T (76 mm H x 38 mm W x 12 mm T)Weight: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.6 oz. (74 g.)Transmit Frequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation)Audio Tone: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... StandardWarranty: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Lifetime


P-300 Cascade Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Mullion Mount, Black ..................................................................................... ZP-P-300-BP-300 Cascade Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Mullion Mount, Off-White ............................................................................ ZP-P-300-W


NEW!


CARDS & READERS170

Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity ReadersP-500 Alps Reader

DescriptionKeri Systems P-500 is a single piece proximity reader that can be mounted on aflat surface or affixed to a standard U.S. single gang electrical box. Its size is 4.5”long x 3.0” wide x 0.38” thick (114 mm x 76 mm x 10 mm). Its thin, sleek profilemakes it a much more attractive device to install in the workplace than otherreaders. The P-500 is designed to be mounted on a standard metal door or windowframe (mullion) and can be mounted on any metal or non-metal surface withoutloss of read range. Read range is up to 5” (127 mm) when mounted at least 0.5”(13 mm) off metal. A 0.5” (13 mm) stand off is standard with each reader.


Colors: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Off-White, BlackLED Type: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green/AmberOperating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C)Current Draw: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 80 mA typ.Input Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 14 VDCMax. Read Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 (127 mm)Dimensions: .................................................................................................................................................... 4.5” H x 3.0” W x 0.38” T (114 mm H x 76 mm W x 10 mm T)Weight: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.2 oz. (91 g.)Transmit Frequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz (excitation)Audio Tone: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... StandardWarranty: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Lifetime


P-500 Alps Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Wall Switch, Black ................................................................................................ ZP-P-500-BP-500 Alps Proximity Reader, Single Piece, Wall Switch, Off-White ....................................................................................... ZP-P-500-W


NEW!


CARDS & READERS 171

Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity CardsPSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card

DescriptionKeri Systems PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card provides maximum read rangeperformance in a package considerably thinner than other “clamshell” proximitycards. It can be easily carried in a wallet or purse or worn on clothing with a clipor necklace. The PSC-1 cards are for use with Keri’s new Pyramid Series ProximityReaders. They are manufactured with a vertical hanging slot punch.

The cards are sequentially encoded, and can be programmed in any customWiegand format as well as standard 26 bit, all with exact number sequences.Card ID numbers are permanently marked on the card. They can be usedinterchangeably with Keri’s MultiTechnology Cards or Key Ring Tags on the samesystem without worry about ID code duplication or format matching of readers. Itcan accept standard imageable PVC labels from a multitude of vendors for graphics customization and photo ID. Unless the user requires thecombination of mag stripe and proximity, the Standard Card is recommended over the MultiTechnology Card whenever possible because of itslower cost and lifetime warranty.


Colors: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Off-WhiteRead Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PSC-1

P-300: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 4” (102 mm)P-500: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 5” (127 mm)

Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C)Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................ 3.375” L x 2.150” W x 0.059” T (86 mm L x 55 mm W x 1.5 mm T)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.31 oz. (8.8 g.)Material: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABSFrequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz ExcitationHumidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0 to 95%, non-condensingDye Sublimation Printing: ...................................................................................................................................................................... Use PVC-9 Dye Sublimation OverlayFormats: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Infinity Format (37 bit), 26 bitWarranty: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Lifetime


PSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card, 37 bit ......................................................................................................................... ZP-PSC-1-37BPSC-1 Standard Light Proximity Card, 26 bit ......................................................................................................................... ZP-PSC-1-26BPVC-9 PVC Adhesive Overlay, Dye Sublimation Printable (for use w/PSC-1 Card) ....................................................................... ZP-PVC-9

NEW!


CARDS & READERS172



CARDS & READERS 173

Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity CardsPSM-2 MultiTechnology Card

DescriptionKeri Systems PSM-2 MultiTechnology Card allows the user to combine severalidentification technologies in a single, credit card thin credential. The cards canbe ordered with or without a high coercivity magnetic stripe, which is useful ifthere are other types of systems in use that are mag stripe-based, such as cafeteriavending. They are also useful for customers who may have a proximity-basedaccess control system at one site and a mag stripe-based system at other locations,allowing the user to carry a single card. They are for use with Keri’s new PyramidSeries Proximity Readers.

The PSM-2 can accept a direct print video image, typically a photograph, bar code,and other user graphics, from most industry standard dye sublimation printers, tocreate a custom access credential. The PSM-2 cards are sequentially encoded, and can be programmed in any custom format as well asstandard 26 bit. Each card is marked with the ID number and a date code. They can be used interchangeably with Keri’s Light Proximity Cardsand Key Tags on the same system without worry about ID code duplication or format matching.

To ensure the best quality print, Keri systems has tested its cards with most printer manufacturers’ products and has compiled the below listingof recommended printers.

• Ultra Electronics Magicard Systems .......................... Models 300, 300Plus, Turbo• Datacard Corporation ................................................. Image Express, Image III• Atlantek ...................................................................... Model 85• Sandia Imaging Systems ............................................ All Models


Colors: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... WhiteRead Range: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PSM-2

P-300: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 3” (76 mm)P-500: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. up to 4” (102 mm)

Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C)Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................ 3.375” L x 2.150” W x 0.031” T (86 mm L x 55 mm W x 0.8 mm T)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.19 oz. (5.5 g.)Material: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... PVC with a printable matte finishFrequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz ExcitationHumidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0 to 95%, non-condensingFormats: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Infinity Format (37 bit), 26 bitWarranty: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... One Year


PSM-2P Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 37 Bit .................................................. ZP-PSM-2P-37BPSM-2S Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 3-Track Mag Stripe, 37 Bit ................. ZP-PSM-2S-37BPSM-2P Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 26 Bit .................................................. ZP-PSM-2P-26BPSM-2S Multi-Technology Proximity Card, ISO Thin, Dye Sublimation Printable, 3-Track Mag Stripe, 26 Bit ................. ZP-PSM-2S-26B

NEW!


CARDS & READERS174



CARDS & READERS 175

Keri Systems Pyramid Series Proximity CardsPSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag

DescriptionKeri Systems PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag provides user convenience in a small,ergonomic, and extremely durable package. The tag is equipped with a brasseyelet for attachment to a key ring that ensures the neck of the tag will not breakduring the life of the system. They are for use with Keri’s Pyramid Series ProximityReaders.

The PSK-3 Key Tags are sequentially encoded, and can be programmed in anycustom Wiegand format as well as standard 26 bit. Each tag is marked with theID number and a date code. They can be used interchangeably with Keri’s ProximityCards on the same system without worry about ID code duplication or formatmatching.


Colors: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... GrayRead Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PSK-3

P-300: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 2” (51 mm)P-500: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ up to 3” (76 mm)

Operating Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C)Dimensions: ................................................................................................................................................... 1.51” L x 1.15” W x 0.196” T (38 mm L x 29 mm W x 5 mm T)Weight: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0.16 oz. (4.5 g.)Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... ABS, includes brass eyeletFrequency: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 125 kHz ExcitationHumidity: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 0 to 100%, non-condensingFormats: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Infinity Format (37 bit), 26 bitWarranty: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Lifetime


PSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag, Includes Brass Eyelet, 37 Bit ................................................................................................ ZP-PSK-3-37BPSK-3 Proximity Key Ring Tag, Includes Brass Eyelet, 26 Bit ................................................................................................ ZP-PSK-3-26B

NEW!


CARDS & READERS176



CARDS & READERS 177

Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers644 & WP 644 Pass-Through Readers

DescriptionThe Dorado Systems 644 Pass-Through Readers combine ease-of-use with installationflexibility. The readers mount simply on a wall or on a door mullion, and are available witha black or white case. One simple motion through the card slot reads a card. A bi-color LEDwinks to confirm that a card has been read, then changes color when the door unlocks.


Card Format: ........................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cardsData Tracks: ................................................................................................................................................................................. Track 1 and Track 2; high or low coercivityDigits Read: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ ANSI - up to 37 digits; EMPI - 5 digitsCard Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................. .030” + .003” thick (.762 mm + .07 mm thick)Card Speed: .................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................ 8 to 50 inches per secondOutput Format: ................................................................................................................. ........................................................................ 26/34 bit Wiegand, clock and dataData Rate: ..................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................. 1ms per bitApprovals:

644: ................................................................................................................................................................................ FCC Part 15, Class A; CE; UL 294 Access ControlWP644: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... FCC Part 15, Class B; CE; UL 294 Pending

Dimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................................... 6.00” x 1.75” x 1.49” (152 mm x 38 mm x 43 mm)w/Adaptor Plate: .......................................................................................................................................................... 7.00” x 2.75” x 1.69” (178 mm x 70 mm x 43 mm)

Connections:644: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cableWP644: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 8” pig-tail cable

Cable: ........................................................................................................................ 200’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires; 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wiresPower: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.5 volts (regulated 4.75 to 5.75v)Mounting: ............................................................................................................................................................ Single-width handy box, door mullion, or vertical surfaceLifetime: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 250,000 wear cycles; MTBF 22,000 hoursError Rate: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. .05 false reject; 2 x 10-6 false acceptStatic Discharge: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Withstands 20,000 voltsLED: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green; Amber and flashing red as optionsMaterial: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... GE Lexan (polycarbonate) in white or blackTemperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operatingHumidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 to 95%, non-condensingEnvironment:

644: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Indoor onlyWP644: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor


Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, White, Indoor w/Pigtail (Model 644) ............................................................... 01-7000-064Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, Black, Indoor w/Pigtail (Model 644) ................................................................ 01-7000-065Pass-Through Reader, White, Indoor, w/Connector,Terminal Blocks (Model 644) .................................................................. 01-7000-184Pass-Through Reader, Black, Indoor, w/Connector, Terminal Blocks (Model 644) .................................................................. 01-7000-185Weatherized Pass-Through Reader, White, Indoor/Outdoor (Model WP644) ....................................................................... 01-7000-177Weatherized Pass-Through Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model WP644) .......................................................................... 01-7000-178Weatherized Pass-Through Reader,White, Indoor/Outdoor, w/Heater Bar Option (Model WP644) ...................................... 01-7000-179Weatherized Pass-Through Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor, w/Heater Bar Option (Model WP644) ...................................... 01-7000-180Read Head Replacement Kit for Pass-Through Reader (Model 644) ...................................................................................... 01-7000-137Model WP644 Heater Bar (Unistalled, for use w/Dorado Weatherproof Readers) ................................................................ 01-7000-181


CARDS & READERS178


Card Format: ........................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cardsData Tracks: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... Track 1, 2 & 3; high or low coercivityDigits Read: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ ANSI - up to 14 digits; EMPI - 5 digitsCard Size: ................................................................................................................................. .2.125” x 3.375” x .030” + .003” (54.0 mm x 85.7 mm x .762 mm + .07 mm)Card Speed: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 to 30 inches per secondOutput Format: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 26/34 bit Wiegand, clock and dataData Rate: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1ms per bitApprovals: .......................................................................................................................................................................... FCC Part 15, Class A; CE; UL 294 Access ControlDimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................................... 4.56” x 3.00” x 1.14” (115 mm x 76 mm x 29 mm)Connections: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cableCable: ........................................................................................................................ 200’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires; 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wiresPower: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.5 volts (regulated 4.75 to 5.75v)Mounting: ............................................................................................................................................................ Single-width handy box, door mullion, or vertical surfaceLifetime: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 250,000 wear cycles; MTBF 22,000 hoursError Rate: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. .05 false reject; 2 x 10-6 false acceptStatic Discharge: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Withstands 20,000 voltsLED: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Red/Green; Amber and flashing red as optionsMaterial: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... GE Lexan (polycarbonate) in white or blackTemperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operatingHumidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 to 95%, non-condensingEnvironment: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor, Fully weatherproof


Insertion Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, White, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 544) ........................................................................ 01-7000-062Insertion Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 544) ......................................................................... 01-7000-063Read Head Replacement Kit for Insert Reader (Model 544) ................................................................................................... 01-7000-138

DescriptionThe Dorado 544 Insertion Card Reader combines high reading performance with low cost ofownership. Available with a black or white case, the reader is designed to be inconspicuousand blend in with any indoor decor or outdoor environment. Cards insert upward at thebottom of the reader, keeping rain and snow out and discouraging vandalism. A bi-colorLED winks to confirm that a card has been read, then changes color when the door unlocks.

Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers544 Insertion Card Reader


CARDS & READERS 179

DescriptionThe Dorado 570 Elevator Card Reader combines high reading performance with a variety ofmounting options. The reader mounts flexibly behind an elevator cab faceplate, in a gooseneckstand for vehicle entry or in many other custom enclosures. Cards insert horizontally into thereader for simple operation. The card slot arrangement eliminates rain and snow problemswhile providing outdoor capabilities.


Card Format: ........................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cardsData Tracks: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Track 2; high or low coercivityDigits Read: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ ANSI - up to 14 digits; EMPI - 5 digitsCard Size: ................................................................................................................................. .2.125” x 3.375” x .030” + .003” (54.0 mm x 85.7 mm x .762 mm + .07 mm)Card Speed: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 5 to 30 inches per secondOutput Format: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 26/34 bit Wiegand, clock and dataData Rate: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1ms per bitApprovals: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. FCC Part 15, Class A; CEDimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2.25” x 5.25” x 2.75” (57 mm x 133 mm x 70 mm)Connections: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cableCable: ........................................................................................................................ 200’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires; 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wiresPower: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.5 volts (regulated 4.75 to 5.75v)Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................................................... On rear of vertical surface with mounting studsLifetime: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 250,000 wear cycles; MTBF 22,000 hoursError Rate: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. .05 false reject; 2 x 10-6 false acceptStatic Discharge: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Withstands 20,000 voltsLED: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... None displayedMaterial: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ Zinc plated steel and glass filled nylonTemperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operatingHumidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 to 95%, non-condensingEnvironment: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Indoor/Outdoor, Fully weatherproof


Elevator Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, No Faceplate, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 570) ............................................................. 01-7000-120

Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers570 Elevator Card Reader


CARDS & READERS180


Card Format: .................................................................................................................................................................... ANSI/ISO and EMPI coded magnetic stripe cardsData Tracks: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. Track 1 & 2; high or low coercivityDigits Read: .............................................................................................................................................................. ANSI/ISO - up to 37 digits; EMPI - 5 or 6-digit user IDCard Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................ ..030” + .003” thick (.762 mm + .07 mm thick)Card Speed: .................................................................................................................... ........................................................................................ 8 to 50 inches per secondOutput Format: ................................................................................................................. .................................... 26/34 bit Wiegand, clock and data, at 5 volt signal levelsData Rate: ..................................................................................................................... ................................................................................................................. 1ms per bitApprovals: ..................................................................................................................... ..................................................... FCC Part 15, Class A; CE; UL 294 Access ControlDimensions: .................................................................................................................... .............................................. 5.125” x 6.75” x 3.00” (130 mm x 171 mm x 76 mm)Connections: ................................................................................................................... .................................................................................. Plug-in with 8” pig-tail cableCable: ........................................................................................................................ 2 00’ (60 m) on five #22 unshielded wires; 500’ (150 m) on five #18 unshielded wiresPower: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 mA @ +5.5 volts (regulated 10.5 to 13.0 v)Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................... Single-width handy box, double width handy box or vertical surfaceLifetime: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 250,000 wear cycles; MTBF 22,000 hoursError Rate: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. .05 false reject; 2 x 10-6 false acceptStatic Discharge: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Withstands 20,000 voltsLED: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... One each: Red/Green/AmberMaterial: ............................................................................................................................................................................ Black GE Lexan (polycarbonate), aluminum baseTemperature: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... -31 to 150°F (-35 to 66°C) operatingHumidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5 to 95%, non-condensingEnvironment: ........................................................................................................................................ Indoor/Outdoor weather resistant, when shielded from ice buildup


Ruggedized Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 740) ............................................. 01-7000-129Ruggedized Pass-Through Magnetic Stripe Card Reader w/Keypad, Black, Indoor/Outdoor (Model 780) ........................... 01-7000-136Model 740/780 Read Head Replacement Kit .......................................................................................................................... 01-7000-139

DescriptionThe Dorado 740 & 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Card Readers combine ease-of-use withincreased durability. The readers mount indoors or outdoors on a double-gang handy box,shrugging off exposure to the elements. Their cast metal case resists vandalism and abuse,yet one simple motion through the card slot reads a card. An LED winks to confirm that acard has been read. Three LEDS are provided to clearly indicate status.

The 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Card Reader is available with a keypad. This unit combinesease-of-use, increased durability, and a PIN keypad for increased security.

Dorado Magnetic Stripe Card Readers740 & 780 Ruggedized Pass-Through Readers


CARDS & READERS 181

DescriptionThe Dorado Magnetic Stripe Cards are credit card width, allowing their use in all of Dorado’sinsertion, pass-through and horizontal insertion readers. Cards are designed and fabricatedto ISO standards for size and thickness. Polyester cards may be provided with a “hot stamped”ID number or ID label. Custom artwork on cards is available.

Standard Mezzotint Magnetic Stripe CardDorado’s Standard Mezzotint Card is made of a durable polyester material, providingunmatched wear resistance. High coercivity magnetic stripe material is used to avoidaccidental erasure.

Plain White Photo ID Magnetic Stripe CardDorado’s Plain White Photo ID Card is also made of a durable polyester material with a high coercivity magnetic stripe.


Dimensions: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.125” x 3.375”Thickness: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 0.030”Card Construction: ........................................................................................................................................................... PVC/Polyester composite for direct (DTV) printingStripe Material: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... High Coercivity, 4000 OerstedEncoding (optional): ........................................................................ Dorado EMPI I, EMPI II, or ANSI/ISO on ISO track location 1, 2, or 3 (specify which); 75 bits per inchMarking (optional): ....................................................................................................................................................................................... Hot Stamp or adhesive labeling

Dorado Magnetic Stripe Access Cards


Standard Mezzotint Card ......................................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-030Plain White Photo ID Card ........................................................................................................................................................ 01-7001-028EMPI Encoding MUST SPECIFY SITE CODE ............................................................................................................................. 01-7001-249Hot Stamp ................................................................................................................................................................................. 01-7001-250Adhesive Label ......................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-251Slot Punch MUST SPECIFY LOCATION ..................................................................................................................................... 01-7001-252Embossing ................................................................................................................................................................................ 01-7001-253

Custom Card, One-time Set-up Charge

Contact the Andover Peripherals Department for more detailed information.


CARDS & READERS182

DescriptionThe Dorado Magnetic Stripe Encoding Systems allow OEMs, dealers, and even end usersto code cards at their own facility. The first system is a self-contained desktop encoderintended for on-site Track 2 encoding of EMPI I format magnetic stripe cards. It accepts bothCR-80 and CR-60 size cards in its pass-through slot. The second encoding system interfaceswith an IBM-compatible personal computer and can be used to encode both EMPI I formatand ANSI/ISO format cards on Track 1 and/or Track 2.


Dimensions: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8.75” W x 12.75” L x 4.75” HFunctions: ......................................................................................... Reads a card (on same Job Code); Writes and verifies a card keypad input; Reports a reading errorInput Encoded (along with job code):

415: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... User/sequence number 1-65,535418: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... User/sequence number 1-1,-48,575

Card Format: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... EMPI I or EMPI II on ANSI/ISO Track 2Card Style: ............................................................................................................................................................... Per ANSI//ISO card, stripe dimensions, high coercivityDuct Cycle: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 400 cards per hourAmbient Temperature: ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 to 90°F, indoors onlyOperating Power: .................................................................................................................................................................................... 105 to 125 VAC, 50/60 Hz standardOptions Available: ...................................................................................................................................................... Track 1 encoding/reading; 220 VAC - 240 VAC power


Magnetic Stripe Encoder, EMPI Format (Model 415) .............................................................................................................. 01-7000-066Magnetic Stripe On-Line Encoder, ABA Format (Model 450) .................................................................................................. 01-7000-160

Dorado Magnetic Stripe Encoding SystemsModels 415 & 418


CARDS & READERS 183

DescriptionThe Essex Electronics Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad provides a rugged, durable meansof entering a security PIN (personal identification number) into an Andover Infinity SecurityManagement System. The solid stainless steel keypad wires into the Andover ACX 700and ACX 780 Access Controllers (only), with no other interface modules required. Up to2 keypads may be connected to the ACX700; up to 8 to the ACX 780.

Each door in an ACX 700 or ACX 780 may be configured through software to grant accessbased on access card only, PIN only, or a combination of card and PIN. These access modescan be made constant, or can be changed based on a schedule or other system event. Asilent duress can be triggered through a slight variation in the PIN entry, also configurablethrough software.

This keypad is designed for both indoor and outdoor use, and can be mounted flush ordirectly onto a single-gang electrical handy box. Wiring distance is 500 feet (152 meters)maximum from the keypad to the controller, using 10 conductor, 18 gauge wire. Two LEDsare provided for power and go/no go indication.

Essex Electronics KeypadsIndoor/Outdoor Security Keypad


Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................ ................................................................................................... 5 VDC, 10 mA

Mechanical:Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................... -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C), 0 - 100% RHDimensions: .................................................................................................................... ................................................ 5 1/8" x 3 3/8" (Keypad protrudes 7/16" from wall)Color: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Stainless steel

Wiring Information:Wiring Distance: .................................................................................... 500 ft. maximum (152 meters) to controller, using 18 gauge wire. 200 ft. maximum (61 meters)

to controller, using 22 gauge wireWiring Terminations: ................................................................................................................................................................... 12-pin, with connector and leads supplied

Keypad Input:ACX700/780: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Keypad

C1: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... grayC2: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... violetC3: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... orangeR1: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... brownR2: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... blueR3: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... greenR4: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... yellow

Reader Input: +5: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... red (5VDC Power)LED: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. white (green LED, off if no go)Gnd: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... black, pink (red LED, power indication)

General:Keypad: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 x 4 matrix output, 0 - 9, *, #Unit Life: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tested to over 1 billion cycles


Essex Touch Pad ....................................................................................................................................................................... 01-7000-127Extra Label for Essex Touch Pad ............................................................................................................................................... 01-3002-234


CARDS & READERS184


Power Requirements: ............................................................................................................ ................................................................. 5 VDC or 12 VDC jumper selectable

Mechanical:Operating Environment: ........................................................................................................................................................... -40°F to 160°F (-40°C to 70°C), 0 - 100% RHDimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................ 2" x 6" (Keypad protrudes 7/16" from wall)Color: ......................................................................................................................... ............................................................................. Black (2 x 6); Stainless steel (3 x 4)

Wiring InformationWiring Distance: .................................................................................... 500 ft. maximum (152 meters) to controller, using 18 gauge wire. 200 ft. maximum (61 meters)

to controller, using 22 gauge wireWiring Terminations: ................................................................................................................................................................... 12-pin, with connector and leads supplied

AC-1 Keypad Input:AC-1: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Keypad

CLK/0 [Terminal 4]: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. greenDATA/1 [Terminal 3]: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... white

+5 or 12 VDC Powr + V [Terminal 1]: .................................................................................................................................................................... red (5 or 12 VDC Power)LED [Terminal 5]: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... Brown (green LED, off if no gap)GND [Terminal 2]: ....................................................................................................................................................................... black/yellow (red LED, power indication)

General:Keypad: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 x 4 and 2 x 6 matrix output, 0 - 9, *, #Unit Life: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... Tested to over 1 billion cycles


Essex KTP-103 Keypad, 12-button, 3x4 Matrix Keypad, Stainless Steel, Weatherproof, 8-bit Burst .................................... 01-7000-221Essex KTP-102 Keypad, 12-button, 2x6 Matrix Keypad, Stainless Steel, Weatherproof, 8-bit Burst .................................... 01-7000-222

DescriptionThe Essex Electronics Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad 8-bit burst version provides arugged, durable means of entering a security PIN (personal identification number) into anAndover Continuum Security Management System. The solid stainless steel keypad wiresinto the Andover Continuum AC-1 controller (only), with no other interface modulesrequired. Up to 2 keypads may be connected to the AC-1.

The Essex KTP-103, is an 8-bit burst version of Andover’s existing Essex Indoor/OutdoorSecurity Keypad. It features the same 12-button keypad (3 x 4 matrix) and can be mountedflush or directly ontoa single-gang electrical handibox. Two LEDs are provided for powerand go/no go indication. The keypad is available with field selectable input voltages of 5 or12 VDC. The KTP-103 has a stainless steel finish and ships with an Andover Controls labelthat can be easily affixed to the keypad.

The Essex KTP-102, is a 12-button keypad (2 x 6 matrix). The KTP-102 is waterproof and itsnarrow style makes it ideally suited for mullion mount. Like the KTP-103, it offers 8-bit burst output, a stainless steel finish, and field selectableinput voltages of 5 VDC or 12 VDC.

Indoor/Outdoor Security Keypad 8-Bit Burst

NEW!


CARDS & READERS 185

DescriptionThe Andover Controls EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board is designed to convert signals from up to four Cardkey Model #L47 readers (ortwo Model #L40-6 readers, which draw more current) into Wiegand format, which can be read by the Andover Controls ACX 700/780 family ofcontrollers.

The EMX34 is designed to be mounted to a DIN rail within an enclosure. It must be connected to an Andover Controls ACX 700/780 familycontroller, to an AC power source and to a Cardkey reader. The EMX34 printed circuit board has four inputs (P2, P4, P6, P8) and four outputs (P3,P5, P7, P9). The inputs from the Cardkey reader are wired on the right-hand side of the physical board, and the outputs on the left-hand side.

The EMX34 Cardkey Interface Board comes complete with the EMX34 printed circuit board, two plastic PCB mounting brackets and two plasticDIN rail mounting brackets. Additional items required include an Andover Controls ACX 700 or 780 family controller, Cardkey readers, one extracable and female molex connector per reader, a AC power cable, output wires, two end clamps, a DIN rail and an enclosure.


Power: ............ Receive power from ACX 700/780 controller; Addtl 24VAC (+/- 20%) required to power LEDs (EMX34 board converts power to 9VDC output for LEDs)Wiring: ........................................................................................................................................................................... Each Cardkey input on the EMX34 requires 6 wiresEnvironmental: ............................................................................................................................................. Operates in same environment as Andover Infinity controllersDimensions:: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 6.125” x 3.625” (160mm x 92 mm)

EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board


EMX34/CK34 Cardkey Interface Board .................................................................................................................................... 01-0008-755


CARDS & READERS186



DAMPER ACTUATORS 187

DescriptionThe Belimo AF Series actuators are designed for on-off, fail-safe and proportional control of dampersin HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 133 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 35 sq-ft and providetrue spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application and positive close-off on air-tight dampers.The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with, and without, power appliedto the actuator.

The AF Series provides 95° of rotation with a graduated position indicator showing -5° to 90° and aunique manual positioning mechanism which allows the setting of any damper position within theactuator’s 95° of rotation. The actuator is shipped in the zero position (5° from full fail-safe) to provideautomatic compression against damper gaskets for tight shut-off. When power is applied, the manualmechanism is released and the actuator drives toward the full fail-safe position. The manual overridecan also be released physically by the use of a crank supplied with the actuator.


Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 133 in-lb [15 Nm]Running Time: ........................................................................................................................................................ 150 sec. independent of load (control); <20 sec. (spring)Angle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Fits Shaft Diameter: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/8” to 3/4” (standard)Manual Override: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Hex crankControl Direction: .......................................................................................................................................................... Left/right external switch (proportional types only)Spring Direction: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... Left or right mountingDimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10.59” x 3.86” x 3.10”Electrical Connection: .......................................................................................................................................................... 3ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fittingAuxiliary Switches: ..................................................................................................................................................................... SPDT. One 5° fixed; one 25° to 85° adjust.Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified

Specific Models:AF24: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC powerAF24-S: ............................................................................................................................................................. On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power, 2 Built-in aux. switchesAF120: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC powerAF120-S: ............................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power, 2 Built-in aux. switchesAF230: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off Control, 230VAC powerAF230-S: .................................................................................................................................................................. On/Off Control, 230VAC power, 2 Built-in ax. switchesAF24-3: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... Floating Control, 24VAC/DC powerAF24-SR: ...................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power; 2-10 VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signalAF24-SR-S: .................................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V

phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, 2 Built-in aux. switchesAF24-SR95: ......................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, Honeywell electronic series 90 or 140 ohm control signalAF24-PWM: ................................................................................. Proportional Control, AC power only, Pulse width modulating control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal

Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsAF Series


133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-SR-AVAF24-SR w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-SR-S-AV133 in-lb, 24V, On/Off ................................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF24-AVAF24 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ............................................................................................................................................ ZBAF24-S-AV133 in-lb, 120V, On/Off ............................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF120-AVAF120 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches ........................................................................................................................................ ZBAF120-S-AV133 in-lb, 230VAC, On/Off .............................................................................................................................................................. ZBAF230AF230 w/2 Built-In Aux. Switches .............................................................................................................................................. ZBAF230-S133 in-lb, 24VAC/DC, Proportional, Honeywell Elect. Series 90/140 ohm .......................................................................... ZBAF24-SR95133 in-lb, 24VAC/DC, Floating ...................................................................................................................................................... ZBAF24-3133 in-lb, 24V, PWM, AC Power Only .................................................................................................................................... ZBAF24-PWM

NOTE: -AV denotes that the unit carries the Andover Controls logo.


DAMPER ACTUATORS188


Dimensional Drawings (all numbers in brackets are metric)

* Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.



DescriptionThe Belimo NF Series actuators are designed for on-off, fail safe and proportional control of dampersin HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 60 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 15 sq-ft.

The NF Series provide true spring return operation for reliable fail-safe application and positive close-off on air tight dampers. The spring return system provides consistent torque to the damper with, andwithout, power applied to the actuator. The NF series provides 95° of rotation with a graduatedposition indicator showing 0° to 95°. The actuator may be stalled anywhere in its normal rotationwithout the need of mechanical end switches.


Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60 in-lb [7 Nm]Running Time: ............................................................................................................................ <75 sec. (on/off control); 150 sec. (proportional control); <60 sec. (spring)Angle of Rotation: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95°, adjustableFits Shaft Diameter: ................................................................................................................................ 3/8” to 3/4” (standard); 3/4” to 1.05” (w/ K4-1 clamp accessory)Control Direction: ............................................................................................................................................................... Left/right external switch (proportional models)Spring Direction: .............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Left or right mountingDimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................. 10.59” x 3.86” x 3.10”Electrical Connection: ......................................................................................................... .................... 3 ft, 18 GA double insulated appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fittingAuxiliary Switches: ........................................................................................................................................................................ SPDT. One 25° to 85° adjust. (-S models)Housing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified

Specific Models:NF24: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC powerNF24-S: .................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 24 VAC/DC power, Built-in aux. switchNF120: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC powerNF120-S: ...................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off Control, 120 VAC power, Built-in aux. switchNF24-SR: .................................................. Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal

Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsNF Series


60 in-lb, 24V, Proportional .................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF24-SR-AV60 in-lb, 24V, On/Off ................................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF24-AVNF24 w/ Aux. Switch .............................................................................................................................................................. ZBNF24-S-AV60 in-lb, 120V, On/Off ............................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF120-AVNF120 w/Aux. Switch ........................................................................................................................................................... ZBNF120-S-AV



DAMPER ACTUATORS190



* Based on 4 in-lb/ft2 damper torque loading. Parallel blade. No edge seals.



DescriptionThe Belimo LF Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off and proportional control of dampersin HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 35 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 8 sq-ft.

The LF Series actuators provide true spring return operation for reliable, fail-safe application andpositive close off on air tight dampers. The spring return system provides consistent torque to thedamper with, and without, power applied to the actuator. The LF Series provides 95° of rotation andis provided with a graduated position indicator showing 0° to 90°. The actuator may be stalled anywherein its normal rotation without the need of mechanical end switches. Power consumption is reduced inholding mode.


Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 in-lb [4 Nm]Running Time: ..................................................................................................................................................... Motor < 75 sec. Motor 150 sec. constant Spring < 25 sec.Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DC, 120 VAC, 230 VACAngle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Rotation Direction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Left/right external switchElectrical Connection: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fittingHousing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)Agencies: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified, CE

Specific Models:LF24: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 24VAC/DC powerLF24-S: ................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 24VAC/DC power, Built-in aux. switchLF24-3: ...................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Point Control, 24VAC/DC power, External rotation switchLF24-S: ..................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Point Control, 24VAC/DC power, External rotation switch, Built-in aux. switchLF120: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 120VACLF120-S: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off, 120VAC, Built-in aux. switchLF230: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, 230VACLF230-S: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ On/Off, 230VAC, Built-in aux. switchLF24-SR: ................................................................................................... Proportional, 24V, 2-10VDC Control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, Extrernal rotation switchLF24-SR-S: ........................................................................................................ Proportional, 24V, 2-10VDC control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, Built-in aux. switch

Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsLF Series


35 in-lb, 24V, On/Off Control ............................................................................................................................................................. ZBLF2435 in-lb, 24V, On/Off Control, Built-In Aux. Switch ........................................................................................................................ ZBLF24-S35 in-lb, 24V, Floating Point Control, Rotation Switch ................................................................................................................... ZBLF24-335 in-lb, 24V, Floating Point Control, Rotation Switch, Built-In Aux. Switch ............................................................................ ZBLF24-3-S35 in-lb, 120V, On-Off Control ......................................................................................................................................................... ZBLF12035 in-lb, 120V, On/Off Control, Built-In Aux. Switch .................................................................................................................... ZBLF120-S35 in-lb, 230V, On/Off Control ......................................................................................................................................................... ZBLF23035 in-lb, 230V, On/Off Control, Built-In Aux. Switch .................................................................................................................... ZBLF230-S35 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 2-10VDC, Rotation Switch ............................................................................................................. ZBLF24-SR35 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 2-10VDC, Rotation Switch, Built-In Aux. Switch ........................................................................ ZBLF24-SR-S


DAMPER ACTUATORS192






DAMPER ACTUATORS194





DescriptionThe Belimo AM Series actuators are designed for control of dampers in HVAC systems. They offer aminimum 160 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 40 sq-ft.

The AM Series anti-rotation strap will prevent lateral movement of the actuator. The angle of rotationis mechanically limited to 95°. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the actuatorautomatically stops. The gears can be manually disengaged by simply pressing down the spring-loaded button on the actuator cover. The actuator mounts directly to a damper shaft up to 3/4” diameterby means of its universal clamp, or up to a 1.05” jackshaft with the optional K4-1 clamp. The AM24-S us is constructed to meet the requirements for double insulated devices.


Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 160 in-lb [18 Nm]Running Time: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 100 to 150 sec. for 0 to 160 in-lb.Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DCPower Consumption: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2.5WTransformer Sizing: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.5 VA (Class 2 power source)Overload Protection: ......................................................................................................................................................................... Electronic throughout 0 to 95° rotationPosition Indication: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... Clip-on indicatorAngle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Manual Override: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... External push buttonHumidity: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 95% RH, noncondensingRotation Direction: .............................................................. CW/CCW external switch. Proportional: CW=CW with decrease signal; CCW=CCW with decrease signalElectrical Connection: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fittingHousing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)Weight: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.8 lbs. (1.3 kg)Agencies: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified, CE

Non-Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsAM Series


160 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Point Control ................................................................................................................................. ZBAM24160 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Point Control, Aux. Switch ....................................................................................................... ZBAM24-S160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 2-10 VDC or 4-20 mA (w/500 Ohm Resistor) ............................................................................. ZBAM24-SR160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 4-7 VDC, Adj Span ................................................................................................................ ZBAM24-SRS-A160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 6-9 VDC, Adj Span ................................................................................................................ ZBAM24-SRS-B160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, 10.5-13.5 VDC, Adj Span ...................................................................................................... ZBAM24-SRS-C160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, Pulse Width Mod (0.02-5.0 sec) ........................................................................................ ZBAM24-PWM-A160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, Pulse Width Mod (0.1-25.5 sec) ........................................................................................ ZBAM24-PWM-B160 in-lb, 24V, Prop. Control, Pulse Width Mod (0.59-2.93 sec) ...................................................................................... ZBAM24-PWM-C


DAMPER ACTUATORS196



Provide overload protection and disconnect as required.

Actuators may also be powered by 24 VDC

For end position indication, interlock control, fan startup, etc.,AM24-S us incorporates two built-in auxiliary switches: 2 x SPDT,6A (1.5A) @ 250 VAC, UL listed, adjustable between 0° and 95°.

Meets UL and CSA requirements without the need of an electricalground connection.

1

2

3

4



DescriptionThe Belimo GM Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off or proportional control of dampersin HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 266 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 70 sq-ft.

The GM Series anti-rotation strap will prevent lateral movement of the actuator. The angle of rotationis mechanically limited to 95°. When reaching the damper or actuator end position, the gears can bemanually disengaged by simply pressing down the spring-loaded button on the actuator cover. Whenthis button is pressed down, the damper blades can be adjusted by hand. The position of the actuatoris indicated by means of a scale reading 0 to 1.


Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 266 in-lb [30 Nm]Running Time: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 135 sec. independent of loadPower Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DCAngle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Fits Shaft Diameters: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15/32” to 3/4”Manual Override: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Push buttonRotation Direction: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... A/B external switchDimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 9.49” x 4.88” x 3.15”Electrical Connection: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fittingHousing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified

Specific Models:GM24: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC powerGM24-SR: ..................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal

Non-Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsGM Series


266 in-lb, 24V On/Off, Floating Control ..................................................................................................................................... ZBGM24-AV266 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................. ZBGM24-SR-AV



DAMPER ACTUATORS198





DescriptionThe Belimo SM Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off and proportional control ofdampers in HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 133 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 35 sq-ft.

The SM Series actuators are, by means of a special clamp, directly mounted onto the damper shaft.The universal mounting bracket supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement of the actuator.The damper actuator is not provided with and does not require any limiting switches, but is protectedagainst overloading. The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95°. When reaching the damperor actuator end position, the motor stops automatically. The gears can be manually disengaged bysimply pressing down the spring loaded button on the actuator cover. When the button is presseddown, the damper blades can be adjusted by hand. The position of the actuator is indicated by meansof a scale reading 0...10.


Torque: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 133 in-lb (standard running time)Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DCRunning Time: .................................................................................... 90 to 150 sec. for 0 to 133 in-lb (on/off and floating); 100 to 200 sec. for 0-133 in-lb (proportional)Angle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Fits Shaft Diameter: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/8” to 3/4”Manual Override: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Push buttonRotation Direction: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... A/B external switchElectrical Connection: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fittingHousing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified

Specific Models:SM24: ......................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Running time of 90 to 150 sec. for 0 to 133 in-lbSMC24: .......................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Torque 88 in-lb, Fast running time of 45 to 85 sec. for 0 to 88 in-lbSM24-S: ...................................................................................... On/Off Control, 24VAC/DC power, Aux. switch 10° and 85° (SPST, 24V), Running time of 16 to 19 sec.SM24-SR: ..................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC Power, 2-10VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signalSM24-SRS: .......... Proportional Control, AC power only, 2-10VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal, Start point adj. 2 to 8.4VDC, Span adj. 1.6 to 8VDCSMC24-SR: ................................................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10VDC, 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor),

or 0-10V phasecut control signal, 2-10VDC feedback signal, Torque 88 in-lb, Fast running time of 55 to 110 sec. for 0 to 88 in-lb

Non-Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsSM Series


133 in-lb, 24V On/Off, Floating Control ..................................................................................................................................... ZBSM24-AV133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................. ZBSM24-SR-AV133 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Control, Fast Running Time ....................................................................................................... ZBSMC24133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional Control, Fast Running Time ........................................................................................................ ZBSMC24-SR133 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Fast Running Time, Built-In Aux. Switch ................................................................................................ ZBSM24-S133 in-lb, 24V, Proportional Control, AC Power Only .............................................................................................................. ZBSM24-SRS



DAMPER ACTUATORS200





DescriptionThe Belimo NM Series actuators are designed for modulating, on-off and proportional control ofdampers in HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 75 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 19 sq-ft.

The universal mounting bracket supplied with the NM actuator will prevent lateral movement of theactuator. The damper actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but isprotected against overloading. The angle of the rotation is mechanically limited to 95°. When reachingthe damper or actuator end position, the motor stops automatically. The gears can be manuallydisengaged by simply pressing down the spring loaded button on the actuator cover. When this buttonis pressed down, the damper blades can be adjusted by hand. The position of the actuator is indicatedby a visual pointer. Auxiliary switches are easily fastened directly onto the actuator body for signalingand switching functions.


Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 75 in-lb [8 Nm]Running Time: ........................................................................................... 150 sec. independent of load (proportional models); 75 to 150 sec for 0 to 75 in-lb (NM24 AV)Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DCTransformer Sizing: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.5 VA (Class 2 power source)Angle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Position Indication: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ clip-on indicatorManual Override: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Push buttonRotation Direction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Left/right external switchElectrical Connection: ......................................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA appliance cable, 1/2” conduit fittingHousing: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 2/IP54Housing Material: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... UL 94-5V (flammability rating)Ambient Temperature: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C)Noise Level: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Less than 35 dBAWeight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.8 lbs (0.8 kg)Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified

Specific Models:NM24: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC powerNM24-SR: ........................................................................ Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor), 2-10VDC feedback signalNM24-SRS: ...................................................................................................................... Proportional Control, AC power only, 2-29VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor)

control signal, Start point adj. 0-5VDC, Span adj. 2 -14VDC, 2-10VDC feedback signalNM24-PWM: ........................................................................................................... Proportional Control, AC power only, Pulse width modulating (externally selectable),

operating ranges of 0.59 sec. to 2.93 sec./0.02 sec. to 5.0 sec./0.02 sec. to 6.0 sec./0.1 sec. to 25.5 sec., 2-10VDC feedback signal

Non-Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsNM Series


75 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Control ..................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-AVNM24 Bulk Packaging, 32 Count .......................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24.1-AV75 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ................................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-SR-AV75 in-lb, 24V, Proportional, AC Power Only ............................................................................................................................ ZBNM24-SRSNM24-SRS Bulk Packing, 24-Count .................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-SRS.175 in-lb, 24V, PWM, AC Power Only .................................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-PWMZBNM24-PWM Bulk Packaging, 24-Count ....................................................................................................................... ZBNM24-PWM.1


DAMPER ACTUATORS202





DescriptionThe Belimo LM Series actuators are designed for on-off, floating point and proportional control ofdampers in HVAC systems. They offer a minimum 35 in-lb torque for damper areas up to 8 sq-ft.

The LM actuator is not provided with and does not require any limit switches, but is electronicallyprotected against overload. The angle of rotation is mechanically limited to 95°. When reaching thedamper or actuator end position, the actuator automatically stops. The gears can be manuallydisengaged with a button on the actuator cover. The position of the actuator is indicated by a visualpointer. The anti-rotation strap supplied with the actuator will prevent lateral movement.


Torque: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 in-lb [4 Nm]Running Time: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 80 to 110 sec. for 0 to 35 in-lb [4 Nm]Power Supply: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VAC/DCPower Consumption: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 WAngle of Rotation: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Fits Shaft Diameter: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5/16” to 23/32”Manual Override: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Push buttonRotation Direction: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. Left/right external switchDimensions: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4.53” x 2.32” x 2.56”Electrical Connection: ..................................................................................................................................... 3 ft, 18 GA plenum rated cable; terminal strips on -T modelsHousing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. NEMA 2/IP54 (-T models are NEMA 1)Ambient Temperature: .................................................................................................................................................................................... -22°F to 122°F (-30°C to 50°C)Agencies: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. UL 873 listed, CSA 4813 02 certified

Specific Models:LM24: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC powerLM24-S: ............................................................................................................................................ On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, 1 Adj. SPDT Aux. SwitchLM24-T: ............................................................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Terminal stripLM24-10P: .......................................................................................................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, 10K ohm feedback potentiometerLM24-5PO-T: .......................................... On/Off, Floating Control, 24VAC/DC power, Terminal strip, 5K ohm feedback potentiometer (w/out rotation direction switch)LM24SR: ............................................................................................ Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal,

2-10VDC feedback signal, angle of rotation electronically adj./no mechanical end stopsLM24SR-T: ......................................................................................... Proportional Control, 24VAC/DC power, 2-10 VDC or 4-20mA (w/ 500 ohm resistor) control signal,

w/out feedback and electronic angle of rotation adj.

Non-Spring Return Electric Damper ActuatorsLM Series


35 in-lb, 24V, On/Off, Floating Control ............................................................................................................................................ ZBLM24LM24 Bulk Packaging, 32-Count .................................................................................................................................................. ZBLM24.1LM24 w/Terminal Strip ................................................................................................................................................................ ZBLM24-TLM24-T Bulk Packaging, 48-Count ............................................................................................................................................ ZBLM24-T.1LM24 w/Aux. Switch .................................................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24-SLM24 w/10K ohm Feedback Pot. ............................................................................................................................................. ZBLM24-10P35 in-lb, 24V, Proportional ........................................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SRLM24SR Bulk Packaging, 32-Count .......................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR.1LM24SR w/Terminal Strip ....................................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR-TLM24SR-T Bulk Packaging, 48-Count ................................................................................................................................... ZBLM24SR-T.1LM24 w/Terminal Strip, 5K ohm Feedback Pot ................................................................................................................... ZBLM24-5PO-TLM24-5PO-T Bulk Packaging, 48-Count ............................................................................................................................. ZBLM24-5PO-T.1


DAMPER ACTUATORS204






DAMPER ACTUATORS206

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies OpenAir GCA Series Spring Return Electric DamperActuator is designed for control of building HVAC dampers. The GCA Series are available in 0 to 10Vdc or 4 to 20 mA modulating, three-position (floating) and two-position (on/off) control models. TheGCA Series are ideal for Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control of return air,mixed air, exhaust, and face and bypass dampers that require up to 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm) torque.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. D-3 through D-4) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-173P25 and 155-174P25.


Operating Voltage (G-G0): .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 HzSpan: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2 to 30 Vdc

Factory Setting: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10 VTorque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm)

Running Torque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm)Spring Return Torque: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 142 lb.-in. (16 Nm)Max. Torque: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ <360 lb.-in. (40 Nm)

Runtime for 90° Operating with Motor: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 90 secondsClosing (on power loss) w/Spring Return: ................................................................................................................................................................................ 15 seconds

Nominal Angle of Rotation: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90°Max. Angular Rotation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95°Ambient Temperature:

Operation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C)Storage and Transport: ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 to 158°F (32 to 70°C)

Ambient Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensingShaft Size: .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3/8 to 1” (8 to 25 mm) diameter

1/4 to 5/8”2 (6 to 18 mm2)Min. Shaft Length: ............................................................................................................. ......................................................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm)Cable Length: .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 3’ (0.9 m)Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................ 12” H x 4.75” W x 2.88” D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................... 4.85 lb. (2.2 kg)

Spring Return Electronic Damper ActuatorsOpen Air GCA Series


SR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Plenum Cable .........................................................................................................................................ZGCA121.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Universal Cable ..................................................................................................................................... ZGCA121.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable .................................................................................................................... ZGCA126.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................ ZGCA126.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 3P, Universal Cable ..................................................................................................................................... ZGCA131.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 3P, Aux Switch, FDBK Potentiometer, Universal Cable .............................................................................. ZGCA135.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................................................ ZGCA151.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Universal Cable ........................................................................................................................... ZGCA151.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ...........................................................................................................ZGCA156.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ....................................................................................................... ZGCA156.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Plenum Cable ...................................................................................................................................ZGCA161.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Universal Cable ............................................................................................................................... ZGCA161.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Plenum Cable .................................................................................................................ZGCA163.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Universal Cable ............................................................................................................. ZGCA163.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ............................................................................................. ZGCA164.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Ajd., Universal Cable ......................................................................................... ZGCA164.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................... ZGCA166.1PSR, 24V, 144INLB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ........................................................................................................... ZGCA166.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Universal Cable ..................................................................................................................................... ZGCA221.1USR, 24V, 144INLB, 2P, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................ ZGCA226.1U

NEW!



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies OpenAir GDE Series Non-Spring Return Electric DamperActuator is designed for 0 to 10 Vdc or three-position (floating) control of building HVAC dampers.The GDE Series are used in Constant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control requiring upto 44 lb.-in. (5 Nm) torque. Models are available with either a universal cable for wiring in conduit ora plenum-rated cable for applications where conduit is not required.



Operating Voltage: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 VacFrequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 HzControl Signal Adjustment:

Offset (Start Point): ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Between 0 to 5 VdcFactory Setting: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 VSpan: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... between 2 to 30 Vdc

Function:Torque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 44 lb.-in. (5 Nm) at 50 Hz: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 108 sec. at 60 Hz: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90 sec.Nominal Angle of Rotation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90°Max. Angular Rotation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°

Ambient Conditions:Ambient Temperature: Operation: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C) Storage and Transport: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 140°F (32 to 60°C)Ambient Humidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensing

Mounting:Shaft Size: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3/8 to 5/8” (8 to 16 mm) diameter

1/4 to 1/2”2 (6 to 13 mm2)Min. Shaft Length: ............................................................................................................. ..................................................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm)

Cable Length: .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 3’ (0.9 m)Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ................................. 5.4” H x 2.6” W x 2.3” D (137 mm H x 68 mm W x 60 mm D)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... ................................................................................................... 1.06 lb. (0.45 kg)

Non-Spring Return Electronic Damper ActuatorsOpenAir GDE Series


NSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, Plenum Cable .................................................................................................................................... ZGDE131.1PNSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................................ ZGDE131.1UNSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, FDBK Potentiometer, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................. ZGDE132.1PNSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 3PT, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................................ ZGDE136.1PNSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................................................. ZGDE161.1PNSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................... ZGDE163.1PNSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Plenum Cable .......................................................................................... ZGDE164.1PNSR, 24V, 44 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................ ZGDE166.1P

NEW!


DAMPER ACTUATORS208

Non-Spring Return Electronic Damper ActuatorsOpenAir GBB Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies OpenAir GBB Series Non-Spring Return Electric DamperActuator is designed for control of building HVAC dampers. The GBB Series are available in 0 to 10Vdc, 4 to 20 mA, and three-position (floating) control. The GBB Series are used in Constant or VariableAir Volume installations for the control of return air, mixed air, exhaust, and face and bypass dampersthat require up to 177 lb.-in. (20 Nm) torque.



Operating Voltage: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%, -15%Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 HzPower Consumption: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 VAEquipment Rating for Operating Voltage: ........................................................................................................................................................................................... Class 2Runtime for 90° Opening or Closing: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 150 sec.Nominal Angle of Rotation: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90°Max. Angular Rotation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95°Feedback Potentiometer: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 to 1000 Ohm, Max. 1 mATorque: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 177 lb.-in. (20 Nm)Ambient Humidity: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensingAmbient Temperature:

Operation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C)Storage and Transport: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -25 to 158°F (32 to 70°C)

Shaft Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3/8 to 1” (8 to 25.4 mm) diameter1/4 to 5/8”2 (6 to 18 mm2)

Min. Shaft Length: ............................................................................................................. ......................................................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm)Housing Enclosure: ............................................................................................................. ............................................................................................................... NEMA 1Material: ...................................................................................................................... ............................................................................................. Die-cast aluminum alloyCable Length: .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 3’ (0.9 m)Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................ 12” H x 4.75” W x 2.88” D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... 4.4 lb. (2 kg)


NSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Plenum Cable ........................................................................................................................... ZGBB151.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Universal Cable ....................................................................................................................... ZGBB151.1UNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ...................................................................................................... ZGBB156.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 4-20mA, Aux Switch, Universal Cable .................................................................................................. ZGBB156.1UNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................................... ZGBB161.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Universal Cable .......................................................................................................................... ZGBB161.1UNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ............................................................................................................. ZGBB163.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Span Adj., Universal Cable ......................................................................................................... ZGBB163.1UNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Plenum Cable ........................................................................................ ZGBB164.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Span Adj., Universal Cable .................................................................................... ZGBB164.1UNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable .......................................................................................................... ZGBB166.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 0-10V, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ...................................................................................................... ZGBB166.1UNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, Med, Plenum Cable ........................................................................................................................ ZGBB171.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, Med, Universal Cable .................................................................................................................... ZGBB171.1UNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, FDBK Potentiometer, Plenum Cable ............................................................................................... ZGBB175.1PNSR, 24V, 177 IN LB, 3PT, FDBK Potentiometer, Universal Cable ........................................................................................... ZGBB175.1U

NEW!



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies OpenAir GIB Series Non-Spring Return Electric DamperActuator is designed for modulating control of building HVAC dampers. The GIB Series are used inConstant and Variable Air Volume installations for the control of return air, mixed air, exhaust, and faceand bypass dampers requiring up to 310 lb.-in. (35 Nm) torque.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. D-9 through D-11) for specificationdetails and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-176P25.


Operating Voltage (G-G0): ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%, -15%Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 HzControl Signal Adjustment:

Offset (Start Point): ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Between 0 to 5 VdcFactory Setting: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 0 VSpan: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... between 2 to 30 Vdc

Function:Torque: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 310 lb.-in. (35 Nm) Runtime for 90° Opening or Closing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 150 sec.Nominal Angle of Rotation: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90°Max. Angular Rotation: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95°Noise Level: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... <45 dBA

Ambient Conditions:Ambient Temperature: Operation: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 130°F (32 to 55°C) Storage and Transport: ...................................................................................................................................................................................... -25 to 158°F (32 to 70°C)Ambient Humidity: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 95% RH, non-condensing

Mounting:Shaft Size: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3/8 to 1” (8 to 26 mm) diameter

1/4 to 5/8”2 (6 to 18 mm2)Min. Shaft Length: ............................................................................................................. ..................................................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm)

Cable Length: .................................................................................................................. .................................................................................................................. 3’ (0.9 m)Dimensions: .................................................................................................................... ............................. 12 H x 4.75” W x 2.88” D (305 mm H x 121 mm W x 73 mm D)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... .......................................................................................................... 4.4 lb. (2 kg)

Non-Spring Electronic Damper ActuatorsOpenAir GIB Series


NSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Plenum Cable ....................................................................................................................... ZGIB151.1PNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Universal Cable .................................................................................................................... ZGIB151.1UNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................... ZGIB156.1PNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(I), HT, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ...............................................................................................ZGIB156.1UNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Plenum Cable ...................................................................................................................... ZGIB161.1PNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Universal Cable ................................................................................................................... ZGIB161.1UNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Plenum Cable .................................................................................................... ZGIB163.1PNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Universal Cable ................................................................................................. ZGIB163.1UNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ................................................................................ ZGIB164.1PNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Span Adj., Aux Switch, Universal Cable ............................................................................ZGIB164.1UNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Aux Switch, Plenum Cable ................................................................................................. ZGIB166.1PNSR, 24V, 310 IN LB, MOD(V), HT, Aux Switch, Universal Cable ..............................................................................................ZGIB166.1U

NEW!


DAMPER ACTUATORS210

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 349 Non-Spring Return Rotary Electric Damper Actuator isdesigned for use in Constant or Variable Air Volume, unit conditioners and heat pump HVAC installationsfor the operation of return air, mixed air, exhaust, and face and by-pass dampers.



Operating Voltage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 24 Vac +20%, -30%, Class 2Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 HzPower Consumption: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 2.2 VARuntime for 90° Rotation:

60 Hz: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 90 sec.50 Hz: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 108 sec.

Small Torque:Min.: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 45 lb.-in. (5.0 Nm)Max.: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60 lb.-in. (6.8 Nm)

Torque Rating: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 lb.-in. (4.0 Nm)Nominal Angle of Rotation: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 90°Ambient Humidity: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 5% to 95% RH, non-condensingAmbient Temperature:

Operation: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 32 to 125°F (0 to 52°C)Storage and Transport: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... -20 to 120°F (29 to 49°C)

Mounting:Min. damper shaft length: .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1-1/2” (38 mm)Suitable damper shaft: ........................................................................................................................................................... Square or round, 3/8 to 1/2” (10 to 13 mm)

Shipping Weight: ............................................................................................................... ....................................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.6 kg)

Electronic Damper Actuators349 Series


EA349 Electric Damper Actuator w/Shaft Adapter, 35 IN LB ....................................................................................................... Z3490100



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 349 Spring Return Rotary Electric Damper Actuator isdesigned for three-position or modulating control of building HVAC dampers. The 349 Damper Actuatoris ideal for Constant or Variable Air Volume installations in unit ventilators, control dampers, ventilationflaps, and louvers requiring up to 50 lb.-in. (6 Nm) torque.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. D-15 through D-16) for specificationdetails and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-178P25 and 155-179P25.


Operating Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +20%Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 HzControl Signal Adjustment:

Three-position (floating) input signal:Position input and output signal: Voltage: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 to 10 Vdc Current: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 mA

Function:Running Stall Torque Max.: .................................................................................................................................................................................. 130 lb.-in. (15 Nm) max.Spring Return Stall Torque Min.: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 lb.-in. (6 Nm) Nominal Angle of Rotation: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 95° +2°

Ambient Conditions:Ambient Temperature: ....................................................................................................................................................................................... -30 to 140°F (-35 to 60°C)Storage Temperature: ........................................................................................................................................................................................ -30 to 150°F (-35 to 65°C)Humidity Range: .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5 to 90% RH, non-condensing

Mounting:Enclosure: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... NEMA 1Shaft Size: .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 1/2” (13 mm) square or diameter

1/4 to 1/2”2 (6 to 13 mm2)Min. Shaft Length: ............................................................................................................................. 3-1/2” (76 mm) >5/8 to 3-1/2” (16 to 76 mm) by reversing the hubCable Length: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 3.3’ (1 m)Conduit opening: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/2” (13 mm)

Shipping Weight: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4 lb. (1.8 kg)



50 IN LB, Spring Return, 24 VAC, 3 Position Control .................................................................................................................... Z349010150 IN LB, Spring Return, 24 VAC, Modulating Control ................................................................................................................. Z3490102


DAMPER ACTUATORS212


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 338 Electronic Damper Actuator is used with frame or floormount linkage kits to operate dampers in HVAC installations and accept a modulating 0 to 10 Vdc ortwo-position SPST signal input from an electronic controller. Spring Return and Non-Spring Returnmodels are available. The 338 Actuators are used for HVAC dampers requiring up to 300 lb.-in. (34Nm) or torque for operation on dampers at ambient temperatures between 0° and 120°F (-18 to 49°C).



Operating Voltage: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24 Vac +10%Frequency: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50 to 60 HzPower Consumption: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 20 VANominal Angular Rotation:

Modulating: ................................................................................................................................................................................................ Factory set at m in. stroke 80° Field Adjustable: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80° to 160°Two-Position: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Factory set at 160° Field Adjustable: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 80° to 160°

Position Resolution (Modulating 160° stroke): ............................................................................................................................................................... Min. 70 repositionsRunning Time 160° Stroke:

Non-Spring Return: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 60, 75, 150 lb.-in (7, 8, 17 Nm)60 Hz: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 60 sec.50 Hz: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 75 sec.

Running Time 160° Stroke:Non-Spring Return: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 300 lb.-in (34 Nm)60 Hz: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 120 +2 sec.50 Hz: .............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 144 sec.

Spring Return (60 lb.-in): .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 60 sec. at 77°F (25°C)Ambient Temperature:

Operation and Storage: ..................................................................................................................................................................................... -22 to 122°F (-30 to 50°C)Humidity: ...................................................................................................................... .......................................................................................... 93% RH at 96°F (36°C)

Shipping Weights:Spring Return: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 7.4 lb. (3.4 kg)Non-Spring Return: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.5 lb. (2.3 kg)


60 IN LB, Modulating Spring Return Actuator ............................................................................................................................... Z338 00175 IN LB, Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator ....................................................................................................................... Z338 012150 IN LB, Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator ..................................................................................................................... Z338 013300 IN LB, Modulating Non-Spring Return Actuator ..................................................................................................................... Z338 01460 IN LB, 2-Position Spring Return Actuator ................................................................................................................................. Z338 021



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 331 No. 3 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 2-3/8” (60mm) stroke. The No. 3 Actuator is a rugged, metal-fabricated device that provides gradual or positiveactuation of HVAC dampers. The actuator is available in a variety of spring ranges for energy optimizingand sequencing with other devices.



Effective Diaphragm Area: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 in.2 (51.5 cm2)Stroke: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-3/8” (60 mm)Max. Air Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 psig (210 kPa)Nominal Spring Ranges: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 to 7 psi (21 to 50 kPa)

5 to 10 psi (35 to 69 kPa)8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)

Ambient Temperature Range:Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C)Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C)

Materials:Housing (totally enclosed): ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... AluminumStem: ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Plated SteelDiaphragm: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Ozone-resistant EPT rubberSpring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ SteelBearing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Delrin

Air Connection: .................................................................................................................... 1/8” NPT female with a straight dual barb fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. tubingType of Mounting: .............................................................................................................. .................................................................. Front, bracket, pivot, extended shaftShipping Weight (Actuator only): ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.58 kg)

Pneumatic Damper Actuators331 Series


To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.


DAMPER ACTUATORS214

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 331 No. 4 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 4” (102 mm)stroke. The No. 4 Actuator is a rugged, metal fabricated device that provides gradual or positiveactuation of HVAC and fire/smoke dampers. It is recommended for control of outdoor, return air,exhaust, face and bypass, fan discharge, and static control dampers.



Effective Diaphragm Area: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 in.2 (71 cm2)Stroke: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4” (102 mm)Stroke (hesitation models): ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3” (76 mm)Max. Air Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa)Nominal Spring Ranges: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 to 7 psi (21 to 50 kPa)

3 to 13 psi (21 to 90 kPa)5 to 10 psi (35 to 69 kPa)8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)

Ambient Temperature Range:Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C)Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 140°F (-29 to 60°C)

Materials:Housing (totally enclosed): ............................................................................................................................................................................. Steel, electro-coated epoxyShaft: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Stainless SteelDiaphragm: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... Ozone-resistant EPT rubberSpring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ SteelBearing: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Delrin

Air Connection: .................................................................................................................... 1/8” NPT female with a straight dual barb fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. tubingType of Mounting: .............................................................................................................. ....................... Front, bracket, pivot; universal (extended shaft or frame mount)Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.66 lb. (1.66 kg)






DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 331 No. 6 Pneumatic Actuator is designed with a 4” (102 mm)stroke. The No. 6 Actuator is a rugged, metal-fabricated device that provides gradual or positiveactuation of HVAC and fire/smoke dampers. The actuator is excellent for control of outdoor air, returnair, mixed air, exhaust, face and bypass, fan discharge, multisection, static pressure control, fan inletvanes, and other special applications.



Effective Diaphragm Area: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 17.9 in.2 (115 cm2)Stroke: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4” (102 mm)Max. Air Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa)Nominal Spring Ranges: ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa)

3 to 13 psi (21 to 90 kPa)8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)

Ambient Temperature Range:Operating: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C)Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C)

Materials:Housing: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... AluminumStem: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Type 416 Stainless SteelDiaphragm: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Ozone-resistant rubberSpring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ SteelBearing: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Bronze Oilite

Air Connection: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8” NPT femaleType of Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................................... Pivot, universal (extended shaft or female mount)Shipping Weight (Actuator only): ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 9.0 lb. (4.08 kg)





DAMPER ACTUATORS216

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 331 No. 6 Pneumatic Actuator-Tamdem Mounting is a rugged,metal-fabricated device for tandem-mounting, piloted by a positioning relay, mounted on a sturdyangle iron frame. Recommended to position inlet vanes on fans or large dampers that use a jack shaft.



Effective Diaphragm Area: ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 35.8 in.2 (230 cm2)Stroke: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 4” (102 mm)Max. Air Pressure: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa)Spring Start Point (Adjustable): ............................................................................................................................................................................... 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa)Spring Span (Adjustable): ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 3 to 12 psi (21 to 83 kPa)Spring Range:

Factory Setting: ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)Ambient Temperature Range:

Operating: .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C)Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C)

Materials:Housing: ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... AluminumStem: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ Type 416SSDiaphragm: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. Ozone-resistant rubberSpring: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ SteelBearing: .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. Bronze Oilite

Air Connection: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1/8” NPT femaleType of Mounting: ........................................................................................................................................................... Pivot, universal (extended shaft or female mount)Shipping Weight: ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30 lb. (13.5 kg)






DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 331 Large Capacity Pneumatic Actuator is designed to developvery high thrust, as it has the capacity to handle heavy loads. The 331 controls large dampers andequipment that requires high operating thrust. This actuator cannot be used when spring return to failsafe position is required.



Air Supply Pressure: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)Max. Pressure: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)Ambient Temperature Range:

Operating: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50 to 140°F (10 to 60°C)Storage: ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C)

Effective Piston Area: ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 19.6 in.2 (126 cm2)Stroke: ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 7” (18 cm)-ft. (176 Nm)Spring Start Point (adjustable): ............................................................................................................................................................................. 3 to 10 psig (21 to 69 kPa)Air Connection: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1/8” NPTType of Mounting: ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... PivotShipping Weight (Actuator only): ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 35 lb. (16 kg)


Siemens Building Technologies Dampers & Actuators Accessories & Service Kits are available for sale through the Andover ControlsPeripherals Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. D-29 through D-36) for descriptions and specific productpart numbers. To order Siemens products through Andover Controls, simply use the Siemens part number along with the prefix Z.




DAMPER ACTUATORS218


VALVES & ACTUATORS 219

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 1” Valves aredesigned to work with the SSB MZ Series Actuator with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke. The Powermite MZSeries Valves are used for control of hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unit conditioners,radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal units requiring an actuator that delivers a minimum of 45 lb.(200 N) force. Use only with the MZ Series SSB Valve Actuator.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. C-25 through C-26) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-198P25.

Powermite 599 MZ Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 2” Valves are designedto work with the SSB MZ Series Actuator with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke. The Powermite MZ Series Valvesare used for mixing of hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unit conditioners, radiation,reheat coils, and similar terminal units requiring an actuator that delivers a minimum of 45 lb. (200 N)force. Use only with the MZ Series SSB Valve Actuator.


Ordering Information



Line Size: .............................................................. 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm)Body Style: ................................................................................................. GlobeSeat Style: ................................................................................... Metal to metalAction: ..................................................................................................... NO/NCValve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Stem Travel (stroke): .................................................................... 7/32” (5.5 mm)Materials:

Body: ................................................................................. UNS CA 844 BronzeBody Trim: ................................................................................................ BrassStem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303Packing: ................................................................... Ethylene Propylene O-ring

General:Controlled Medium: ...................................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%Medium Temperature Range: ....................................... 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C)Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service: .... 25 psi (173 kPa)Rangeability:

Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1

Close-off Ratings: .................................................... According to ANSI/FCI70-2Leakage Rate: .................................................................. Class IV (0.01% of Cv)Flow Characteristics: ................................................................................. LinearMounting Location: ......................................................... NEMA 1 (interior only)


Line Size: .............................................................. 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm)Body Style: ................................................................................................. GlobeSeat Style: ................................................................................... Metal to metalAction: ..................................................................................................... NO/NCValve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Stem Travel (stroke): .................................................................... 7/32” (5.5 mm)Materials:

Body: ................................................................................. UNS CA 844 BronzeBody Trim: ................................................................................................ BrassStem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303Packing: ................................................................... Ethylene Propylene O-ring

General:Controlled Medium: ...................................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%Medium Temperature Range: ....................................... 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C)Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service: .... 25 psi (173 kPa)Rangeability:

Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1


NEW!

NEW!


VALVES & ACTUATORS220

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series SSB61U Electronic Valve Actuatorrequires a 24 Vac supply and receives a 0 to 10 Vdc control signal to proportionally control a valve. Thisactuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MZ Series Valves with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke and athreaded valve bonnet that fits the actuator. The SSB61U is for use in heating and cooling HVACapplications with Powermite 599 Series valves that need 45 lb. (200 N) of nominal force. Use only withMZ Series valve bodies.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. C-29 through C-30) for specificationdetails and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-192P25.

Powermite 599 MZ Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MZ Series SSB81U Electronic Valve Actuatorrequires a 24 Vac supply floating control signal to provide three-position control. This actuator is designedto work with Powermite 599 MZ Series Valves with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke and a threaded valve bonnetthat fits the actuator. The SSB81U is for use in heating and cooling HVAC applications with Powermite599 Series valves that need 45 lb. (200 N) of nominal force. Use only with MZ Series valve bodies.





Operating Voltage: .......................................................................... 24 Vac +20%Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzFunction:

Running Time: ...................................................................................... 150 sec.Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................ 7/32” (5.5 mm)Nominal Force: ............................................................................ 45 lb. (200 N)

General:Power Consumption: ................................................................................... 6 VAAmbient Temperature:

Operation: .................................................................... 34 to 122°F (1 to 50°C)Transport and Storage: ............................................. -13 to 58°F (-25 to 70°C)

Medium Temperature: .................................................. 34 to 230°F (1 to 110°C)Agency Approvals: ................................................ UL873, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93


Operating Voltage: .......................................................................... 24 Vac +20%Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzFunction:

Running Time: ...................................................................................... 150 sec.Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................ 7/32” (5.5 mm)Nominal Force: ............................................................................ 45 lb. (200 N)

General:Power Consumption: ................................................................................... 6 VAAmbient Temperature:

Operation: .................................................................... 34 to 122°F (1 to 50°C)Transport and Storage: ............................................. -13 to 58°F (-25 to 70°C)

Medium Temperature: .................................................. 34 to 230°F (1 to 110°C)Agency Approvals: ................................................ UL873, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93

Avail.Fall 1999

NEW!



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Series Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 1” Valves aredesigned to work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke. ThePowermite MT Series Valves are used for hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unitconditioners, radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal units; also suited for low pressure steam. Useonly with the MT Series Valve Actuators.


Powermite 599 MT Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 1” Valves are designedto work with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke. The Powermite MTSeries Valves are used for mixing of hot or chilled water for convectors, fan coil units, unit conditioners,radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal units requiring water mixing. Use only with the MT SeriesSSB Valve Actuators.





Line Size: .............................................................. 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm)Body Style: ................................................................................................. GlobeSeat Style: ................................................................................... Metal to metalAction: ..................................................................................................... NO/NCValve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Materials:

Body: ................................................................................. UNS CA 844 BronzeBody Trim: .................................................................. Stainless Steel or BrassStem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303Packing: ................................................................... Ethylene Propylene O-ring

Spring Range:Normally Closed: ................................................... 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa)Normally Open: ........................................................... 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa)

General:Stem Travel (stroke): .................................................................... 7/32” (5.5 mm)Controlled Medium: ...................................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%Medium Temperature Range: ....................................... 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C)Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service:

Brass Trim: ............................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa)Stainless Steel Trim: ................................................................ 50 psi (345 kPa)

Rangeability:Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1



Line Size: .............................................................. 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm)Body Style: ................................................................................................. GlobeSeat Style: ................................................................................... Metal to metalAction: .................................................................................... Three-way mixingValve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Stem Travel (stroke): .................................................................... 7/32” (5.5 mm)Materials:

Body: ................................................................................. UNS CA 844 BronzeBody Trim: .................................................................. Stainless Steel or BrassStem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303Packing: ................................................................... Ethylene Propylene O-ring

Spring Range: .............................................................. 8 to 13 psi (55 to 99 kPa)

General:Controlled Medium: ...................................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%Medium Temperature Range: ....................................... 35 to 250°F (2 tp 120°C)Max. Recommended Diff. Pressure for Modulating Service:

Brass Trim: ............................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa)Stainless Steel Trim: ................................................................ 50 psi (345 kPa)

Rangeability:Cv<1: .......................................................................................................... 50.1Cv>1: ........................................................................................................ 100.1


NEW!

NEW!



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MT Series 2” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designedfor use with the Powermite 599 MT Series Terminal Unit Valves with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke. ThePowermite 2” Valve Actuator is designed to be used on Powermite 599 Series Terminal Unit Valves inliquid and steam service applications. Use only with the MT Series valve bodies.



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MT SQS82U Electronic Valve Actuator requires a24 Vac floating control signal to provide three-position control. This actuator is designed to work withPowermite 599 MT Series Valve with a 7/32” (5.5 mm) stroke. Use only with the MT Series SSB valvebodies.





Effective Diaphragm Area: ............................................................ 3.4”2 (22 cm2)Diaphragm Material: .............................................................................. SiliconeNominal Spring Range: ........................................................... Valve DependentSpan: ............................................................................................... 5 psi (34 kPa)Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 7/32” (5.5 mm)

General:Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ........................................................... 35 si (241 kPa)Air Connection: ........ 1/8” NPT fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubingAmbient Temperature Transportion: ......................... -40 to 180°F (-40 to 82°C)Mounting Location: ......................................................... NEMA 1 (interior only)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................ 0.43 lb. (0.2 kg)


Operating Voltage:60 Hz: ................................................................................. 24 Vac, -15%, +5%50 Hz: ............................................................................... 24 Vac, -20%, +10%

Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzPower Consumption: .............................................................................. 1.45 VARunning Time:

at 60 Hz: .................................................................................. 125 sec. +5 sec.at 50 Hz: .................................................................................. 150 sec. +5 sec.

General:Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 7/32” (5.5 mm)Nominal Force: .............................................................................. 90 lb. (400 N)Ambient Temperature:

Operation: .................................................................... 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)Transport and Storage: ........................................... -13 to 140°F (-25 to 60°C)

Medium Temperature: .................................................. 41 to 248°F (5 to 120°C)Agency Approvals: ................................................ UL873, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93Shipping Weight: ...................................................................... 0.56 lb. (0.25 kg)

NEW!

NEW!




DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite MT SQS65 and SQS65.5 Electronic Valve Actuatorsrequire a 24 Vac supply and receive a 0 to 10 Vdc or a 0 to 1000 Ohm control signal to proportionallycontrol a valve. This actuator is designed to work with Powermite 599 MT Series Valve with a 7/32” (5.5mm) stroke. Use only with the MT Series valve bodies.





Operating Voltage:60 Hz: ............................................................................... 24 Vac, +20%, -15%50 Hz: ........................................................................................ 24 Vac, -+20%

Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzPower Consumption:

SQS65: ...................................................................................................... 3 VASQS65.5: ................................................................................................... 7 VA

Control Signal (Y)Voltage: ........................................................................................... 0 to 10 VdcCurrent: ................................................................................................. 0.1 mA

Input Impedance: ............................................................................. 100 K OhmsControl Signal (R):

Resistance: .............................................................................. 0 to 1000 OhmsPosition Output (U):

Voltage: ........................................................................................... 0 to 10 VdcCurrent: ................................................................... 0.5 mA max. running time

General:Running Time:

at 60 Hz: ..................................................................................................... 30 sat 50 Hz: ..................................................................................................... 35 sFail Safe (SQS65.5 only): ............................................................................. 8 s

Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 7/32” (5.5 mm)Nominal Force: .............................................................................. 90 lb. (400 N)Ambient Temperature:

Operation: ................................................................... 5 to 122°F (-15 to 50°C)Transport and Storage: ........................................... -13 to 149°F (-25 to 65°C)

Ambient Humidity: ............................................... 0 to 90% RH, non-condensingMedium Temperature: .................................................. 41 to 248°F (5 to 120°C)Agency Approvals: ................................................ UL873, CSA C22.2 No. 24-93Shipping Weights:

SQS65: ....................................................................................... 1.1 lb. (0.5 kg)SQS65.5: .................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.6 kg)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite Two-way Bronze 1/2 to 2” Valves are designed towork with either a pneumatic or electronic actuator with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke. Available in ANSI Class250 for Normally Closed or Normally Open action. Recommended for water, low and high pressuresteam, and glycol solutions up to 50%.


Flowrite 599 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite Three-way Bronze 1/2 to 2” Valves are designed towork with either pneumatic or electronic actuators with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke. Available in ANSI Class250. Recommended for mixing water supplies of two different temperatures.



Body Style: ....................... Globe-style control valve w/two connection optionsMaterials:

Body: ................................................................................. UNS CA 844 BronzeBody Trim: Bronze: ................................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa) Stainless Steel: ...................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)Stem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303Packing: ........................................................................................ EPDM O-ring


Body Style: ....................... Globe-style control valve w/four connection optionsMaterials

Body: ................................................................................. UNS CA 844 BronzeBody Trim: .............................................................................................. BronzeStem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303

Operating Controlled Medium: ..................................... Saturated steam, water,glycol solutions up to 50%

Medium Temperature Range: Normal Duty Packing: .............................................. 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C) Steam Packing: ................................................................ 337°F (170°C) max.

General:Max. Recommended Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:

Bronze Trim: Liquid: ..................................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa) Steam: ..................................................................................... 15psi (103 kPa)Stainless Steel Trim: Liquid/Steam: ......................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)

Max. Inlet Pressure:Water: ............................................................... Refer to Flowrite Ref. SectionSteam: .................................................................................. 100 psig (690 kPa)

General:Operating Controlled Medium: ..................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%

Medium Temperature Range:: .................................. 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C)Max. Rec. Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: .......... 25 psi (173 kPa)

Steam: .......................................................................................15psi (103 kPa)Stainless Steel Trim: ................................................................ 50 psi (345 kPa) Steam: .................................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)

Max. Inlet Pressure: ............................................ Refer to Flowrite Ref. Section





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite Two-way Flanged Iron 2-1/2 to 6” Valves are designedto work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators. Available in ANSI Class 125 and 250 for NormallyClosed or Normally Open action. Recommended for water, steam, and glycol solutions up to 50%.



Body Style: .............................................................................................. FlangedStem Travel (Stroke)

2-1/2” and 3”: .............................................................................. 3/4” (20 mm)4”, 5”, and 6”: .......................................................................... 1-1/2” (40 mm)

Materials:Body: ................................................................. Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class BBody Trim: ...................................................... Refer to Valve Selection ChartsStem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303

Operating Controlled Medium: ..................................... Saturated steam, water,glycol solutions up to 50%

Flowrite 599 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite Three-way Flanged Iron 2-1/2 to 6” Valves are designedto work with either pneumatic or electronic actuators, Available in ANSI Class 250. Recommended forwater and glycol solutions up to 50%.



Body Style: .............................................................................................. FlangedAction: .............................................................................. Three-way water mixStem Travel (Stroke):

2-1/2” and 3”: .............................................................................. 3/4” (20 mm)4”, 5”, and 6”: .......................................................................... 1-1/2” (40 mm)

Materials:Body: ................................................................. Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class BPlug: ......................................................................................... Metal-to-metalStem: ..................................................... Stainless steel ASTM A582 Type 303

General:Medium Temperature Range:

Normal Duty Packing: ................................................ 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C)Steam Packing: .................................................................. 337°F (170°C) max.

Max. Recommended Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:Bronze Trim: Liquid: ..................................................................................... 25 psi (173 kPa) Steam: ..................................................................................... 15psi (103 kPa)Stainless Steel Trim: Liquid/Steam: ......................................................................... 50 psi (345 kPa)Close-off Ratings: ................................................ According to ANSI/FCI 70-2Close-off Pressure: ........................... Refer to the Flowrite Reference Section

General:Operating Controlled Medium: ...................... water, glycol solutions up to 50%Medium Temperature Range: ...................................... 20 to 250°F (-7 tp 120°C)Max. Recommended Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:

Bronze Trim: ............................................................................. 25 psi (173 kPa)Stainless Steel Trim: ................................................................ 50 psi (345 kPa)

Flow Characteristics:Upper Port: .................................................................. Mod. equal percentageLower Port: .............................................................................................. Linear





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite 4” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use withthe Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications. The 4” Pneumatic Valve Actuatorhas a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke and is available in three spring ranges (3to 8 psi, 5 to 10 psi, and 10 to 15 psi).



Effective Diaphragm Area: ............................................................. 11”2 (71 cm2)Diaphragm Material: .............................................................................. SiliconeNominal Stroke: .............................................................................. 3/4” (20 mm)Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ......................................................... 35 psi (241 kPa)

Flowrite 599 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite 8” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for use withthe Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications. The 8” Pneumatic Valve Actuatorhas a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke and is available with two diaphragm options for normal duty and hightemperature service.



Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................... 28”2 (180 cm2)Diaphragm Material: ............................................................................... Buna-NTemperature Range:

Normal Duty Service: ................................................ 25 to 300°F (-4 to 149°C)High Temperature Service: .................................... 200 to 366°F (93 to 186°C)

Nominal Stroke: .............................................................................. 3/4” (20 mm)Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ......................................................... 35 psi (241 kPa)Air Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/8” NPTAmbient Operating and Storage Temp: .......................... 35 to 180°F (2 to 85°C)

General:Nominal Spring Range:

Fixed Span: Normal Duty Service: ................................................................. 5 psi (34 kPa) High Temperature Service: ...................................................... 10 psi (68 kPa)Adjustable Start Point: .............................................. 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa)Factory Setting: Normal Duty: ........................................................... 3 to 8 psig (21 to 55 kPa) High Temperature: ................................................ 3 to 13 psig (21 to 90 kPa)

Mounting Location: ......................................................... NEMA 1 (interior only)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................. 8.7 lb. (5 kg)



General:Air Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/8” NPTAmbient Operating & Storage Temp.: ........................... 0 to 25°F (-18 to 107°C)Mounting Location: ......................................................... NEMA 1 (interior only)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 2.5 lb. (1.1 kg)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite 12” Pneumatic Valve Actuator is designed for usewith the Flowrite 599 Series valves in liquid and steam service applications. The 12” Pneumatic ValveActuator is available with two stem strokes, 3/4” (20 mm) stroke and 1-1/2” (40 mm).



Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................... 90”2 (580 cm2)Diaphragm Material: ............................................................................... Buna-NNominal Spring Range:

Fixed Span: ................................................................................... 5 psi (34 kPa)Adjustable Start Point: .............................................. 3 to 10 psi (21 to 69 kPa)Factory Setting: ........................................................... 3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa)

Flowrite 599 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite SQX62U Electronic Actuator is designed for use withthe Flowrite 599 Series with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke, and requires a 24 Vac supply, and receives a 0 to 10Vdc or 4 to 20 mA control signal to proportionally control the valve. Available as fail-in-place only.



Operating Voltage: .................................................. 24 Vac +20%, 24 Vdc +20%Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzPower Consumption: ................................................................................. 18 VAControl Signals:

Control Input (Y): Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................... 0.1 mA max.Control Input (R): Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max. Impedance: ............................................................................. 250 OhmsControl Output (U): Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................... 0.5 mA max.

General:Nominal Stroke: ..................................................... 3/4 or 1-1/2” (20 or 40 mm)Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ......................................................... 35 psi (241 kPa)Air Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/4” NPTMedium Temperature: ................................................... 25to 386°F (-4to 186°C)Mounting Location: ......................................................... NEMA 1 (interior only)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 53 lb. (24 kg)

General:Control Output (U): Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max. Impedance: ............................................................................. 250 Ohms

Function:Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm)Run Time: ............................................................................................... 35 sec.Nominal Force: .......................................................................... 150 lb. (700 N)

Operating:Operating Temperature: .............................................. 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C)Transport and Storage Temperature: ...................... -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C)Ambient Humidity: ............................................ 0 to 90% RH, non condensingMedia Temperature: .............................................................. to 285°F (140°C)

Conduit Opening: ................................................................ 1/2” (13 mm) NPSMShipping Weight: .......................................................................... 3.5 lb. (1.6 kg)





Flowrite 599 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite SQX82.00U/SQX82.03U Electronic Actuators with 24Vac 3-position control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves witha 3/4” (20 mm) stroke to proportionally control the valve. Available with fail-in-place only.



Operating Voltage: .......................................................................... 24 Vac +20%Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzPower Consumption: ................................................................................ 6.5 VAFunction:

Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm)Run Time: SQX82.00U @ 60 Hz: ......................................................................... 120 sec. SQX82.00U @ 50 Hz: ......................................................................... 150 sec. SQX82.03U @ 60 Hz: ........................................................................... 30 sec. SQX82.03U @ 50 Hz: ........................................................................... 35 sec.

General:Nominal Force: .......................................................................... 150 lb. (700 N)

Operating:Operating Temperature: .............................................. 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C)Transport and Storage Temperature: ...................... -22 to 149°F (-30 to 65°C)Ambient Humidity: ............................................ 0 to 90% RH, non condensingMedia Temperature: .............................................................. to 285°F (140°C)


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKD62U Valve Actuator is designed for use with theFlowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke in liquid and steam serviceapplications. The SKD Electronic Valve Actuator receives a 0 to 10 Vdc or 4 to 20 mA control signal toproportionally control the valve.



Operating Voltage: .......................................................................... 24 Vac +20%Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzPower Consumption: ................................................................................. 18 VAControl Signals:

Control Input (Y): Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................... 0.1 mA max.Control Input (R); Resistance: ............................................................................ 0 to 1000 Ohms Voltage: ........................................................................................... 0 to 16 VControl Input (R): Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max. Impedance: ............................................................................. 250 Ohms

General:Control Output (U): Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................... 0.5 mA max.Control Output (U): Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max. Impedance: ............................................................................. 250 Ohms

Operating:Ambient Temperature: ................................................ 5 to 131°F (-15 to 55°C)Media Temperature: ............................................... 14 to 300°F (-10 to 150°C)

Conduit Opening: ................................................................ 1/2” (13 mm) NPSM





Flowrite 599 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKD82.50U/SKD82.51U Valve Actuators with 24 Vac3-position (floating) control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valveswith a 3/4” (20 mm) stroke in liquid and steam service applications.



Operating Voltage: .......................................................................... 24 Vac +20%Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzPower Consumption:

SKD82.50U: ............................................................................................. 10 VASKD82.51U: ............................................................................................. 15 VAControl Signal: .................................................................. 3-position (floating)

Function:Nominal Stroke: ........................................................................... 3/4” (20 mm)

Nominal Force:NC and 3-way Upper: Stroke: ....................................................................................................... 0% Force: ..................................................................................... 225 lb. (1000 N)

General:NO and 3-way By Pass: Stroke: ....................................................................................................... 0% Force: ...................................................................................... 258 lb (1000 N)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKB62U/SKC62U Valve Actuator is designed for usewith the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4” (20 mm) and 1-1/2” (40 mm) strokesin liquid and steam service applications. The SKB/SKC Electronic Valve Actuator receives a 0 to 10 Vdcor 4 to 20 mA control signal to proportionally control the valve.




SKB62: ..................................................................................................... 18 VASKC62: ..................................................................................................... 28 VA

Control Signals:Control Input (Y): Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................... 0.1 mA max.Control Input (R): Resistance: ............................................................................ 0 to 1000 Ohms Voltage: .......................................................................................... 0 to 1.6 V

General:Control Input (R): Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max. Impedance: ............................................................................. 250 OhmsControl Output (U): Voltage: ......................................................................................... 0 to 10 Vdc Current: ....................................................................................... 0.5 mA max.Control Output (U): Current: ......................................................................................... 4 to 20 mA Max. Impedance: ............................................................................. 250 Ohms


Conduit Opening: ................................................................ 1/2” (13 mm) NPSM





Flowrite 599 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite SKB/SKC Valve Actuators with 24 Vac 3-position(floating) control are designed for use with the Flowrite 599 Series and other standard valves with a 3/4”(20 mm) and 1-1/2” (40 mm) strokes in liquid and steam service applications.




SKB82.50U: ............................................................................................. 10 VASKB82.51U: ............................................................................................. 15 VASKC82.60U: ............................................................................................. 19 VASKC82.61U: ............................................................................................. 20 VA

Control Signal: ..................................................................... 3-position (floating)Nominal Stroke:

SKB: .............................................................................................. 3/4” (20 mm)SKC: .......................................................................................... 1-1/2” (40 mm)

General:Nominal Force:

NC and 3-way Upper: Stroke: ....................................................................................................... 0% Force: ..................................................................................... 610 lb. (2684 N)NO and 3-way By Pass: Stroke: ................................................................................................... 100% Force: .................................................................................... 1000 lb (4400 N)


Shipping Weight:SKB82: ...................................................................................... 18.5 lb. (8.4 kg)SKC82: ....................................................................................... 21.4 lb (9.7 kg)

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Flowrite Electro-mechanical Valve Actuator is designed foruse with the Flowrite 599 Series from 1/2” through 4” (18 mm to 100 mm) line sizes in liquid and steamservice applications. The linkage fastens the valve body and actuator together and transforms the angularmovement of the actuator output shaft to the straight-line motion required to control the valve.



Operating Voltage: .......................................................................... 24 Vac +10%Frequency: ............................................................................................. 50/60 HzPower Consumption: ................................................................................. 20 VAInput Signal (as shipped): .................................................................. 0 to 10 Vdc

Adjustable Start V: .......................................................................... 0 to 10 VdcAdjustable Span ∆V: ....................................................................... 3 to 16 VdcInput Impedance: ............................................................................ 100 K Ohm

Position Resolution: ....................................................................................... 70°Nominal Force:

Fail-safe: ................................................................................... 160 lb. (712 N)

General:Fail-in-place: 3/4” (20 mm) stroke: ............................................................... 160 lb. (712 N) 1-12” (40 mm) stroke: ........................................................... 320 lb. (1424 N)

Operating:Ambient Temperature: ................................................ 0 to 120°F (-18 to 49°C)Storage: ................................................................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C)

Conduit Opening (4): ....................................................................... 7/8” (22 mm)Shipping Weights:

Spring Return: ............................................................................. 13 lb. (5.9 kg)Non-spring Return: .......................................................................... 11lb. (5 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite 656 Two-way Valve is designed to control the flow ofboth water and steam. The Powermite Two-way Valves are available with Normally Open or NormallyClosed action. Recommended for use with hot or chilled water and steam for control of convectors, fancoil units, radiation, reheat coils, and similar terminal unit applications.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. C-99 through C-100) for specificationdetails and specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-084P25 and 155-085P25.


Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2” (15 mm)Valve Body Style: ............................................................................ Globe FlaredValve Action: ............................................ NO (Direct Action)/NC (Direct Action)Stem Travel: ...................................................................................... 1/4” (6 mm)Valve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Actuator Standard Spring Ranges w/ 10 psi (69 kPa) ∆P:

Differential Pressure: ...................................... 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa) NC3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa) NO

Nominal Spring Span: .................................................................... 5 psi (35 kPa)

Powermite 656 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powermite 656 Three-way Water Mixing Valve is designed forwater mixing applications. The 656 Powermite Three-way Water Mixing Valve is a high-grade bronzebody forged with connections for 1/2” O.D. SAE flare fittings. Recommended for mixing of hot or chilledwater for convectors, fan coil units, radiation, reheat coils and similar terminal units which require watermixing.



Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2” (15 mm)Valve Body Style: ................................................................................ Flared endValve Action: ....................................................... Upper seat NC/Lower seat NOStem Travel: .................................................................................... 3/8” (10 mm)Valve Body Material: ................................................................................ BronzeValve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Standard Spring Ranges w/ 10 psi (69 kPa):

Differential Pressure: ............................................ 10 to 15 psi (69 to 103 kPa)3 to 8 psi (21 to 55 kPa)

Nominal Spring Span: .................................................................... 5 psi (35 kPa)

General:Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................ 3.4 in. 2 (22 cm2)Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ....................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)Air Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/8” NPTControlled Medium: ......................................................... Water, Glycol solutionMaximum Medium Temperature: ................................................. 250°F (121°C)Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:

Between Inlets: ........................................................................ 25 psi (172 kPa)Between Inlet & Outlet: ........................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)

Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 2.0 lb. (0.9 kg)

General:Effective Diaphragm Area: ........................................................ 3.4 in. 2 (22 cm2)Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ....................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)Air Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/8” NPTControlled Medium: ............................................. Water, Steam, Glycol solutionMaximum Medium Temperature: ................................................. 250°F (121°C)Maximum Inlet Pressures:

Water: ................................................................... Refer to Reference SectionSteam: .................................................................................... 15 psig (103 kPa)

Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service: .......... 20 psi (138 kPa)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powertop 658 Valve is designed to control the flow of steam,water, and ethylene glycol solutions. The Powertop Two-way Valve is available with Normally Open orNormally Closed action. The Powertop 658 is used for the control of heating/cooling coils in terminalunits, such as unit ventilators, reheat coils, fan coil units, induction units and radiant panels.



Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2” (15 mm)Valve Body Style: ....................................................................................... FlaredValve Action: .................................................... Normally Open/Normally ClosedValve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Effective Diaphragm Area: ......................................................... 11 in. 2 (71 cm2)

Nominal Spring Range: NO: ............................................................................ 2 to 6 psi (14 to 41 kPa) NO/NC: ................................................................ 10 to 14 psi (70 to 100 kPa)

Materials:Valve Body: ............................................................................................. BronzeDisc & Packing: .............................................................................. EPT Rubber

Powertop 658 Series

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Powertop 658 Sequence and Changeover Valve is designed toselect and modulate the flow of either hot or chilled water, without mixing, for radiant panel and similarapplications. The 658 Powertop is designed with two inlets and one outlet for the sequence valve andwith one inlet and two outlets in the changeover valve.



Valve Size: ...................................................................................... 1/2” (15 mm)Valve Body Style: ................................................. 1/2” (15 mm) O.D. SAE FlaredValve Action: ...................................... NO/Hot to common; NC/Cold to commonStem Travel: ................................................................................ 13/32” (10 mm)Materials:

Valve Body: ............................................................................................. BronzeDisc: ..................................................................................... Styrene ButadieneStem: ........................................................................................ Stainless SteelPacking: .................................................................................. Dual EPT Rubber

Valve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Diaphragm Area: ......................................................................... 11in. 2 (71 cm2)

General:Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ....................................................... 30 psig (210 kPa)Controlled Medium: ......................................................... Water, Glycol solutionMaximum Medium Temperature: ................................................. 250°F (121°C)Maximum Inlet Pressure: ....................................................... 250 psi (1720 kPa)Maximum Differential Pressure between Hot and Cold Ports:

Sequence: ................................................................................ 50 psi (350 kPa)Changeover: ............................................................................... 10 psi (69 kPa)

Maximum Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:Sequence Valve: ....................................................................... 25 psi (170 kPa)

Ambient Operating Temperature: ................................... 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C)

General:Stem Travel: .................................................................................... 1/2” (15 mm)Max. Diaphragm Pressure: ...................................................... 30 psig (210 kPa):Controlled Medium: .............................................. Steam, water, glycol solutionMax. Medium Temperature: ......................................................... 250°F (121°C)Max. Inlet Pressure:

Water: ............................ Refer to Changeover/Flared/Sequence Ref. sectionSteam: .................................................................................... 15 psig (102 kPa)

Max. Differential Pressure for Modulating Service:Water: .................................................................................... 25 psig (170 kPa)Steam: .................................................................................... 15 psig (103 kPa)

Ambient Operating Temperature: ................................... 35 to 140°F (2 to 60°C)



NEW!

NEW!



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies MTE/MVE/MXE Electronic Two-way and Three-way ZoneValves are designed to control the flow of water and glycol solutions. The valves are excellent for zonecontrol. The electronic actuator receives a two-position (On/Off) signal from the sensor to position thevalve flow control paddle; spring returns the paddle to normal when no signal is present.



Line Size: .............................................................. 1/2” to 1” (15 mm to 25 mm)Valve Action:

MTE Two-way: .......................................................................... Normally OpenMVE Two-way: ....................................................................... Normally ClosedMXE Three-way: ................................................................................ Diverting

Valve Body Rating: ...................................................................... ANSI Class 250Materials:

Valve Body: ................................................................................... Forged BrassBase Plate: ............................................................................... Stainless SteelCover: ............................................................................................... AluminumPaddle: ................................................................................................. Buna/NPacking: ......................................................................................... Viton O-ring

MTE/MVE/MXE Zone Valves

General:Operating Voltage: ........................................................ 24 Vac/120 Vac/230 VacOperating Frequency: ........................................................................ 50 to 60 HzPower Consumption: ................................................................................... 7 VARun Time:

Open: ..................................................................................... 12 sec. (@ 60 Hz)Closed: ..................................................................................................... 5 sec.

Ambient Temperature:Operating: .................................................................... 40 to 104°F (4 to 40°C)Storage: ....................................................................... 15 to 140F° (-9 to 40°C)

Medium: ....................................................... Water, glycol solutions up to 50%Max. Medium Temperature: ........................................................... 200°F (93°C)Max. Inlet Pressure for Water: ............................................... 300 psi (2068 kPa)






TEMPERATURE CONTROLS 235

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 192 S Powerstar Single Temperature Thermostat providesproportional single output, single setpoint, and 1-pipe for low air capacity or 2-pipe for high air capacitypneumatic room temperature control. Designed for heating and cooling applications for control ofpneumatic valves and damper actuators. The 192 S Powerstar is excellent for commercial and institutionalfacilities.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-3 through A-4) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-065P25.

Pneumatic Room Thermostats and Hygrostats

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 192 HC Powerstar Heating/Cooling Pneumatic RoomThermostats provide two thermostats under one cover; one side for heating and the other for cooling.Switchover is accomplished by changing the air pressure to the thermostat. The 192HC is designed fortemperature control of heating and cooling applications, the 192 HC Powerstar controls valves and damperactuators in cooling equipment. Providing energy management and occupant comfort, the thermostatautomatically adjusts to seasonal changes from heating setpoint to cooling setpoint in commercial andinstitutional facilities.



Control Action: ......................................................................... Direct or ReverseScale; Range Major (minor) Div: .......................................... 45 to 85°F, 10(2) °F

(7 to 30°C, 5(1) °C)Factory Calibration: ............................. 72°F, 7.5 psig +0.3 (22°C, 52 kPa @ 1.8)Adj Sensitivity: ................................................. 1 to 4 psi /°F (12 to 50 kPa/ °C)Factory Setting: .............................................................. 2.5 psig/°F (31 kPa/°C)Temperature:

Storage: ........................................................................... -10-140°F (-23-60°C)Ambient Operating: .............................................................. 40-140°F (4-60°C)

General:Supply Air Pressure:

Recommended: ...................................................................... 25 psig (172 kPa)Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)

Air Connections: .......................................................... 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tubingDimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.16”W x 3.34”H x 1.59”D

(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)Shipping Weights w/Cover:

Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: .......................................... 0.53 lb (0.24 kg)Plastic Cover/Metal Cover: ......................... 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)


Control Action: ..................... Direct; Reverse; Direct/Reverse; Reverse/DirectOperating Range: .............................................................. 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C)Operating Pressure: .................. C (18 psig 0, H (25 psig); 30 psig (207 kPa) maxAdj Sensitivity: ......................................... 1 to 4 psi per °F; 12 to 50 kPa per °CCover: .............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); HorizontalThermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposedSet point Indicator: .......................................................... Concealed or exposedSet point Adj: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposed

General:Temperature:

Storage: ........................................................................... -10-140°F (-23-60°C)Ambient Operating: .............................................................. 40-140°F (4-60°C)

Air Connections: ............................................................. 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tubeDimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.16”W x 3.34”H x 1.59”D

(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)Shipping Weights:

Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: .......................................... 0.53 lb (0.24 kg)Plastic Cover: ........................................................................ 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).Metal Cover (single/dual): ............................. 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)/0.7 lb. (0.3 kg)




236 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 192 DN and DNV Powerstar Day/Night/Vent Pneumatic RoomThermostats automatically resets the room temperature set point during unoccupied hours by changingthe air pressure to the thermostat. A manual override feature allows occupants to switch to day mode.The override returns to the night mode the following night. The TH 192 DN and DNV control valves anddamper actuators in cooling equipment, automatically performing setback changes from day to night.



Control Action: .................................................. Direct; Reverse; Direct/ReverseOperating Range: .............................................................. 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C)Operating Pressure: ................ D (18 psig 0, N (25 psig); 30 psig (207 kPa) max.Adj Sensitivity: .......................................... 1 to 4 psi per °F 12 to 50 kPa per °CCover: .............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); HorizontalThermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposedSetpoint Indicator: ........................................................... Concealed or exposedSetpoint Adj.: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposedAir Connections: ............................................................. 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tube


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 193 HC Powerstar Free Energy Band Heating/CoolingPneumatic Room Thermostats provides proportional, dual output, dual setpoint, and 2-pipe (dual 1-pipe low air capacity) or 3-pipe (dual 2-pipe high air capacity) pneumatic room temperature control. The193 HC Powerstar creates a deadband so that no heating or cooling occurs during the Free Energy Band.It is designed for buildings with early morning heat requirements and mid-morning to afternoon coolingrequirements. The 193 HC provides energy management and occupant comfort with the thermostatautomatically reducing the heating load and increasing cooling load.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-9 through A-10) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-068P25.


Control Action: ........................ Direct; Reverse; Direct/Reverse; Reverse/DirectOperating Range: .............................................................. 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C)Operating Pressure: ......................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) max.Adj Sensitivity: ......................................... 1 to 4 psi per °F; 12 to 50 kPa per °CCover: ............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); HorizontalThermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposedSetpoint Indicator: ........................................................... Concealed or exposedSetpoint Adj.: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposed

General:Dimensions w/Cover:

192 DN: ................................................................... 2.16”W x 3.34”H x 1.59”D(55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)

192 DNV: ................................................................... 2.5”W x 3.34”H x 1.59”D(64 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)

Shipping Weights:Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: .......................................... 0.53 lb (0.24 kg)Plastic Cover: ........................................................................ 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).Metal Cover (dual): ................................................................ 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)



General:Air Connections: ............................................................. 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tubeDimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.16”W x 3.34”H x 1.59”D


Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: .......................................... 0.53 lb (0.24 kg)Plastic Cover: ........................................................................ 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).Metal Cover (dual): ................................................................ 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 193 HC Powerstar (Hesitation) Free Energy Band Heating/Cooling Pneumatic Room Thermostats provide proportional, single output, dual setpoint, and 2-pipepneumatic room temperature control. It is designed to sequence a heating device or a cooling device.The hesitation feature keeps the output pressure constant through a 6°F (10.8°C) range (typical), causinga deadband. The 193 HC Powerstar is an excellent choice for saving energy by sequencing heating andcooling valves.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-11 through A-12) for specificationdetails and specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-069P25.


Control Action: ........................................................................................... DirectOperating Range: .............................................................. 45 to 85°F (7 to 30°C)Operating Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa) maxAdj. Sensitivity: ........................................ 1 to 4 psi per °F; 12 to 50 kPa per °CCover: .............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); HorizontalThermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposedSetpoint Indicator: ........................................................... Concealed or exposedSetpoint Adj.: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposed


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 194 Powerstar RETROLINE® Retrostat Pneumatic RoomThermostat converts most existing pneumatic room thermostats to a Powerstar 192 direct or reverseacting, 2-pipe, single or dual setpoint unit. Day/Night or Heat/Cool Retrostat is factory calibrated tomatch the appropriate changeover pressure of the competitive thermostat.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-13 through A-16) for specificationdetails and specific product part numbers.

General:Air Connections: ............................................................. 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tubeDimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.16”W x 3.34”H x 1.59”D


Thermostat Chassis & Wall Plate: .......................................... 0.53 lb (0.24 kg)Plastic Cover: ........................................................................ 0.07 lb. (0.04 kg).Metal Cover (dual): ................................................................. 0.27 lb. (0.12 kg





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 832 D Pneumatic Room Thermostats provide gradual actingpneumatic room temperature control for heating and cooling applications. The 832 D is ruggedlyconstructed for dependable, long-term service. Designed for controlling rooms heated or cooled byradiation, ventilation, or an air conditioning system, the 832 D is versatile and responsive for individualroom control.



Control Action: .......................................................................................... DirectOperating Range: ............................................................ 60–85°F (15.5–29.4°C)Operating Pressure: ...................................................... 30 psi (206.7 kPa) max.Sensitivity (Fixed): ............................................ 2.25 psi per °F; 27.9 kPa per °CSetpoint Adj.: ................................................................ Concealed, exposed key


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 832 DN Day/Night Pneumatic Room Thermostat provide dualsetpoint, and direct acting day/night pneumatic room temperature control. A manual changeover leverprovides local “day” control during the night control cycle. The 832 DN is designed for temperaturecontrol of radiation, mixing dampers, or unit ventilators. This thermostat is ideal during unoccupiedhours for night set back applications when a comfort setpoint is desired at night for energy management.



Control Action: ........................................................................................... DirectOperating Range:

Day: .............................................................................. 60 to 80°F (15 to 26°C)Night: ........................................................................... 50 to 70°F (10 to 21°C)

Max. Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)Sensitivity (fixed): ............................................................ 2.5 psi/ °F (31 kPa/°C)Cover: ............................................................. Plastic (Metal option); Horizontal

General:Thermometer: .................................................................. Concealed or exposedSetpoint Indicator: ........................................................... Concealed or exposedSetpoint Adj.: .................................................. Concealed or key/finger exposedAir Consumption for Compressor Sizing: ............................... 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)Dimensions w/Cover: ................................................ 2.88”W x 5.63”H x 2.19”D

(73 mm W x 143 mm H x 56 mm D)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 5 lb (2.27 kg)

General:Air Consumption for Compressor Sizing: ............................... 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)Dimensions w/Cover: ............................................ 2.875”W x 5.625”H x 2.19”D

(73 mm W x 143 mm H x 56 mm D)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 3 lb (1.36 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 356 Limitem Rigid BulbThermostats are pneumatically-operated,duct-mounted thermostats, which are available in either direct or reverse acting in a variety of ranges.The 356 Thermostat provides primary control for unit ventilators, fan coils, and other air handling units. Itcan also be used as a low limit control for air flow to a controlled space.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-21 through A-22)for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-070P25.


Control Action: ........................................................................... Direct, ReverseTemperature Response: ................................................................ 0.50°F (0.9°C)Supply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.Sensing Element: ............................................................... Rigid Bimetallic BulbAdj. Sensitivity Range: .......................................... 0.25–2 psi/°F (3-25 kPa/°C)Air Connection: ......................................................................... 1/8” (3 mm) NPT


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 357 D Limitem Remote Bulb Thermostat are pneumatically-operated thermostats that are gradual, direct acting with a remote or averaging bulb. The 357 providesprimary monitoring and control for air handling units or a low limit control.



Control Action: ........................................................................................... DirectSupply Air Pressure: .......................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.Adj. Sensitivity Range: ....................................... 0.33–3.5 psi/°F (4–43 kPa/°C)Sensing Element: ................................................................... Remote/AveragingBulb: .................................................................................................. Liquid-filledTemperature Response: .................................................................. 0.5°F (0.3°C)Dial Graduations: ............................................................ 5°F (2.7°C), 2°C (3.6°F)



General:Dimensions:

Bulb Length: ................................................................................ 18” (457 mm)Flange O.D.: ................................................................................ 2.56” (65 mm)Case: ............................................................................ 1.5” Diameter x 2.19”L

(33 mm Diameter x 76 mm L)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 2 lb (0.91 kg)

General:Max. Ambient Temperature (case): ................................................ 180°F (82°C)Nominal Air Supply Pressure: ............................... 18 to 25 psi (124 to 172 kPa)Mounting: ................................................................................. Bracket suppliedAir Connection: ......................................................................... 1/8” (3 mm) NPTDimensions (Case): ....................................................... 1.75” Diameter x 3.5” H

(44.5 mm Diameter x 88.9 mm H)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 2 lb. (0.91 kg)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 188 Unit Mounted Thermostat is a gradual acting thermostatwith a remote bulb operating on the force-balance principle, using pneumatic feedback to obtain linearityand maintain selected room temperature by positioning pneumatic devices to control heating or cooling.Designed for use in fan coil induction units and unit ventilators to control the temperature within anoccupied space. The thermostat’s temperature range is limited to applications at ambient temperatures.



Control Action: ......................................... Heating/Cooling, Direct and Reverse;Direct only; Reverse only

Operating Range: .............................................................. 60-85°F (15.5-29.4°C)Operating Pressure: ........................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa) max.Adjustment Sensitivity: ......................................... 1-5.25 psi/°F (12-65 kPa/°C)Factory Sensitivity Setting: ............................................ 2.25 psi/°F (28 kPa/°C)Temperature Response: .................................................................. 0.2°F (0.1°C)Maximum Ambient Temperature:

Case: ......................................................................................... 135°F (57.2°C)Bulb: ........................................................................................... 231°F (111°C)

Scale Graduations: .......................................................................... 1°F (0.55°C)


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 134 Pneumatic High and Low Temperature DetectionThermostats automatically “lockout” at setpoint and require manual reset. The 134 is used on pneumaticheating and cooling systems in areas protected from the weather.



Ambient Temperature Range:Part # 134-1700: ...................................................... > setpoint to 140°F (60°C)Part # 134-1710: .................................................. -40° to 140°F (-40° to 60°C)

Pneumatic Switch: ..................................... NC, 0.020” (0.6 mm) diameter bleedTemperature Thermostat: ........................................ Lowest temperature at any

one foot section of the sensing bulb

General:Nominal Air Supply Pressure:

Direct or Reverse Acting: ......................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)Heating/Cooling: ........................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)/18 psi (124 kPa)

Air Connections: ............... 1/4” (6.3 mm) Brass barbed for polyethylene tubingBulb Size: ...................... 3/8” Diameter x 3 1/2”L (9.5 mm Diameter x 89 mm L)Capillary Length: .............................................................. 48” (121.9 cm) approx.Dimensions (case):

Heating/Cooling, Reverse Acting: ............................. 3.1”W x 2.4”H x. 2.13”D(100 mm W x 61 mm x 54 mm D)

Direct Acting: ............................................................. 3.1”W x 2.4”H x. 1.38”D(100 mm W x 61 mm x 35 mm D)

Shipping Weight: ............................................................................ 3 lb (1.36 kg)

General:Case Finish: ......................................................................... Gray Baked EnamelShipping Weights:

Part # 134-1700: ..................................................................... 2.45 lb. (1.11 kg)Part # 134-1710: ..................................................................... 2.38 lb. (1.08 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 186 Room and Duct Hygrostats are pneumatic instrumentssensitive to slight changes in relative humidity. The 186 provides control of relative humidity for comfortcontrol in hospitals, schools, and office buildings.



Sensitivity: .............................................................................. 1/4 to 4 psi/% RHNormal Supply Pressure: ................................ 15 to 25 psi (103 kPa to 172 kPa)Maximum Supply Pressure: ....................................................... 30 psi (207 mm)Air Consumption: ....................................................................... 15 scim (4 ml/s)Effect of 10°F Temperature Change: ........................................... Shift of 1% RHEffect of 5 psi Supply Pressure:

Change (mid sensitivity) ........................................................ 7.0 min./vol. unitDuct Box: ............................................................ Extends 6” (152 mm) into ductAir Connections:

Duct: ........................... Barb fitting for 1/4” (64 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubingRoom: .................................................. 5/32” (4 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing


General:Dimensions:

Chassis: .................................................................... 2.9”H x 1.75”W x. 1.13”D(73.66 mm H x 44.45 mm W x 28.70 mm D)

Room: ..................................................................................... 2.16”W x 3.34”H(55 mm W x 85 mm H)

Duct: .............................................................................. 4.5”H x 5.88”W x. 6”D(114 mm H x 149 mm W x 152 mm D)

Shipping Weights:186-0013 & 186-0019: ........................................................... 0.84 lb. (0.38 kg)186-0087; 186-0088; 186-0090; 186-0091: ............................... 3.3 lb. (1.5 kg)

Standard Room Cover: ....................................................... Desert Beige, plastic

Siemens Building Technologies Thermostats and Hygrostats Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andover’sPeripherals Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. A-48 through A-58) for descriptions and specific productpart numbers.





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Programmable Low Voltage Wall Thermostat is a lowvoltage electrical wall thermostat with multi-stage control (3 stages Heat/3 stages Cool) and seven daysprogrammable time clock function. It is designed for multistage heat pump and non-pump HVAC systems.The 141 controls single or dual compressor heat pumps with no more than one stage of auxiliary heat.This includes air-to-air heat pumps with automatic defrost control/single or multi-stage with electricauxiliary heat or emergency heat or single or multi-stage that include electric auxiliary heat or emergencyheat.



Set Point Range: ........................................................... 40° to 99°F (4° to 37°C)Differential:

Stage 1: ..................................... On 1°F (1.8°C) from setpoint; Off at setpointStage 2: ............ On 2°F (3.6°C) from setpoint; Off 0.5°F (.09°C) from setpointStage 3: ............... On 3°F (5.4°C) from setpoint; Off 1°F (1.8°C) from setpoint

[adjustable from 0.5° to 6.5°F (3° to 3.6°C)]Deadband: ...................... 5°F (2.8°C) adjustable from 1° to 5°F (0.5° to 2.8°C)Operating Voltage: .......................................................... 20 to 30 Vac, 50/60 HzProgram Format: .......................... Seven day; Six temperature settings per dayTime Format: ......................................................................... 12 or 24 hour clockDry Contact Rating1:

Minimum: ............................................................................... 5 V @ 10 mA DCMaximum: ..................................................................... 30 V @ 1.2 mA AC/DC

Electric Room Thermostats and Hygrostats

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Low Voltage Wall Thermostats are a 24 Vac heat/cool room thermostat with universal control for use with most low voltage gas, oil, or electrical systems.The 141 controls gas, oil, or electrical heat and refrigeration cooling. For greater room comfort, thethermostat is heat-anticipated with an adjustable heater on the heating side and a fixed nonadjustableheater on the cooling side.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. A-31 through A-32 for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-067P25.


Control Function: ................................................................ Heating and CoolingSet Point Range: ......................................................... 50° to 90°F (10° to 32°C)Heat Differential: ................................................................................ 1°F (18°C)Cool Differential: ............................................................................. 1.5°F (24°C)Heat Anticipator: ................................................... 0.1 to 1.0 Amps (adjustable)Cool Anticipator: .......................................................................................... FixedElectric Rating: ................................................................... 24 Vac (30 Vac) max.

General:Switch Action: ............................................................................................ SPDTSelector Switches: .............................. System “Heat-Off-Cool” Fan “Auto-On”Approvals: ......................................................................... CSA (UL not required)Mounting: ............................ Vertical and Horizontal (opt. cover plate provided)Dimensions: ....... 4.5” H x 2.75” W x 1.25” D (14 mm H x 70 mm W x 32 mm D)Finish: ..................................................................................... Ivory, plastic caseShipping Weight: ....................................................................... 0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

General:Power Consumption: ............................................................................ 2 W max.Contact Output: .............................................................................. 0.15 to 1.3 ACompressor Protection Delay: ......................................... 5 min. between cyclesFactory Default Temperature Settings:

Heating: .......................................................................................... 70°F (21°C)Cooling: .......................................................................................... 74°F (23°C)

Battery: .................................................................................... 9 V (not included)Dimensions: ....... 6.5”H x 3.88”W x. 1.75”D (165 mm H x 99 mm W x 45 mm D)Shipping Weight: ...................................................................... 0.78 lb. (0.35 kg)Finish: .................................................................... Ivory and Brown plastic case

1 When dry contact is selected





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Line Voltage Remote Bulb Thermostat is a two-position electric line voltage thermostat with remote bulb. The 141 is used for temperature control inheating and cooling application, typically to directly operate two-position damper motor actuators, motoractuated valves, relays, and similar equipment. Typical applications include summer-winter changeoverand the direct control of liquid or air temperatures where two poisiton (ON-OFF) control is acceptable.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. A-35 through A-36 for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-019P25.


Inductive Amps:Full Load Amps: 120 Vac: ...................................................................................................... 7.4 240 Vac ....................................................................................................... 3.7Locked Rotor Amps: 120 Vac: .................................................................................................... 44.5 240 Vac: .................................................................................................... 22.2


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 134 Electric Line Voltage Room Thermostat - Heating/Coolingis a line voltage on/off room thermostat for heating and cooling applications. Models are available withSPST or SPDT contact action and for standard, nominal 1/4 hp/10 amps noninductive, or heavy duty,nominal 1 hp/22 amps noninductive applications. The 134 controls heating and cooling applications oryear-round air conditioning units in commercial, industrial, or residential installations.



Motor Rating:Part # 134-1083: 120 Vac: .................................................................................................. 6.0 A 240 Vac: .................................................................................................. 3.7 APart #’s 134-1084 & 134-1086: 120 Vac: .................................................................................................. 6.0 A 240 Vac: .................................................................................................. 3.0 APart # 134-1085: 120 Vac: .................................................................. 16.0 Heating/8.0 Cooling 240 Vac: .................................................................... 8.0 Heating/8.0 Cooling

General:Resistive Amps:

120 Vac: ......................................................................................................... 25240 Vac: ......................................................................................................... 20

Dimensions: ....... 2.5”W x 5.38”H x. 2.31”D (64 mm W x 136 mm H x 59 mm D)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................ 1.8 lb. (0.82 kg)

General:Switch Action:

Part # 134-1083: ............................................ SPST w/ “Auto-Off Fan” SwitchPart #’s 134-1084 & 134-1085: ................................................................ SPDTPart # 134-1086: ....................................................................................... SPST

Dimensions:Part #134-1083: .................................................... 2.78” W x 5.19” H x 1.88” D

(71 mm W x 132 mm H x 48 mm D)Part #’s134-1084-134-1086: ...................................... 3” W x 4.75” H x 1.44” D


Part #’s 134-1083 & 134-1086: ................................................... 1.3 lb (0.6 kg)Part #’s 134-1084 & 134-1085: ................................................... 1.0 lb (0.5 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Surface Mounted/High Temperature Limit ControlThermostats are single setpoint electric thermostats for high or low limit control; surface mounted orduct mounted models are available. The 141 Surface Mounted Thermostat is ideal as a low or high limitcontrol on unit heaters. The 141 Electric High Temperature Thermostat is normally located in a ductsystem and wired to shut down air conditioning or ventilating fans when the air temperature exceeds125°F (52°C), which would occur during a fire.



Set Point Range:Part # 141-0519: ..................................................... 50° to 150°F (10° to 54°C)Part # 141-0530: .................................................... 25° to 215°F (-4° to 102°C)

Switch Action:Part # 141-0519: ....................................................................................... SPDTPart # 141-0530: ................................................................. SPST, open-on-rise

Electrical Ratings (Part # 141-0519):Motor Rating: ..................................... 7.4 FLA @ 120 Vac; 3.7 FLA @ 240 VacLocked Rotor: ........................................ 44.5 A @ 120 Vac; 22.2 A @ 240 Vac

Electrical Ratings (Part # 141-0530):Motor Rating: ......................................... 10 FLA @ 120 Vac; 6 FLA @ 240 VacNoninductive Rating: ............................... 1 A @ 0.3-12 Vac; 6 A @ 12-50 Vac


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 134 Electric Low Temperature Detection Thermostat is a remotebulb instument with a Single Pole, Double Throwswitch. Any one foot of the capillary element actuatesthe thermostat switch, making this control ideal for the protection of large coils where air stratificationcould cause localized freezing conditions. The 134 is ideally suited for detecting potential freeze-upconditions of heating coils, cooling coils, liquid heating pipes, and similar applications.



Temperature Range:Part # 134-1504: .................................................. 15° to 55°F (-9.4° to 12.8°C)Part #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: .............................. 35° to 45°F (1.7° to 7.2°C)

Switch Action:Part # 134-1504: ............................................................. DPST, 4-wire 2 circuitPart #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ................................................................ SPDT

Reset Action:Part #’s 134-1504 & 134-1511: ............................................................ ManualPart # 134-1510 : .............................................................................. Automatic

General:Dimensions:Part # 141-0519: ....................................................... 2.30”W x 5.38”H x. 1.84”D

(58 mm W x 137 mm H x 47 mm D)Part # 141-0530: ......................................................... 2.94”W x 5.38”H x. 2.5”D

(59mm W x 137 mm H x 64 mm D)Shipping Weight:Part # 141-0519: .............................................................................. 2 lb. (0.9 kg)Part # 141-0530:: ........................................................................ 1.8 lb. (0.82 kg)

General:Bulb Size: ....................................................................... 1/8” x 20’ (3 mm x 6 m)Dimensions:

Part # 134-1504: .......................................................... 4” W x 3.25” H x 2.5” D(102 mm W x 83 mm H x 65 mm D)

Part #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ............................ 2.31” W x 3.19” H x 2.31” D(59mm W x 81 mm H x 59 mm D)

Shipping Weights:Part #’ 134-1504: ......................................................................... 2.4 lb (1.1 kg)Part #’s 134-1510 & 134-1511: ................................................... 1.8 lb (0.8 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 195 Single Input Receiver-Controller is a pneumatic controllerwhich receives one pneumatic input, and produces a pneumatic output signal based on the net pneumaticinput and the mechanical settings of the setpoint and percent proportional band. Controller can be easilychanged from direct to reverse acting. The 195 is used to control temperature, humidity, and pressure ofmechanical equipment in commercial and industrial facilities. The Retroline Receiver-Controller (195-1000) includes decals and installation instructions to replace competitive models.

Refer to the Siemens Building Technologies Control Catalog (pp. B-3 through B-4) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-119P25.


Action:Input #1: .................................................................................................. DirectInput #2: ............................................................................................... Reverse

Pneumatic Inputs: ...................................................... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Control Output: ....................... 0 psi (0 kPa) to supply pressure 22 psi (152 kPa)Operating Ambient Temp Range: ............................... 40° to 120°F (4° to 49°C)Supply Pressure:

Operating: ................................................................................ 22 psi (152 kPa)Maximum Safe: ........................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)

Air Capacity: ................................................................................... 2 psi (14 kPa)pressure change @ 9 psi (62 kPa) control pressure

Supply: .............................................................................. 640 scim (175 ml/s)Exhaust: ............................................................................. 590 scim (161 ml/s)

Controllers & Transmitters

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 195 Multiple Input Receiver-Controller is a pneumatic controllerthat receives up to three pneumatic inputs and produces a pneumatic output signal based on the netpneumatic input and the setpoint, percent proportional band, and authority settings. The Controller canbe easily changed from direct to reverse acting. The 195 is commonly used when the setpoint needs tobe automatically reset based on a separate input. It can be used as a single input device. The RetrolineReceiver-Controller (195-1000) includes decals and installation instructions to replace competitive models.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. B-5 through B-6) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-036P25.


ActionInput #1: .................................................................................................. DirectInput #2: ............................................................................................... Reverse

Pneumatic Inputs: ...................................................... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Control Output: ....................... 0 psi (0 kPa) to supply pressure 22 psi (152 kPa)Supply Pressure:

Operating: ................................................................................ 22 psi (152 kPa)Maximum Safe: ........................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)

% Prop. Band Adj. Range: ..................................... 2 to 20% for a 5 psi (34 kPa)control pressure change

General:% Prop. Band Adj. Range: ..................................... 2 to 20% for a 5 psi (34 kPa)

control pressure changeAir Consumption: .......................... 60 scim (17ml/s), not including transmittersMounting: ............................................................................................... SurfaceAir Connections: ..................................................................................................

Barb fittings for 1/4” (6mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing. Two plug-in connectors are provided; one for the direct acting and the reverse acting transmitterinputs and one for supply and control lines. 1/8” NPT connection provided for control pressure gauge (gauge not included).

Case Material: ............................................................... Lexan, 20% glass-filledDimensions: ...... 6.75”W x 5.69”H x. 3.5”D (171mm W x 144 mm H x 89 mm D)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 3.1 lb. (1.4 kg)



General:Operating Ambient Temp Range: ............................... 40° to 120°F (4° to 49°C)Air Consumption: .......................... 60 scim (17ml/s), not including transmittersAir Capacity: ................................................................................... 2 psi (14 kPa)

pressure change @ 9 psi (62 kPa) control pressureSupply: .............................................................................. 640 scim (175 ml/s)Exhaust: ............................................................................. 590 scim (161 ml/s)

Mounting: ................................................................................. Surface, verticalCase Material: ............................................................... Lexan, 20% glass-filledDimensions ....... 6.75”W x 5.69”H x. 3.5”D (171mm W x 144 mm H x 89 mm D)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 3.1 lb. (1.4 kg)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 142 A Receiver Gauges are used for visual indication of the valueof a variable required to report system or functional operating status. Receiver Gauges are available as1-1/2” (38 mm), 2-1/2” (64 mm), and 3-1/2” (89 mm) diameter gauges with a barb fitting for 1/4” (6 mm)O.D. polyethylene tubing. Receiver Gauges are mounted on a central control panel and respond topneumatic signals from a remotely-located transmitter used to measure temperatures, humidity, andpressures of mechanical equipment.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers ControlsCatalog (pp. B-7 through B-8) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-023P25.


Standard Operating Pressure: .................................. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Maximum Operating Pressure: ................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)Accuracy: ............ 2-1/2% of full scale middle half of scale, 3-1/2% elsewhereDimensions:

1-1/2” (38 mm): ....... 1”W x 1.625”H x. 1”D (25 mm W x 41 mm H x 25 mm D)2-1/2” (64 mm): .................................................. 1.25”W x 2.875”H x. 0.938”D

(32 mm W x 73 mm H x 25 mm D)3-1/2” (89 mm): ........................................................... 1.25”W x 4”H x. 1.25”D

(32 mm W x 101 mm H x 32 mm D)


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 184 Temperature Transmitters are direct acting, one-pipeinstruments that sense temperature and transmit a proportional 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa) pneumaticsignal to a remotely-located receiver gauge and/or receiver controller. Temperature Transmitters operateon the force-balance principle, using internal feedback for excellent linearity and accuracy. Retrolinetransmitters easily replace any competitive model. The 184 Temperature Transmitters can be used for avariety of applications to monitor temperature and are ideal for those requiring indication with a receiver-controller.



Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectOutput Air Pressure: .................................................. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Mounting:

Room: .......................................................................................... Wall terminalRigid Bulb/Averaging Bulb: .................................................... Mounting flangeRemote Bulb: ........................... Mounting flange or well bracket mounting kit

Cover Finish:Room: .............................................................................. Desert Beige, plasticRigid/Averaging/Remote Bulb: ................................................................. Gray

General:Dimensions:

Room: .............. 2.16”W x 3.35”H x. 1.59”D (55 mm W x 85 mm H x 40 mm D)Rigid Bulb/Remote Bulb: ........................................... 1.875”W x 3”H x. 1.69”D


Room: ..................................................................................... 0.83 lb. (0.38 kg)Rigid Bulb: ................................................................................ 1.5 lb. (0.68 kg)Remote Bulb/Averaging Bulb: ................................................. 2.0 lb. (0.91 kg)Averaging Bulb w/Armored Capillary: ..................................... 3.0 lb. (1.36 kg)

General:Air Connections:

1-1/2”: ............................................................... 1/8” NPT male in center back2-1/2” and 3-1/2: ....... Barbed fitting for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polythylene tubing

Shipping Weights:1-1/2” (38 mm): .......................................................................... 0.2 lb. (0.09 kg)2-1/2” (64 mm): ............................................................................ 0.5 lb. (0.2 kg)3-1/2” (89 mm): ............................................................................ 0.6 lb. (0.3 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 186 Room & Duct Humidity Transmitters are one-pipe, directacting pneumatic instruments that sense space humidity and transmit a 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)pneumatic signal to a remote receiver gauge and/or receiver-controller to read percent relative humidity.The 186 operates on a force-balance principle with internal feedback to obtain linearity to accuratelysense relative humdity. The transmitter output can be sent to a receiver-controller for control of an airconditioning or process control system.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. B-13 through B-14) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-026P25.


Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectRH Range: ..................................................................................... 20 to 80% RHMaximum Operating Temperature: ................................................ 135°F (57°C)Supply Pressure:

Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)Normal Operating: ................................................. 22+ 1.0 psi (152+ 6.89 kPa)

Effect of 10°F (5.6°C):Temperature Change: ................................................................ Shift of 1% RHAir Consumption: ................................................................. 35 scim (9.6 ml/s)Output Pressure: ..................................................... 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Air Connections: ............................................................................. 1/8” (3 mm)


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Pneumatic Air Velocity Transmitter is a two-pipe, directacting pneumatic instrument that measures the velocity pressure (difference between total and staticpressure), provided by a pitot tube located in a moving air stream or by a duct-mounted airflow measuringstation. The 141 measures the velocity pressure and transmits a linear, output signal directly proportionalto the air velocity to a remote controller, alerting an alarm device such as a receiver-controller, receivergauge or sensitive pressure swtiches.



Action: ................................................................................. Direct, proportionalInput (Supply) Air Pressure: ............................. 20 psig+ 2 psi (138 kPa+ 14 kPa)

for operation within specifications 30 psig (207 kPa)Output Air Pressure: .................................................. 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Overall Accuracy: .................................................................................... +0.2 psiMaximum Static Pressure: .......................................................... 8” W.C. (2 kPa)Field Ajustments: .................................................................................. Zero onlyAmbient Temperature: .................................................... 40 to 120°F (4 to 49°C)Air Consumption: ............................................................... 30 scim (8 ml/s) max.

General:Output: .................... 4.2 to 15 psig (29 to 103 kPa), linear for air velocity range

specified. With no airflow, output will be3 psig+ 0.5 psig (21 kPa+ 2.4 kPa)

Mounting: .................. Diaphragm level +5° angle mounts on separate bracketAir Connections: ....................................................................... 1/8” NPT femaleDimensions: .................................... 8.81”H x 5.25” W (224 mm H x 133 mm W)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................ 2.0 lb. (0.91 kg)

General:Mounting:

Room: .......................................................................................... Wall terminalDuct: ............................... Duct at least 6” H x 6.5” D (152 mm H x 165 mm D)

Standard Room Cover Finish: ............................................ Desert Beige, plasticDuct Box Material: ................................................................... Galvanized SteelAir Connections: .................................................... 1/4” (6 mm) barb connectionDimensions:

Room: .............. 2.06”W x 3.19”H x. 1.37”D (53 mm W x 81 mm H x 35 mm D)Duct: ................. 4.5”W x 5.87”H x. 6”D (114 mm W x 149 mm H x 152 mm D)

Shipping Weights:Room: ..................................................................................... 0.84 lb. (0.38 kg)Duct: ....................................................................................... 3.14 lb. (1.42 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Low Differential Pressure Transmitter is a compact, directacting, one-pipe device that converts a differential pressure input into a proportional air signal. Theinput can be either static or velocity pressure differentials of a positive or negative type. The 141 operateson the force-balance principal and can be used to indicate and/or control static or velocity differentialpressures in ducts, across fans, coils, filters, and between any two reference points. It can also indicatevelocity pressure in duct work.



Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectInput (Supply) Air Pressure:

Normal: .................................................................................. 20 psig (138 kPa)Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)

Overpressure in HI and LO Ports: ............................................ 30” W.G. (7.5 kPa)Output Pressure1: ..................................................... 3 to 15 psig (21 to 103 kPa)Air Consumption: ................................................................... 35 scim (9.6 ml/s)Operating Ambient Temperature:

Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40°F (4°C)Maximum: .................................................................................... 140°F (60°C)

Calibration: ........................................................................................ Zero adjust


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 378 Differential Pressure Transmitter is apneumatic, direct actinginstrument that transmits a pneumatic fixed-span 3 to 15 psi (31 to 103 kPa) output signal to a controllingdevice which is proportional to the input signal sensed from air, water, or steam.



Action: ................................................................................. Direct, proportionalInput Differential Range: ........................................... 0 to 50 psig (0 to 345 kPa)Input Supply Air: ....................................................................... 22 psig (152 kPa)

Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)Output Pressure: ...................................................... 3 to 15 psig (21 to 103 kPa)Maximum Total Pressure (static plus differential): .............. 300 psig (2086 kPa)Input Medium: .......................................................................... Water, air steamAir Consumption: ....................................................................... 29 scim (8 ml/s)Air Capacity: .............................................................................. 29 scim (8 ml/s)Restrictor: ................................................................................ 40 scim (11 ml/s)

General:Accuracy:

Full Range: ................................................................................. +5% full scaleMid Range: ................................................................................. +2% full scale

Air Connections:Sensing Line: .................................................. 3/8” (10 mm) O.D. polyethyleneSupply Air: ........................................................ 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene

Max. Sensing Line Length:1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene: ....................................................... 200’ (61 m)3/8” (10 mm) O.D. polyethylene: ................................................... 500’ (152 m)

Dimensions: .... 2.69”H x 5.31”W x. 5.56”D (68mm H x 135 mm W x 141 mm D)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................ 0.5 lb. (0.23 kg)

General:Accuracy: ..................................................................................................... +2%Ambient Temperature: ................................................... 40 to 120°F ( 4 to 49°C)Material:

Body: ............................................................................................ Die-cast ZincFittings: .................................................................................................... BrassBellows: ........................................................................... Phosphorous BronzeWorking Parts: .............................................. Stainless Steel and Spring Steel

Connections: ............................................................................. 1/8” NPT femaleDimensions: ..... 2.69”H x 3.75” W x 1.37” D (68 mm H x 95 mm W x 35 mm D))Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.6 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 256 Pneumatic Step Controller is a pressure-electric device thatconverts a proportional pneumaticinput signal into a series of ten (10) electric ON-OFF contact closures.The 256 is used to control electric heating elements. The normal open switch contacts are used toprovide fail-safe operation. The 256 may also be used in industrial processes requiring sequential controland for sequence control of pumps and refrigeration equipment.



Actuator:Effective Diaghragm Area: ........................................................ 11 in.2 (71 cm2)Normal Air Pressure: ................................................. 0 to 15 psi (0 to 103 kPa)Maximum Air Pressure: ......................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)Ambient Temperature: ................................................ 0 to 160°F (-18 to 71°C)Spring Range (factory setting): ................................. 8 to 13 psi (55 to 90 kPa)Diaphragm: ........................................................................................ Neoprene


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Series 200 Temperature Controller is a pneumatic temperaturecontroller used in highly precision applications such as industrial heating/cooling processes. The Series200 is recommended for HVAC applications where precise control and indication of temperature is required.



Air Capacity: ........................................................................ 500 scim (136 ml/s)Air Consumption: .................................................................... 25 scim (6.8 ml/s)Ambient Temperature Range: ..................................... 40 to 140°F (4.4 ro 60°C)Maximum Bulb Temperature:

Stainless: ................................................................................ 1000°F (538°C)Copper: ...................................................................................... 400°F (204°C)Teflon: ....................................................................................... 400°F (204°C)PVC: ............................................................................................. 180°F (82°C)

Air Connections: ................................................................................... 1/8” NPT

General:Switches:

Differential: ....................................................... Fixed, 5 angular degrees min.Rating: ........................................................... 20 amps. @ 120, 240 & 480 Vac

1 hp @ 125 V; 2 hp @ 240 VSwitch Action: ............................................................................................ SPDTAir Connections: ........................................................................ 1/8 NPT femaleConduit Knockouts: ........................................... 2-1/2” (13 mm); 5-3/4” (20 mm)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 9.2 lb. (4.2 kg)

General:Range F °(C°)/Scale Division:

-25 to 135°F (-32 to 57°C): .............................................................. 2°F (1.1°C)25 to 200°F (-4 to 93°C): ................................................................. 5°F (2.8°C)25 to 250°F (-4 to 121°C): ............................................................... 5°F (2.8°C)150 to375°F (66 to 191°C): ............................................................. 5°F (2.8°C)

Mounting: ................................................................................................... PanelDimensions: ......................................................... 12/75” H x 8.69” W x 3.19” D

(324 mm H x 331 mm W x 97 mm D)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 15 lb. (0.7 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Series 200 Master and Sub-Master Controllers arepneumatically-operated temperature controllers. The sub-master is direct acting only. The Master resetsthe Sub-Master Controller to maintain a temperature at the Sub-Master in a predetermined relationshipto the temperature at the master instrument location. The Series 200 are used to accurately controlremotely readjusted temperature in heating, air conditioning, and industrial processes.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. B-31 through B-32) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-099P25 and 155-098P25.


Action: ..................................................................................... Direct or ReverseAir Capacity: ........................................................................ 500 scim (136 ml/s)Air Consumption: .................................................................. 25 scim (6.82 ml/s)Ambient Temperature Range: ..................................... 40 to 140°F (4.4 to 60°C)Max. Bulb Temperature (all ranges): ............................................ 440°F (227°C)Percent Proportional Band Adjustment: ............................................... 0 to 35%Air Connections: ................................................................................... 1/8” NPT


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Series 200 Receiver-Controller and Sub-Master Receiver-Controllers are direct or reverse acting controllers used with a transmitter for remote control andadjustment of various industrial and air conditioning processes, as well as providing indication of thecontrolled variable. The Series 200 are recommended for exact control in industrial, heating, and airconditioning applications where adjustment and indication is desirable at a remote location.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. B-33 through B-34) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-100P25 and 155-101P25.


Action: ............................................................... Direct or Reverse, ProportionalOutput Pressure: ........................................................ 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Sensitivity: ......................................................................................... AdjustableAir Supply:

Normal Operating: ................................................................. 20 psig (138 kPa)Maximum Operating: ............................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)

Max. Ambient Temperature: ....................................................... 120°F (48.9°C)

General:Air Supply:

Normal Operating: ................................................................... 20 psi (138 kPa)Maximum Operating: ............................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)

Mounting: ................................................................................................... PanelDimensions: .......................................................... 12/75” H x 8.69” W x 3.19”D

(324 mm H x 331 mm W x 96.8 mm D)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 17 lb. (7.7 kg)

General:Air Consumption: .................................................................... 25 scim (6.8 ml/s)Capacity: .............................................................................. 500 scim (134 ml/s)Air Connections: ................................................................................... 1/8” NPTMounting: ................................................................................. Surface or PanelDimensions: ............................................................... 8” W x 12.75” H x 3.19” D

(203 mm W x 324 mm H x 97 mm D)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 13 lb. (5.9 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Series 200 Temperature Transmitter is a direct acting only,pneumatic instrument that converts a temperature measurement into a 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)pneumatic signal. Ideal for hot water control and process control systems, the Series 200 can be used asa sensor for a Series 200 Receiver-Controller or as a master instrument in a master-sub-master arrangementwhere it would automatically readjust the setpoint of the sub-master.



Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectOutput Pressure: ........................................................ 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Supply Air: .................................................................................. 20 psi (138 kPa)Max. Ambient Temperature: .......................................................... 140°F (60°C)Air Consumption: ....................................................................... 25 scim (7 ml/s)Capacity: .................................................. 500 scim (137 ml/s) standard free airPressure Span (Fixed): .................................................................. 12 psi (83 kPa)


DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Series 200 Pressure Controller is a direct or reverse actingpneumatic instrument which controls the pressure of liquid, gas or vapor. Models available to handlefrom 30” HG (101 kPa) vacuum to 350 psi (2412 kPa).



Action: ......................................................................... Reverse, field adjustableSensitivity: ................................................................. Adjustable 0 to 35% bandAir Supply:

Normal Operating: ................................................................... 20 psi (138 kPa)Maximum Operating: ............................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)

Min. Ambient Temperature: .......................................................... 40°F (4.44°C)Max. Ambient Temperature: .......................................................... 140°F (60°C)

General:Temperature Span for Full Output Pressure Span:

Maximum: .................................................................... 160°F (89°C) (Range 1)Minimum: ........................................................................................ 3°F (1.7°C)

Mounting: ................................................................................. Surface or PanelAir Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/8” NPTDimensions: ................................................................ 8” W x 12.75” H x 3.19”D


General:Air Consumption: .................................................................... 25 scim (6.8 ml/s)Capacity: .................................................. 500 scim (134 ml/s) standard free airAir Connections: ................................................................................... 1/8” NPTMounting: .................................................................................. Surface or FlushDimensions: ............................................................... 8” W x 12.75” H x 3.19” D






DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 184 Pneumatic Enthalpy Transmitter-Comparator Systemconsists of two direct acting, one-pipe transmitters that sense enthalpy or total heat, and an enthalpycomparator. Using transmitters in the outdoor air and return air, the enthalpy comparator compares theenthalpy signals and selects the lowest enthalpy air source (mix vs. recirculation with minimum outdoorair) as the input to the cooling equipment to maximize energy efficiencies. The 184 is commonly used toposition the outdoor, return and exhaust air dampers and provides the lowest enthalpy air as mixed airfor cooling.


SpecificationsGeneral: Transmitter

Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectTemperature Limits:

Operating: ............................................................... -20 to 125°F (-29 to 52°C)Storage: ................................................................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C)

Max. Air Pressure: ...................................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)Output Signal: ............................................................ 3 to 15 psi (21 to 103 kPa)Enthalpy Span: ................................................ 16 to 40 BTU/lb. (37 to 93 kJ/kg)Mounting: ................................................................................. Bracket providedAir Connection: ........................................ 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubingDimensions: ......................................................... 4.125” W x 4.94” H x 8.375”D

(105 mm W x 110 mm H x 213 mm D)Shipping Weight: ...................................................................... 1.43 lb. (0.65 kg)


General: ComparatorTemperature Limits:

Operating: ............................................................... -20 to 125°F (-29 to 52°C)Storage: ................................................................... -40 to 150°F (-40 to 66°C)

Max. Air Pressure: ...................................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)Mounting: .............................................................................. Holes in enclosureAir Connection: ............ Barbed nipple for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethelen tubingDimensions: ............................................................................ 3.375” W x 5.5” H

(83 mm W x 140 mm HDimensions: 3.5” Receiver Gauge:

Hole Cutout: ................................................................ 3.69” (94 mm) diameterBezel: ......................................................................... 3.97” (101 mm) diameter

Shipping Weight: ...................................................................... 1.33 lb. (0.60 kg)

Siemens Building Technologies Controllers and Transmitters Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andover’sPeripherals Program. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. B-43 through B-46) for descriptions and specific productpart numbers.





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 786 Commercial Selector Switches are used to deliver or stopthe flow of compressed air to selected controllers, valves, or dampers in commercial applications. Thecommon port may be connected to two or three ports depending on the switch model. The 786 3-positionSelector Switches are used in compressed air systems to connect and direct supply and signal pressures.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-3 through E-4) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-118P25


Air Connections:Standard Switch: ............................................................................. 1/16” NPTLC Switch: .......................................................................................... 1/8” NPT

Inlet Pressure:Nominal: ................................................................................... 30 psi (206 kPa)Maximum: .............................................................................. 125 psi (858 kPa)

Operating Temperature: ................................................. 35 to 150°F (2 to 66°C)

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 786 Heavy Duty Selector Switch directs an input air supply toone or more selected output air lines. The 786 can provide a wide variety of switching combinations. Alarge capacity selector switch with an additional capacity over the standard selector switch is alsoavailable.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-5 through E-6) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-062P25.


Air Connections:Standard Switch: ............................................................................. 1/16” NPTLC Switch: .......................................................................................... 1/8” NPT

Inlet Pressure:Nominal: ................................................................................... 30 psi (206 kPa)Maximum: .............................................................................. 125 psi (858 kPa)

Ambient Temperature: ............................................... -20 to 160°F (-29 to 71°C)Operating Temperature: ................................................. 35 to 150°F (2 to 66°C)Air Capacity (20 psig supply and 1 psig drop):

Standard Switch: ............................................................ 1200 scim (328 ml/s)LC Switch: ....................................................................... 2500 scim (683 ml/s)

General:Capacity at 1 psi (7 kPa) Differential:

5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................... 250 scim (68 ml/s)1/4” (3 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................... 480 scim (130 ml/s)

Port Threads: .......................................................................... 10-32 NPT femaleMaterials:

Body: ...................................................................................................... AcetalO-rings: .................................................................................................. Buna-N

General:Max. Air Pressure: .................................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)Capacity at 1 psi (7 kPa) Differential:

5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................... 250 scim (68 ml/s)1/4” (3 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................... 480 scim (130 ml/s)

Port Threads:Standard Switch: ............................................................................. 1/16” NPTLC Switch: .......................................................................................... 1/8” NPT

Materials:Body: ...................................................................................................... AcetalO-rings: .................................................................................................. Buna-N

Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 2 lb. (0.91 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 151 Positioning Switches are used to gradually increase ordecrease the flow of compressed air to air operated equipment. Two models are available.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-7 through E-8) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-055P25.


Output:Standard: .............................. 0 to 15 psi (0 to 103 kPa) for 300° knob rotationBleed: ...................... 7-1/2 to 10-1/2 psi (52 to 72 kPa) for 300° knob rotation

Ambient Temperature:Maximum: .................................................................................... 160°F (71°C)Minimum: ..................................................................................... -20°F (-29°C)

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Positioning Switches are used to deliver any manually selectedpressure over a range of 0 to 30 psi (0 to 207 kPa) to air-operated equipment. The adjustment knob canbe left free to rotate or held in position by snapping the locking ring.



Air Connections: ....................................................................... 1/8” NPT femaleInlet Pressure:

Nominal: ................................................................................... 30 psi (206 kPa)Maximum: ............................................................................ 400 psi (2745 kPa)

Operating Temperature: ................................................ 0 to 150°F (-18 to 66°C)

General:Capacity: .............................................................................. 625 scim (171 ml/s)Max. Air Pressure: .................................................................... 30 psig (207 kPa)Air Connections: ...................................... 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing

(body tapping is 1/16” NPT)Shipping Weight: ............................................................................. 2 lb. (0.9 kg)

General:Capacity at 1 psi (7 kPa) Differential:

5/32” (4 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................. 500 scim (140 ml/s)1/4” (3 mm) O.D. tubing: ................................................... 650 scim (180 ml/s)

Shipping Weight: ........................................................................ 0.5 lb. (0.23 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Electric Enthalpy Control Switch is designed to sense theBTU heat content of ventilation air. A SPST snap-acting electric switch, automatically initiates correctivedamper control or alarm circuitry whenever the sensed air condition either rises above or falls belowdesired settings.



Electrical Rating: ......................................................... 2/5 amps max. at 24 VacElectrical Connection: ...... Metal enclosure with 1/2” (13 mm) conduit openingSwitching Action: ....................................................................................... SPDT

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 141 Differential Static Pressure Air Flow Switch senses staticdifferential pressure and at setpoint open/closes a set of electrical contacts. The 141 actuates electricalcircuits (positive pressure), fan inlet (negative pressure), or across the fan (differential pressure) to detectexcessively high positive pressures or low negative pressures and turn off the fan before damage occursto ducts or dampers.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers ControlsCatalog (pp. E-15 through E-16) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-052P25.


Ambient Temperature Range: ................................... -40 to 180°F (-40 to 82°C)Maximum Overpressure: ............................................................ 0.5 psi (3.4 kPa)Mounting Position: .......................................... Diaphragm in any vertical planeBody: ...................................................... Zinc-plated steel with blue erudite dipElectrical Ratings: ............................. Non-inductive-15 amps @ 120 to 277 Vac

Pilot Duty-300 VA @ 120 to 277 Vac

General:Differential: ................................ Approx. 8% relative humidity and 2°F (-29°C)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 1.5 lb. (0.7 kg)

General:Conduit Opening: ........................................................ 1/2” (13 mm) conduit sizeSample Line Connectors: ......... 2 connectors, complete with nuts and ferrules,

which accept 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. copper or polyethene tubingMaterial: .................................................................................. Aluminized SteelDimensions: ... 6.13” H x 3.88” W x 3.19” D (156 mm H x 98 mm W x 81 mm D)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................... 1 lb. (0.45 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 134/251 Pressure Electric Switches are used to open or closeelectrical circuits in pneumatic control systems. The 134 Switches are heavy duty pressure-actuated,mechanical contact type switches. The 251 Switches are pressure-actuated snap switches.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-17 through E-18) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-050P25, 155-051P25, and 155-057P25.

SpecificationsGeneral: 134 Pressure Electric Switch

Setpoint Range: ....................................................... 3 to 30 psig (20 to 200 kPa)Differential: .......................................... Adj. from 1.5 to 20 psig (10 to 138 kPa)Maximum Pressure: .................................................................. 50 psig (345 kPa)Pressure Connection: ................................................................... 1/8” male NPTConduit Opening: ................................................. 1/2” (13 mm) nominal conduitAmbient Temperature: .................................................... 32 to 140°F (0 to 66°C)Pilot Duty: ..................................... 125 VA @ 600 Vac; 125 VA @ 24 to 277 VacShipping Weight: ............................................................................. 2 lb. (0.9 kg)

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 265 Three-way EP Valve is a general purpose, electrically-operated,two-position, three-way valve designed to control air flow. The 265 can be used for interlock between anelectrical system and a pneumatic control system; available in open frame (yoke) and junction box (splicebox) types.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers ControlsCatalog (pp. E-19 through E-20) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-078P25.


Ambient Temperature Range:Junction Box Type: ......................................................... 0 to 100°F (0 to 38°C)Open Frame Type: ........................................................... 0 to 110°F (0 to 43°C)

Controlled Medium: ................................................................................ Air onlyMaximum Air Pressure: ............................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa)Air Flow Capacity:

Inlet Pressure: ........................................................................ 20 psig (138 kPa)Differential Pressure: ..................................................................... 1 psi (7 kPa)Air Flow: .......................................................................... 600 scim (164 cm3/s)

General: 251 Pressure Electric SwitchSetpoint Range: ...................................................... 2 to 30 psi (13.8 to 207 kPa)Maximum Pressure: .................................................................... 30 psi (207 kPa)Repeatability: ........................................................................... +0.5 psi (3.4 kPa)Factory Set Point Accuracy: .................................................... +2.0 psi (13.8 kPa)Scale Accuracy: ...................................................................... +3.0 psi (20.7 kPa)Ambient Temperature Range: ..................................... 40 to 120°F (4.4 to 49°C)Shipping Weights:

Single-stage: ............................................................................ 1.0 lb. (0.45 kg)Dual-stage: ................................................................................. 2.0 lb. (0.9 kg)

General:Cv Flow Factor: ............................................................................................. 0.06Eelctrical Ratings:

Voltages: ..................................................................................... 24 to 480 VacPower Consumption: ......................................................................... 5.7 WattsCurrent Drain: .................................................. Inrush 17.3 VA; Holding 9.2 VA

Shipping Weights:Open Frame Type: ................................................................... 0.37 lb. (0.17 kg)Junction Box Type: ................................................................. 0.54 lb. (0.24 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Pneumatic Multi-Purpose Relays are pneumatic auxiliarydevices designed to provide a variety of pneumatic control functions for the typical control system. It isused as direct and reverse acting, amplifying, signal advancing, minimum pressure relay, and lowerpressure transfer.



Ambient Temperature Range:Operational: ................................................................. 40 to 120°F (4 to 49°C)Storage: ................................................................... -20 to 120°F (-29 to 49°C)

Hysteresis: .............................................................................. 0.25 psig (1.7 kPa)Relief Valve Differential: .......................................................... 1.0 psig (6.9 kPa)Air Capacity: ........................................................................ 400 scim (109 ml/s)Air Consumption (max.): .............................................................. 7 scim (2 ml/s)Spring Range: ............................................................ 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa)

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Pneumatic Balance-Retard Relays are gradual-acting,pneumatic devices designed to provide special functions such as balancing, signal retard, hesitation, andpressure limiting. The 243 is adjustable and the ports can be pneumatically piped in a variety of differentcombinations. Each combination represents a relay application that can be used to perform a specificfunction in a control loop. The relay is factory set for balancing action.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-23 through E-24) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-106P25 and 155-043P25.


Ambient Temperature Range:Operational: ................................................................. 40 to 120°F (4 to 49°C)Storage: .................................................................... -20 to 120°F (-29to 49°C)

Hysteresis: .............................................................................. 0.25 psig (1.7 kPa)Relief Valve Differential: .......................................................... 1.0 psig (6.9 kPa)Spring Range: ............................................................. 0 to 25 psig ( 0 to 72 kPa)Air Connections:

Commercial Duty: .................... Barb for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubingHeavy Duty: ........................................................................................ 1/8” NPT


Commercial Duty: .................... Barb for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubingHeavy Duty: ........................................................................................ 1/8” NPT

Spring Adjustment Range: ................................................. 25 psi (0 to 172 kPa)Supply Air:

Normal: .................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)


General:Air Capacity: ........................................................................ 400 scim (109 ml/s)Air Consumption (max): .............................................................. 7 scimj (2 ml/s)Spring Adjustment Range:

Balance: ................................................................... 0 to 15 psi (0 to 103 kPa)Retard: .......................................................................... 0 to 10 psi (0 to69 kPa)

Supply Air:Normal: .................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)






DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Analog Relays are pneumatic auxiliary devices designed toassist the engineer in obtaining specialized control action within a pneumatic control system. The relaysare used for amplifying, summing, differential pressure, ration control higher pressure, and signalcharacterization control. The relay has a two-valve design to ensure stability and prevent unnecessaryair consumption.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-25 through E-26) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-107P25 and 155-044P25.


Air Supply:Normal: ................................................................... 0 to 25 psig (0 to 172 kPa)Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)

Ambient Temperature Range:Operational: ................................................................. 40 to 120°F (4 to 49°C)Storage: ................................................................... -20 to 120°F (-29 to 49°C)

Hysteresis: .............................................................................. 0.25 psig (1.7 kPa)Relief Valve Differential: .......................................................... 1.0 psig (6.9 kPa)Air Capacity: ........................................................................ 400 scim (109 ml/s)

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Switching Relay is a compact three-way air valve that can beused to perform a variety of switching and diverting functions. The relay action connects common port toeither of two other ports.



Maximum Instrument Air Supply: .............................................. 30 psi (207 kPa)Changeover Range: ................................................... 3 to 25 psi (21 to 172 kPa)Standard Changeover Setting: ....................................................... 9 psi (62 kPa)Changeover Differential (nominal): .......................................... 1.5 psi (10.3 kPa)Ambient Temperature:

Maximum: ................................................................................. 160°F (71.1°C)Minimum: ..................................................................................... -20°F (-29°C)

General:Air Consumption (max.): .............................................................. 7 scim (2 ml/s)Spring Adjustment Range Action: ........................................................... gradualAir Connections: ....................................................................... Bar for 1/8” NPTMounting: ..................................................... Integral brackets for wall or panelSupply Air:

Normal: .................................................................................... 25 psi (172 kPa)Maximum: ................................................................................ 30 psi (207 kPa)

Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 0.6 lb. (.26 kg)

General:Air Connection: ..................................................................................... 1/8” NPTAdjustable Changeover Range: ................................... 0 to 25 psi (0 to 172 kPa)Nominal Capacity @ 2 psi ∆P:

A Port: ................................................................................................. 800 scimB Port: ................................................................................................ 1100 scim

Shipping Weight: ............................................................................. 2 lb. (0.9 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Reverse Acting Relay provides a proportional output signalthat varies inversely with the input signal. A spring adjustment is provided to allow setting a desiredreverse acting schedule required by a particular application. The relay has two applications. For both,the supply air pressure must be equal to or greater than the spring setting.



Operating Range: ......................................................... 0 to 30 psi (0 to 207 kPa)Adjustment Using 5/64” (2 mm) Hex Wrench:

Range Adjustment: ............................................... 10 to 30 psi (69 to 207 kPa)Factory Setting: ........................................................................ 15 psi (103 kPa)

Maximum Ambient Temperature: .................................................. 104°F (60°C)Maximum Air Pressure: ............................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa)Air Capacity: .......................................................................... 230 scim (63 ml/s)

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Highest Pressure Signal Selector is a dual input, singleoutput logic device used in pneumatic control systems to compare pressure signals. The 243 is usedwhere two proportional high capacity air signals (2-pipe thermostat) must be compared and the highestof the two signals transmitted to another logic or final control device.



Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectMaximum Air Pressure: ............................................................ 30 psig (207 kPa)Adjustments: .............................................................................................. NoneOperating Ambient Temperature:

Maximum: .................................................................................... 140°F (60°C)Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40°F (4°C)

General:Air Consumption for Air Compressor Sizing: ............................. 29 scim (8 ml/s)Material (Housing): ................................................................. Glass-filled NylonAir Connections: .................................................. Barbed nipple for 1/4” (6 mm)

O.D. polyethylene tubingMounting: ................................................................................. Bracket includedShipping Weight: ....................................................................... 0.27 lb. (0.13kg)

General:Connections: ............................................ 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubingAir Consumption: ........................................................................................ NoneAir Capacity @ P = 2 psi: ....................................................... 130 scim (35 ml/s)Materials: ............................................................................... Glass-filled NylonShipping Weight: ...................................................................... 0.25 lb. (0.10 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Lowest and Highest Signal Selector is a six-input, dualoutput logic device for use in pneumatic control systems. The 243 is used where up to six input airsignlas must be compared and the lowest and/or highest of the signals transmitted to another logic orfinal control device. This is a low capacity output device, therefore, an amplifying relay will be requiredfor many applications.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-33 through E-34) for specification details and specific product part numbers orTechnical Instruction 155-046P25.


Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectAir Supply Pressure:

Normal Operating: ................................................................. 20 psig (138 kPa)Maximum: .............................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)

Adjustments: .............................................................................................. NoneOperating Ambient Temperature:

Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40°F (4°C)Maximum: .................................................................................... 140°F (60°C)

Switches & Relays

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 243 Lowest Pressure Signal Selector is a dual input, singleoutput logic device for use in pneumatic control systems. The 243 is used where two input air signalsmust be compared and the lowest of the two signals transmitted to another logic or final control device.The 243 can also be used as a direct acting amplifying relay.



Action: ....................................................................................................... DirectMaximum Pressure: .................................................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)Adjustments: .............................................................................................. NoneOperating Ambient Temperature:

Maximum: .................................................................................... 140°F (60°C)Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40°F (4°C)

Connections: ............................................ 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing

General:Connections: ............................................ 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubingAir Consumption: ..................................................................... 44 scim (12 ml/s)Air Capacity @ P = 2 psi:

Highest: .................................................................................. 5 scim (1.4 ml/s)Lowest: ................................................................................. 10 scim (2.7 ml/s)

Material: ................................................................................. Glass-filled NylonShipping Weight: .................................................................... 0.63 lb. (0.295 kg)

General:Air Consumption: ....................................................................... 29 scim (8 ml/s)Air Capacity @ P = 2 psi: .......................................................... 82 scim 22 ml/s)Material: .......................................................................... Glass reinforced nylonDiaphragm: ............................................................... Nylon reinforced fairpreneMounting: .................................................................................................. In-lineShipping Weight: ...................................................................... 0.31 lb. (0.01 kg)





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 147 Positioning Relay is a compact pneumatic auxiliary devicedesigned to provide positive positioning of a pneumatic valve or damper actuator. The 147 accuratelypositions damper actuator in reponse to a control air signal change. Damper actuators that are equippedwith a Positioning Relay can use full control air pressure at any point in stem travel to initiate stemmovement or to maintain stem position.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-37through E-38) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instruction 155-038P25.


Ambient Temperature Range:Operating: .................................................................... 35 to 160°F (2 to 71°C)Storage: ................................................................... -20 to 160°F (-29 to 72°C)

Maximum Pilot Signal Pressure: .............................................. 30 psig (207 kPa)Maximum Supply Air Pressure: ................................................ 60 psig (413 kPa)Startpoint Adjustment Range: ................................... 3 to 10 psig (21 to 69 kPa)Operating Span Adjustment Range: .......................... 3 to 12 psig (21 to 83 kPa)Response: ....................................................... 0.10 psi (0.689 kPa) input change

Switches & Relays

General:Air Capacity @ ∆P: .............................................................. 410 scim (112 ml/s)Air Consumption: ..................................................................... 40 scim (11 ml/s)Air Connections: ................................................................................... 1/8” NPTMaterials:

Body: .......................................................................................................... ZincCover: ....................................................................................................... Steel

Shipping Weight (with kit): ............................................................ 2 lb. (0.9 kg)

Siemens Building Technologies Switches and Relays Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andover’s PeripheralsProgram. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. E-41 through E-44) for descriptions and specific product part numbers.





DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Air Station Equipment includes Single- and Dual-Stage PressureReducing Valves and High Capacity, 3-Way Pilot Valves, responds rapidly to large volume demands andsupply pressure variations. The Compressed Air Filter removes water or oil to 0.025 particle size. AirStation equipment and compressor systems are available for schools, hospitals, commercial office andindustrial buildings, and other facilities.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. F-3 through F-5 for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-086P25, 155-049P25, 155-005P25, and155-137P25.

SpecificationsGeneral:Single-stage, Compressed Air Pressure Reducing Valve, (Z2011000)

Capacity: ................................................................................... 8 scfm (17m3/hr)Maximum Inlet Pressure: ..................................................... 250 psig (1734 kPa)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 1.7 lb. (0.8 kg)

Single-stage, Compressed Air Pressure Reducing Valve, (Z2011001)Capacity: .................................................................................. 10scfm (17m3/hr)Maximum Inlet Pressure: ..................................................... 150 psig (1034 kPa)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 4.0 lb. (1.8 kg)

Dual-stage, Compressed Air Pressure Reducing Valve, (Z2011002)Application: ............................. Two-pressure systems/Day-Night or Heat/CoolCapacity: .................................................................................. 10scfm (17m3/hr)Shipping Weight: .......................................................................... 4.0 lb. (1.8 kg)

Auxiliary Equipment

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 142 AP Pressure Gauges are used wherever visual indication ofpressure is required. The 142 Gauges are generally used in applications such as air compressor stationsand central control panels.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog pp. F-7 through F-8 for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-025P25.


Accuracy: ........................................................... 2-1/2% of full scale for middlehalf of the scale, 3-1/2% elsewhere

Connection: ........................................... 1/8” NPT male or barbed connector for1/4” (6 mm) O.D. tubing

General:Compressed Air Filter, (Z908 046)

Capacity: .................................................................................. 10scfm (17m3/hr)Maximum Pressure: .............................................................. 150 psig (1034 kPa)Shipping Weight: ........................................................................ 2.1 lb. (0.95 kg)

High Capacity, 3-way Pilot Valve (Z6560009 & Z6560010)Application: ............................. Two-pressure systems/Day-Night or Heat/CoolValve Specifications: ................................... Cv=2.5, 14 scfm (24 m3/s)based on

18 psig (124 kPa) with a 1 psi (7 kPa) pressure dropShipping Weight: .......................................................................... 2.0 lb. (0.9 kg)



General:Shipping Weights:

1-1/2”: ...................................................................................... 0.5 lb. (0.23 kg)2-1/2”: ......................................................................................... 1 lb. (0.45 kg)3-1/2”: ...................................................................................... 1.3 lb. (0.59 kg)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies External Restrictors are available in a variety of orifice sizes andconnection types.

Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. F-9 through F-10) for specification detailsand specific product part numbers or Technical Instructions 155-213P25.


Materials:Type 1: ...................................................................................................... BrassType 2 and 3: .......................................................................................... Plastic

Ambient Temperature:Minimum: ......................................................................................... 40°F (4°C)Maximum: .................................................................................... 140°F (60°C)

Auxiliary Equipment

DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies Pneumatic Tube Fitting Kit provides the service or installationmechanic with a compact and convenient source of the most commonly-used brass barbed fittings for1/4” (6 mm), 3/8” (10 mm) and 1/2” (13 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing.



Case Material: .......................................................................... Copolymer ResinDimensions: .............................................................. 15” L x 11.75” W x. 2.5” D

(381 mm L x 298 mm W x 64 mm D)


Type 1: .................................................................................... 1/8” NPT threadType 2 and 3: ........................... Barb for 1/4” (6 mm) O.D. polyethylene tubing

Mounting: .................................................................................................. In-line



General:Shipping Weight:

Case: ............................................................................................. 3 lb. (1.4 kg)Case and Fittings: ......................................................................... 7 lb. (3.2 kg)



DescriptionSiemens Building Technologies 567 Control Panels are designed to conveniently group controlsystem components. The 567 Panels are available in exposed and flush mount styles. The 567 Panelsprovide a convenient, central location for equipment housing, termination of piping, wiring adjustment,and calibration.


SpecificationsGeneral:Exposed Panel

Dimensions:Small: ................................................................. 19.5” H x 16.38” W x 5.75” D

(495 mm H x 416 mm W x 146 mm D)Medium: ........................................................... 24.94” H x 24.38” W x 9.38” D

(617 mm H x 619 mm W x 238 mm D)Large: ................................................................. 36.5” H x 24.38” W x 9.38” D

(927 mm H x 619 mm W x 238 mm D)Shipping Weights:

Small: ............................................................................................. 20 lb. (9 kg)Medium: ....................................................................................... 39 lb. (18 kg)Large: ........................................................................................... 72 lb. (33 kg)

Auxiliary Equipment

General:Flush Mount Panel

Dimensions: .......................................................... 19.5” H x 16.38” W x 5.13” D(495 mm H x 416 mm W x 130 mm D)

Shipping Weight: .............................................................................. 20 lb. (9 kg)Panel Door

Shipping Weights:Small: ............................................................................................ 8 lb. (3.6 kg)Medium: ...................................................................................... 13 lb. (5.9 kg)Large: ............................................................................................. 20 lb. (9 kg)

Siemens Building Technologies Auxiliary Equipment Accessories & Service Kits are available through the Andover’s PeripheralsProgram. Refer to the 1st Edition Siemens Powers Controls Catalog (pp. F-17 through F-20) for descriptions and specific product part numbers.



Documents

Andover Controls